Home

Draytek Vigor2110

1. Model Name Vigor 110Vn Firmware Version 3 3 6 Build Date Time Feb 23 2011 12 13 49 MAC Address 00 50 7F 43 03 F8 Link Status Connected 1st IP Address 192 168 1 1 MAC Address OO SO 7F 43 D3 F9 ist Subnet Mask oo 258 2550 Connection Static IP DHCP Server Yes IP Address 172 16 3 102 DNS 6 6 0 0 Default Gateway 172 16 1 1 oIP Wireless LAN Port Profile Req In Out MAC Address 00 50 7F A3 D3 F8 Phonel Mo o0 Frequency Domain FOC Phonez Mo 0 0 Firmware Version 2 5 2 0 ONLY Phone 2 can access the PSTN line during SSID DrayTek power failure Model Name Display the model name of the router Firmware Version Display the firmware version of the router Build Date Time Display the date and time of the current firmware build LAN MAC Address Display the MAC address of the LAN Interface 1 IP Address Display the IP address of the LAN interface 1 Subnet Mask Display the subnet mask address of the LAN interface DHCP Server Display the current status of DHCP server of the LAN interface Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 249 Dray Tek DNS WAN Link Status MAC Address Connection IP Address Default Gateway Wireless LAN MAC Address Frequency Domain Firmware Version SSID Dray Tek Display the assigned IP address of the primary DNS Display current connecti
2. User certificate request Advanced request Select Submit a certificate request a base64 encoded PKCS 10 file or a renewal request using a base64 encoded PKCS 7 file Microsoft Certificate Services vigo Advanced Certificate Requests You can request a certificate for yourself another user or a computer using one of the following methods Note that the policy of the certification authority CA will determine the certificates that you can obtain Submit a certificate request to this CA using a form Submit a certificate request using a base64 encoded PKCS 10 file or a renewal request using a base64 encoded PKCS 7 file Request a certificate for a smart card on behalf of another user using the Smart Card Enrollment Station You must have an enroliment agent certificate to submit a request for another user Import the X509 Local Certificate Requet text file Select Router Offline request or IPSec Offline request below Microsoft Certificate Services vigor Submit A Saved Request Paste a base64 encoded PKCS 10 certificate request or PKCS 7 renewal request generated by an external application such as a web server into the request field to submit the request to the certification authority CA Saved Request BEGIN CERTIFICATE REQUEST MIIBQjCCARNCAQAWOTELNAKGALUEBHMCVFcxEDAO _ Base64 Encoded BokqhkiGOwOBCOEWEXByZXNzOGRYYX1OZUsuY29t Certificate Request A4GNADCBiQK
3. Complete Security Standard Selection To ensure the security and privacy of your wireless communication we provide several prevailing standards on market WEP Wired Equivalent Privacy is a legacy method to encrypt each frame transmitted via radio using either a 64 bit or 128 bit key Usually access point will preset a set of four keys and it will communicate with each station using only one out of the four keys WPA W1 Fi Protected Access the most dominating security mechanism in industry is separated into two categories WPA personal or called WPA Pre Share Key WPA PSK and WPA Enterprise or called WPA 802 1x In WPA Personal a pre defined key is used for encryption during data transmission WPA applies Temporal Key Integrity Protocol TKIP for data encryption while WPA2 applies AES The WPA Enterprise combines not only encryption but also authentication Since WEP has been proved vulnerable you may consider using WPA for the most secure connection You should select the appropriate security mechanism according to your needs No matter which security suite you select they all will enhance the over the air data protection and or privacy on your wireless network The Vigor wireless router is very flexible and can support multiple secure connections with both WEP and WPA at the same time Separate the Wireless and the Wired LAN WLAN Isolation enables you to isolate your wireless LAN from wired LAN for either quarantine or limit acc
4. Perfect Forward Secret PFS The IKE Phase 1 key will be reused to avoid the computation complexity in phase 2 The default value is inactive this function Local ID In Aggressive mode Local ID is on behalf of the IP address while identity authenticating with remote VPN server The length of the ID is limited to 47 characters Index 1 15 in Schedule Enter the index of schedule profiles to control the call barring according to the preconfigured schedules Refer to section 3 5 2 Schedule for detailed configuration Dray Tek 196 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 3 Dial In Settings Allowed Dial In Type PPTP IPSec Tunnel Username re L2TP with IPSec Policy vI Compression on off C Specify Remote VPN Gateway Peer YPN Server IP IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key peer OoOo L Digital Signature x 5095 4 TCP IP Network Settings IPSec Security Method Medium 4H Hight ESF DES V 3DES AES My WAN IP 0 0 0 0 RIP Direction Remote Gateway IP From first subnet to remote network you have to do Remote Network IP 0 0 0 Remote Network Mask 255 205 2455 0 Local Network ir 192 162 14 L Change default route to this YPN tunnel Only single WAN supports this 4 Local Network Mask 255 255 255 0 Nore Allowed Dial In Type Specify Remote VPN Gateway Vigor2110 Series User s Guide ajja Co Determine the dial in connection with different types PPTP Allow the remote dial
5. Server IP Address pool ntp org Time Zone GMT Greenwich Mean Time Dublin Enable Daylight Saving Fi Automatically Update Interval OK Current System Time Click Inquire Time to get the current time Use Browser Time Select this option to use the browser time from the remote administrator PC host as router s system time Use Internet Time Select to inquire time information from Time Server on the Internet using assigned protocol Time Protocol Select a time protocol Server IP Address Type the IP address of the time server Time Zone Select the time zone where the router is located Enable Daylight Saving Check the box to activate daylight saving function Such feature is useful for some areas Automatically Update Interval Select a time interval for updating from the NTP server Click OK to save these settings 3 8 4 Reboot System The Web Configurator may be used to restart your router for using current configuration Click Reboot System from System Maintenance to open the following page System Maintenance gt gt Reboot System Reboot System Do you want to reboot your router Using current configuration Click Reboot Now The router will take 5 seconds to reboot the system Dray Tek 92 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Note When the system pops up Reboot System web page after you configure web settings please click Reboot Now to reboot your router for ensuring normal operation and preventing unexpected errors
6. oe d dhai LY E a ome d h O am j _ Ve _ g ao f E Oa __ he n Broadband Firewall Router rj a PPa 42 Pee ees 2 RII COLLELLLELLE Your reliable networking solutions partner User s Guide V3 0 Vigor2110 Series Broadband Firewall Router User s Guide Version 3 0 Firmware Version V3 3 6 Date 27 07 2011 Dray Tek ii Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Copyright Information Copyright Declarations Trademarks Copyright 2011 All rights reserved This publication contains information that is protected by copyright No part may be reproduced transmitted transcribed stored in a retrieval system or translated into any language without written permission from the copyright holders The following trademarks are used in this document Microsoft is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corp Windows Windows 95 98 Me NT 2000 XP Vista 7 and Explorer are trademarks of Microsoft Corp Apple and Mac OS are registered trademarks of Apple Inc Other products may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective manufacturers Safety Instructions and Approval Safety Instructions Warranty Be a Registered Owner Firmware amp Tools Updates Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Read the installation guide thoroughly before you set up the router The router is a complicated electronic unit that may be repaired only be authorized
7. 3 2 2 General Setup This page provides you the general settings for LAN Click LAN to open the LAN settings page and choose General Setup LAN gt gt General Setup Ethernet TCP IP and DHCP Setup LAN IP Network Configuration For NAT Usage lst IP Address ist Subnet Mask 2nd IP Address 2nd Subnet Mask DHCP Server Configuration Enable Server Disable Server 132 165 1 5 Relay Agent O ist Subnet 2nd Subnet 255 255 255 0 Start IP Address For IP Routing Usage Enable Disable 132 165 2 1 Gateway IP Address 255 255 255 0 CHEF Server IP Address 192 168 1 10 IP Pool Counts so 192 165 1 5 nd Subnet DHCP Sewer 10 Pelay Agent RIP Protocol Control Ist IP Address Ist Subnet Mask DNS Server IP Address C Force DNS manual setting Primary IP Address Secondary IP Address Type in private IP address for connecting to a local private network Default 192 168 1 1 Type in an address code that determines the size of the network Default 255 255 255 0 24 For IP Routing Usage Click Enable to invoke this function The default setting is Disable Dray Tek 42 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 2 4 IP Address 2 Subnet Mask 2 DHCP Server RIP Protocol Control Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Type in secondary IP address for connecting to a subnet Default 192 168 2 1 24 An address code that determines the size of the network Default 255 255 255 0 24 You
8. 4 14 3 Administrator Password This page allows you to set new password system Maintenance gt gt Administrator Password Setup Administrator Password Old Password Type in the old password The factory default setting for password is admin New Password Type in new password in this field Confirm Password Type in the new password again When you click OK the login window will appear Please use the new password to access into the web configurator again Dray Te k 252 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 4 14 4 Configuration Backup Backup the Configuration Follow the steps below to backup your configuration 1 Goto System Maintenance gt gt Configuration Backup The following windows will be popped up as shown below system Maintenance gt gt Configuration Backup Configuration Backup Restoration Restoration Select a configuration file Co Click Restore to upload the file Backup Click Backup ta download current running configurations as a file 2 Click Backup button to get into the following dialog Click Save button to open another dialog for saving configuration as a file File Download You are downloading the File W config chg From 192 168 1 1 Would you like to open the file or save it to your computer Always ask before opening this type of file 3 In Save As dialog the default filename is config cfg You could give it another name by yourself Vigor2110 Series User
9. Make a simple test for the e mail address specified in this page Please assign the mail address first and click this button to execute a test for verify the mail address is available or not The IP address of the SMTP server Assign a port for the SMTP server Assign a mail address for sending mails out Assign a path for receiving the mail from outside Check this box to activate this function while using e mail application 255 Dray Tek User Name Type the user name for authentication Password Type the password for authentication Enable E mail Alert Check the box to send alert message to the e mail box while the router detecting the item s you specify here Click OK to save these settings For viewing the Syslog please do the following l 2 3 Dray Tek Just set your monitor PC s IP address in the field of Server IP Address Install the Router Tools in the Utility within provided CD After installation click on the Router Tools gt gt Syslog from program menu fgg 9 Router Tools 3 5 1 2 About Router Tools BA Firmware Upgrade Utility fy Svog i gt Uninstall Router Tools 3 5 1 Visit DrayTek Web Site From the Syslog screen select the router you want to monitor Be reminded that in Network Information select the network adapter used to connect to the router Otherwise you won t succeed in retrieving information from the router fit DrayTek
10. This field is applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above VJ Compression is used for TCP IP protocol header compression This field is applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above This group of fields is applicable for IPSec Tunnels and L2TP with IPSec Policy when you specify the IP address of the remote node The only exception is Digital Signature X 509 can be set when you select IPSec tunnel either with or without specify the IP address of the remote node Pre Shared Key Check the box of Pre Shared Key to invoke this function and type in the required characters 1 63 as the pre shared key Digital Signature X 509 Check the box of Digital Signature to invoke this function and select one predefined Profiles set in the VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec Peer Identity This group of fields is a must for IPSec Tunnels and L2TP with IPSec Policy when you specify the remote node Medium Authentication Header AH means data will be authenticated but not be encrypted By default this option is active High Encapsulating Security Payload ESP means payload data will be encrypted and authenticated You may select encryption algorithm from Data Encryption Standard DES Triple DES 3DES and AES This field is only applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above The default value is 0 0 0 0 which means the Vigor router will get
11. 08 How does Powerline networking handle co interference between two adjacent homes 2009 09 15 QoS Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 269 Dray Tek Click Support Area gt gt Product Registration the following web page will be displayed This service is available for MyVigor member only Please login to access MyVigor lf you are not one of the members of MyVigor please create an account first LOGIN Auth Code AYi GXZ lf vou cannot read the word Click here Forget password Don t have a MyVider Account 7 Create an account now If you are having difficulty logging in contact our customer service Customer Service 886 3 597 2727 of email to webmastena draytek com Dray Tek 270 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 6 Application and Examples 5 1 Create a LAN to LAN Connection Between Remote Office and Headquarter The most common case is that you may want to connect to network securely such as the remote branch office and headquarter According to the network structure as shown in the below illustration you may follow the steps to create a LAN to LAN profile These two networks LANs should NOT have the same network address Router A Internet Router B 220 135 240 208 220 135 240 210 T a Headquarter ay a iio g Remote Branch Office 192 168 1 0 aa Rip 192 168 2 0 Marketing Departme 192 168 Settings in Router A in headquarter 1 Goto VPN and Remote Access and select Remote A
12. Any entity wants to utilize digital certificates should first request a certificate issued by a CA server It should also retrieve certificates of other trusted CA servers so it can authenticate the peer with certificates issued by those trusted CA servers Here you can manage generate and manage the local digital certificates and set trusted CA certificates Remember to adjust the time of Vigor router before using the certificate so that you can get the correct valid period of certificate Below shows the menu items for Certificate Management Certificate Management _ a OO mer ee aor pe Iai CH a i ser LOU iia w L irr Certificate Management gt gt Local Certificate X509 Local Certificate Configuration Mame Subject Status Modify GENERATE IMPORT REFRESH 509 Local Certificate Generate Click this button to open Generate Certificate Request window Dray Tek 200 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Certificate Management gt gt Local Certificate Generate Certificate Request Subject Alternative Name Type IP Address IP I Subject Name Country C State ST Location L Orginization 0 Orginization Unit OU Common Name CN Email E Key Type Key Size Generate Type in all the information that the window requests Then click Generate again Import Click this button to import a saved file as the certification information Refresh Click this butt
13. Block IP Calls Deact j mn D F au Block Last Calls Act Last Call Return Miss Sometimes people might miss some phone calls Please dial number typed in this field to know where the last phone call comes from and call back to that one Last Call Return In You have finished an incoming phone call however you want to call back again for some reason Please dial number typed in this field to call back to that one Last Call Return Out Dial the number typed in this field to call the previous outgoing phone call again Call Forward Allj Act Dial the number typed in this field to forward all the incoming calls to the specified place Call Forward Deact Dial the number typed in this field to release the call forward function Call Forward Busy Act Dial the number typed in this field to forward all the incoming calls to the specified place while the phone is busy Call Forward No Dial the number typed in this field to forward all the incoming Ans Act calls to the specified place while there is no answer of the connected phone Do Not Disturb Act Dial the number typed in this field to invoke the function of DND Do Not Distrub Deact Dial the number typed in this field to release the DND function Hide caller ID Act Dial the number typed in this field to make your phone number Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 211 Dray Te k ID not displayed on the display panel of remote end Hide call
14. Click it to have an inquiry for data transmission between the hosts located on both sides of VPN Tunnel while connecting Block When there is conflict occurred between the hosts on both sides of VPN Tunnel in connecting such function can block data transmission of Netbios Naming Packet inside the tunnel Multicast via VPN Some programs might send multicast packets via VPN connection Pass Click this button to let multicast packets pass through the router Block This is default setting Click this button to let multicast packets be blocked by the router Assign Static IP Address Allow the IP address typed here to dial in User Name This field is applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above Password This field is applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above This group of fields is applicable for IPSec Tunnels and L2TP with IPSec Policy when you specify the IP address of the remote node The only exception is Digital Signature X 509 can be set when you select IPSec tunnel either with or without specify the IP address of the remote node Pre Shared Key Check the box of Pre Shared Key to invoke this function and type in the required characters 1 63 as the pre shared key Digital Signature X 509 Check the box of Digital Signature to invoke this function and Select one predefined Profiles set in the VPN and Remote Access
15. Data will be authentic but will not be encrypted High ESP MIDES Mlspes MAES Data will be encrypted and authentic 3 Goto LAN to LAN Click on one index number to edit a profile 4 Set Common Settings as shown below You should enable both of VPN connections because any one of the parties may start the VPN connection VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN Profile Index 1 1 Common Settings Profile Name Brancht Call Direction Both Dial Qut Dial In C Enable this profile O Always on Netbios Naming Packet Pass O eBlock Idle Timeout 300 second s C Enable PING to keep alive 5 Set Dial Out Settings as shown below to dial to connect to Router B aggressively with the selected Dial Out method If an PSec based service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP Address IKE Authentication Method and IPSec Security Method for this Dial Out connection Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 275 Dr ay Te k Dray Tek Dial Out Settings Type of Server I am calling PPTP IPSec Tunnel L2TP with IPSec Policy Server IP Host Name for PH such as draytek com or 123 45 67 89 220 135 240 205 PPP Authentication YJ Compression on Off IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key Digital Signature 509 IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESP3 Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup If a PPP based service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP Address
16. Dial the number typed in this field to forward all the incoming calls to the specified place Dial the number typed in this field to release the call forward function Dial the number typed in this field to forward all the incoming calls to the specified place while the phone is busy Call Forward No Ans Act Dial the number typed in this field to forward all the incoming Do Not Disturb Act Do Not Distrub Deact Hide caller ID Act Hide caller ID Deact Call Waiting Act Call Waiting Deact Block Anonymous Act Block Anonymous Deact Block Unknown Domain Act Block Unknown Domain Deact Block IP Calls Act Block IP Calls Deact Dray Tek calls to the specified place while there is no answer of the connected phone Dial the number typed in this field to invoke the function of DND Dial the number typed in this field to release the DND function Dial the number typed in this field to make your phone number ID not displayed on the display panel of remote end Dial the number typed in this field to release this function Dial the number typed in this field to make all the incoming calls waiting for your answer Dial the number typed in this field to release this function Dial the number typed in this field to block all the incoming calls with unknown ID Dial the number typed in this field to release this function Dial the number typed in this field to block all the incoming
17. Each word should be separated by a single space You can replace a character with 96HEX Example Contents backdoo 72 virus keep 20out Result 1 backdoor 2 WIFUS 3 keep out Name Type a name for this profile e g game Contents Type the content for such profile For example type gambling as Contents When you browse the webpage the page with gambling information will be watched out and be passed blocked based on the configuration on Firewall settings 4 5 6 Keyword Group This page allows you to bind several keyword objects into one group The keyword groups set here will be chosen as black white list in CSM gt gt URL Web Content Filter Profile Objects Setting gt gt Keyword Group Keyword Group Table Setto Factory Default Index Name Index Mame FREEBREBE PREP a a A iY fog ia s a Pa Pe Pa a PP PP em i PFEPBREBEBRESBE bb Dray Tek 150 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Click the number under Index column for setting in detail Objects Setting gt gt Keyword Group Setup Profile Index 1 Available Keyword Objects Selected Keyword Objects Max 16 Objects Keywaord 1 2 keyword 2 Name Type a name for this group Available Keyword You can gather keyword objects from Keyword Object page Objects within one keyword group All the available Keyword objects that you have created will be shown in this box l K l l j rag eywore Click button to add the
18. Enable Click Enable to activate APP QoS function Click Disable to deactivate APP QoS function Use Default Setting The packets will be transmitted with the default settings That is VoIP packets will be the first to be sent out and P2P packets will be the last to be sent out Enable for Application There are four applications VoIP Streaming IM and P2P which can be specified with different QoS Class Qos Class Jos Class 1 High w los Class 1 High los Class 2 Medium Clos Class 3 Low UefaultClass Lowest Dray Tek 174 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 4 8 Applications Below shows the menu items for Applications Applications i m m m Line rT a ee pelt ia ima D Teb 4 8 1 Dynamic DNS The ISP often provides you with a dynamic IP address when you connect to the Internet via your ISP It means that the public IP address assigned to your router changes each time you access the Internet The Dynamic DNS feature lets you assign a domain name to a dynamic WAN IP address It allows the router to update its online WAN IP address mappings on the specified Dynamic DNS server Once the router is online you will be able to use the registered domain name to access the router or internal virtual servers from the Internet It is particularly helpful if you host a web server FTP server or other server behind the router Before you use the Dynamic DNS feature you have to apply for free DDNS service to the DDNS s
19. Rate Control Enable Upload Download SSID 1 O ooon kbps 20000 kbps SSID 2 E 20000 kbps 0o00 kbps SSID 3 O 0o00 kbps 20000 kbps SSID 4 Oo 20000 kbps ooo kbps Mote range 100 50 000 kbps Enable Wireless LAN Check the box to enable wireless function Mode At present the router can connect to Mixed 11b 11g 11g Only 11b Only Mixed 11g 11n 11n Only and Mixed 11b 11g 11n stations simultaneously Simply choose Mix 11b 11g 11n mode Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 227 Dray Te k Index 1 15 Hide SSID SSID Isolate Channel Long Preamble Dray Tek Mixed 11b 11g 11n Mixed 1 1b 11 q Tr Set the wireless LAN to work at certain time interval only You may choose up to 4 schedules out of the 15 schedules pre defined in Applications gt gt Schedule setup The default setting of this filed is blank and the function will always work Check it to prevent from wireless sniffing and make it harder for unauthorized clients or STAs to join your wireless LAN Depending on the wireless utility the user may only see the information except SSID or just cannot see any thing about Vigor wireless router while site surveying The system allows you to set four sets of SSID for different usage In default the first set of SSID will be enabled You can hide it for your necessity Means the identification of the wireless LAN SSID can be any text numbers or various special characters The defa
20. easy to remember name such as www yahoo com The DNS server converts the user friendly name into its equivalent IP address Force DNS manual setting Force Vigor router to use DNS servers in this page instead of DNS servers given by the Internet Access server PPPoE PPTP L2TP or DHCP server Primary IP Address You must specify a DNS server IP address here because your ISP should provide you with usually more than one DNS Server If your ISP does not provide it the router will automatically apply default DNS Server IP address 194 109 6 66 to this field Secondary IP Address You can specify secondary DNS server IP address here because your ISP often provides you more than one DNS Server If your ISP does not provide it the router will automatically apply default secondary DNS Server IP address 194 98 0 1 to this field The default DNS Server IP address can be found via Online Status System Status System Uptime 5 11 9 LAN Status IP Address RA F 192 168 1 5 9326 9487 If both the Primary IP and Secondary IP Address fields are left empty the router will assign its own IP address to local users as a DNS proxy server and maintain a DNS cache If the IP address of a domain name is already in the DNS cache the router will resolve the domain name immediately Otherwise the router forwards the DNS query packet to the external DNS server by establishing a WAN e g DSL Cable connection 113 Dray Tek There are two common
21. s Guide Mote Wake on LAN integrates with Bind IP to MAC function only binded PCs can wake up through IP Wake by MAC Address IP Address mac aadress ff It Result Send command to client done 183 Dray Tek 4 9 VPN and Remote Access A Virtual Private Network VPN is the extension of a private network that encompasses links across shared or public networks like the Internet In short by VPN technology you can send data between two computers across a shared or public network in a manner that emulates the properties of a point to point private link Below shows the menu items for VPN and Remote Access WPN and Remote Access La sa e hy os ss Se eee Pe oar der a ae mr wed dae He 4 9 1 Remote Access Control Enable the necessary VPN service as you need If you intend to run a VPN server inside your LAN you should disable the VPN service of Vigor Router to allow VPN tunnel pass through as well as the appropriate NAT settings such as DMZ or open port VPN and Remote Access gt gt Remote Access Control Setup Remote Access Control Setup Enable PPTP VPN Service Enable IPSec VPN Service Enable LATP VPN Service Note If you intend running a YPN server inside your LAN you should uncheck the appropriate protocol above to allow pass through as well as the appropriate NAT settings 4 9 2 PPP General Setup This submenu only applies to PPP related VPN connections suc
22. Cl Joost Dray Tek 4 6 2 URL Content Filter Profile To provide an appropriate cyberspace to users Vigor router equips with URL Content Filter not only to limit illegal traffic from to the inappropriate web sites but also prohibit other web feature where malicious code may conceal Once a user type in or click on an URL with objectionable keywords URL keyword blocking facility will decline the HTTP request to that web page thus can limit user s access to the website You may imagine URL Content Filter as a well trained convenience store clerk who won t sell adult magazines to teenagers At office URL Content Filter can also provide a job related only environment hence to increase the employee work efficiency How can URL Content Filter work better than traditional firewall in the field of filtering Because it checks the URL strings or some of HTTP data hiding in the payload of TCP packets while legacy firewall inspects packets based on the fields of TCP IP headers only On the other hand Vigor router can prevent user from accidentally downloading malicious codes from web pages It s very common that malicious codes conceal in the executable objects such as ActiveX Java Applet compressed files and other executable files Once downloading these types of files from websites you may risk bringing threat to your system For example an ActiveX control object is usually used for providing interactive web feature If malicious code hides
23. Digital Signature 509 IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESP 4 Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup 6 Set Dial In settings to as shown below to allow Router B dial in to build VPN connection If an IPSec based service is selected you may further specify the remote peer IP Address IKE Authentication Method and IPSec Security Method for this Dial In connection Otherwise it will apply the settings defined in IPSec General Setup above Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 273 Dray Tek 3 Dial In Settings Allowed Dial In Type PPTP Username 909 IPSec Tunnel Password fs C LATP with IPSec Policy vJ Compression on O Off Specify Remote VPN Gateway IKE Authentication Method Peer YPN Server IP l Pre Shared Key 220 135 240 210 IKE Pre Shared Key J sd e Hes fe C Digital Signature 509 IPSec Security Method Mediumt AH Hight ESF DES 3DES AES If a PPP based service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP Address Username Password and VJ Compression for this Dial In connection 3 Dial In Settings Allowed Dial In Type PPTP Username draytek E IPSec Tunnel password C LATP with IPSec Policy vI Compression on off Specify Remote VPN Gateway IKE Authentication Method Peer YPN Server IP Pre Shared key 220 135 240 210 Doo arrari OoOo Digital Signature 509 IPSec Security Method Mediumt AH High ESP DES 3DES AES 7 At last set the remote network IP subnet in TCP IP Network S
24. Enable Disable Enable Disable Wii Parameters of Access Point Aifsn CWhlin CwWhlax Txop ACM AckPolicy AC_BE e b o D AC_BK o o m ACMI c m AC_vO m C WP Parameters of Station Aifsn CWhlin CWhlax Txop ACM sc Be a acak a ac z ac vo A WMM Capable To apply WMM parameters for wireless data transmission please click the Enable radio button APSD Capable The default setting is Disable Aifsn It controls how long the client waits for each data transmission Please specify the value ranging from 1 to 15 Such parameter will influence the time delay for WMM accessing categories For the service of voice or video image please set small value for AC VI and AC VO categories For the service of e mail or web browsing please set large value for AC BE and AC BK categories CWMin CW Max CWMin means contention Window Min and CWMax means contention Window Max Please specify the value ranging from 1 to 15 Be aware that CWMax value must be greater than 23 O Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Dray Tek CWMin or equals to CWMin value Both values will influence the time delay for WMM accessing categories The difference between AC VI and AC VO categories must be smaller however the difference between AC_BE and AC BK categories must be greater Txop It means transmission opportunity For WMM categories of AC VI and AC VO that need higher priorities in data transmission please set greater value for them to get hi
25. The router is The router is powered off 2 off gm WLAN a Wireless access point is ready Blinking It will blink while wireless traffic goes poo through WAN The poii 1S Come PARLADA USB VPN On The VPN mnel isaha QoS The QoS function is active DoS The DoS DDoS function is active Blinking It will blink while detecting an attack WPS The WPS is on aie Md 1S oiL for connection about two minutes WPS Button Press this button for 2 seconds to wait for client device making network connection through WPS When the LED lights up the WPS will be on for connection about two minutes Interface Description _ disable WLAN LED off wireless connection WAN Connector for accessing the Internet LAN 1 4 Connecters for local networked devices USB Connecter for USB storage Pen Driver Mobile HD or printer Dray Tek 4 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Interface Description Factory Reset Restore the default settings Usage Turn on the router ACT LED is blinking Press the hole and keep for more than 5 seconds When you see the ACT LED begins to blink rapidly than usual release the button Then the router will restart with the factory default configuration PWR Connecter for a power adapter ON OFF Power Switch Vigor2110 Series User s Guide s Dray Tek 1 2 3 For Vigor2110Vn Explanation a LED SIGUE Activity
26. Username Password PPP Authentication and VJ Compression for this Dial Out connection 2 Dial Out Settings Type of Server I am calling PPTP IPSec Tunnel L2ETP with IPSec Policy Server IP Hoast Name for VPN such as draytek com or 123 45 67 89 220 135 240 206 PPP Authentication PAP CHAP on off VJ Compression IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key Digital Signature 509 IPSec Security Method Mediumt 4H High ESP Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Set Dial In settings to as shown below to allow Router A dial in to build VPN connection If an PSec based service is selected you may further specify the remote peer IP Address IKE Authentication Method and IPSec Security Method for this Dial In connection Otherwise it will apply the settings defined in IPSec General Setup above Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 3 Dial In Settings Allowed Dial In Type PPTP Username 777 IPSec Tunnel Password fs O L2TF with IPSec Policy YJ Compression on off Specify Remote VPN Gateway IKE Authentication Method Peer YPN Server IP v Pre Shared key 220 135 240 208 IKE Pre Shared Key E E ai Ooo C Digital Signature 509 IPSec Security Method Medium AH Hight ESF DES 3DES V AES If a PPP based service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP Address Username Password and VJ Compression for this Dial In connection 3 Dial In Settings Allowed Dial In T
27. calls from unknown domain Dial the number typed in this field to release this function Dial the number typed in this field to block all the incoming calls from IP address Dial the number typed in this field to release this function 64 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Block Last Calls Act Dial the number typed in this field to block the last incoming phone call PSTN Setup Some emergency phone e g 911 or special phone cannot be dialed out by using VoIP and can be called out through PSTN line only To solve this problem this page allows you to set five sets of PSTN number for dialing without passing through Internet Please type the number in the field of phone number for PSTN relay VoIP gt gt PSTN Setup Default phone number for PSTW relay Enable phone number for PSTN relay E DO DO DO Pp fF bET E Then check the Enable box to make the PSTN number available for dial whenever you need Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 65 Dray Te k 3 5 2 SIP Accounts In this section you set up your own SIP settings When you apply for an account your SIP service provider will give you an Account Name or user name SIP Registrar Proxy and Domain name The last three might be the same in some case Then you can tell your folks your SIP Address as in Account Name Domain name As Vigor VoIP Router is turned on it will first register with Registrar using AuthorizationUser Domain Realm After that your call will be bypass
28. individually When you finish the selection please click Next Service Activation Wizard Select the service type that you want to activate This product provides you with either 1 year BPjM or 30 days Commtouch free trial WCF service Web Content Filter BPjM BPM is the web content filter based on service operated in Germany We recommend only users live in Germany to try the BPJM WCF service This is a free service without guarantee Activation Date Web Content Filter Commtouch License Agreement Commtouch is the web content filter based on Commtouch operated in the worldwide There is a 30 day trial period After trial you can purchase DrayTek s prepared Commtouch GlobalView WCF package from retailing outlets Activation Date I have read and accept the above Agreement Please check this box Note The activation date is brought out by the server automatically and cannot be changed 24 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 4 Setting confirmation page will be displayed as follows please click Next Service Activation Wizard Please confirm your settings Sevice Type Sevice Activated Trial version Web Content Filter BP M Please click Back to re select service type you to activate 5 Wait fora moment till the following page appears Service Activation Wizard Connection Succeeded Please check the following item s ta enable services on your router Enable Web Conte
29. is selected for Source IP Destination IP setting the system will process the packet according to the following rules Ifthe MAC address of the packet meets the specified MAC address listed in IP Object Profile No matter which IP address that the packet is it can pass through Vigor router easily Ifthe MAC address of the packet cannot meet the specified MAC address listed in IP Object Profile the system will consider the IP settings Non Strict or Strict to determine if the packets can pass or be blocked If Non Strict is selected The packet can pass If Strict is selected The packet will be blocked Quality of Service Choose one of the QoS rules to be applied as firewall rule For detailed information of setting QoS please refer to the related section later Load Balance policy Choose the WAN interface for applying Load Balance Policy APP Enforcement Select an APP Enforcement profile for global IM P2P application blocking If there is no profile for you to selelct please choose Create New from the drop down list in this page to create a new profile All the hosts in LAN must follow the standard configured in the APP Enforcement profile selected here For detailed information refer to the section of APP Enforcement profile setup For troubleshooting needs you can specify to record information for IM P2P by checking the Log box It will be sent to Syslog server Please refer to section Syslog Mail Alert for more de
30. new port O Use the following port LPT 1 Recommended Printer Port 3 communicate with a local printer omething like this Create a new port Type of port Standard TCP IP Port Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 11 Dr ay Te k 5 In the following dialog type 192 168 1 1 router s LAN IP in the field of Printer Name or IP Address and type IP_192 168 1 1 as the port name Then click Next Add Standard CP IP Printer Port Wizard Add Port For which device do you want to add a port Enter the Printer Name or IP address and a port name for the desired device Printer Name or IP Address 192 168 1 1 Port Name IP_192 168 1 1 6 Click Standard and choose Generic Network Card Add Standard ICP IP Printer Port Wizard Additional Port Information Required The device could not be identified The detected device is of unknown type Be sure that 1 The device is properly configured 2 The address on the previous page is correct Either correct the address and perform another search on the network by returning to the previous wizard page or select the device type if you are sure the address is correct 7 Completing the Add Standard TCP IP Printer Port Wizard You have selected a port with the following characteristics SNMP No Protocol RAW Pot 9100 Device 192 163 1 1 Port Name IP_192 168 1 1 Adapter Type Generic Network Card To complete this wizard cli
31. understand and agree to accept the items listed in this agreement Draytek can modify or change the content of the tems without any reasons tt is E Preferences suggested for you to notice the medications or changes at any time If you still use MyVigor service after knowing the modifications and changes of this service it means you have read understand and agree to accept the modifications and changes If you do not agree the content of this agreement z please stop using My igor service completion 2 Registration To use this service you have to agree the following conditions a Provide your complete and correct information according to the registration steps of this service 3 Type your personal information in this page and then click Continue Register Create an account Please enter personal profile Fields marked by are required Account Information Gaareement UNan Mary Check Account 3 20 characters eooo Password a p el omm n 4 20 characters Do not set the same as the username ps papaa aii Confirm Password sooo J Personal Information E Preterences First Name Mary Last Name Ted completion Company Name Tech Ltd Email Address mary_ted tech com Please note that a valid E mail address is required to receive the Subscription Code You will need this code to activate your account Tel
32. 0 Welcome to the DrayTek Router Tools 4 2 0 Setup Wizard This will install DrayTek Router Tools 4 2 0 on your computer It is recommended that you close all other applications before continuing Click Next to continue or Cancel to exit Setup RTSv420 DrayTek Router Tools 74 2 0 Setup ED DrayTek corp Cancel Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 291 Dray Tek 6 Follow the onscreen instructions to install the tool Finally click Finish to end the installation From the Start menu open Programs and choose Router Tools XXX gt gt Firmware Upgrade Utility Firmware Uperade Utility 7 5 1 Time Gukt Sec Router IP Bo PE Pork Firmware File em Fassword Type in your router IP usually 192 168 1 1 Click the button to the right side of Firmware file typing box Locate the files that you download from the company web sites You will find out two files with different extension names xxxx all keep the old custom settings and xxxx rst reset all the custom settings to default settings Choose any one of them that you need Firmware Upgrade Utility 3 5 1 Time Gukt Sec 1 Router IP 192 1681 m Fort Firmware file C Documents and Settings Carrie Password L 10 Click Send Firmware Upgrade Utility 3 5 1 Time QuktSec Router IP 192 160 1 1 Fort Firmware File C Documents and Settings arrie al Password Sending 11 Now the f
33. 0 a Country SWITZERLAND v Career Supervisor vj 4 Choose proper selection for your computer and click Continue Create an account Please enter personal profile How did you find out about this website Internet w Gasreement What kind of anti virus do you use Antivir vv Denna would like to subscribe to the MyVigor e letter Information would like to receive DrayTek product news Please select the mail server for receiving the Global Server O compieion Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 303 Dray Tek 5 Now you have created an account successfully Click START Create an account Please enter personal profile Completion EFAsreement A confirmation email has been sent to mary_ted tech com Please click on the activation link in the email Personal Information to activate your account E rreferences AR 6 Check to see the confirmation email with the title of New Account Confirmation Letter from myvigor draytek com wkk This is an automated message trom myvigor draytek corn Thank you Mary for creating an account Please click on the activation link below to activate your account Link Activate my Account 7 Click the Activate my Account link to enable the account that you created The following screen will be shown to verify the register process is finished Please click Login Register Search for this site Register Confirm The Confirm message of New Owner
34. 1 2 create a public subnet 211 100 88 0 via an internal Router B 192 168 1 3 have set Main Router 192 168 1 1 as the default gateway for the Router A 192 168 1 2 Before setting Static Route user A cannot talk to user B for Router A can only forward recognized packets to its default gateway Main Router Dray Te k 114 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Internet Set Router C Static Route 192 168 1 1 P ve 1 Goto LAN page and click General Setup select Ist Subnet as the RIP Protocol Control Then click the OK button Note There are two reasons that we have to apply RIP Protocol Control on 1st Subnet The first is that the LAN interface can exchange RIP packets with the neighboring routers via the 1st subnet 192 168 1 0 24 The second is that those hosts on the internal private subnets ex 192 168 10 0 24 can access the Internet via the router and continuously exchange of IP routing information with different subnets 2 Click the LAN Static Route and click on the Index Number 1 Check the Enable box Please add a static route as shown below which regulates all packets destined to 192 168 10 0 will be forwarded to 192 168 1 2 Click OK LAN gt gt Static Route Setup Index No 1 Enable Destination IP Address 192 168 10 0 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Gateway IP Address 192 166 1 2 Network Interface kd Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 115 Dr ay Te k 3 Return to Static Route Setup page
35. 16 3 102 Copper Subnet Mask 255 255 0 0 172 156 1 1 Gateway IP Address WAN Connection Detection Mode Ping IF TTL FIP Protocol C Enable RIP Bridge Mode C Enable Bridge Mode WAN Backup Setup ARP Detect Default MAC Address Specify a MAC Address MAC Address DNS Server IP Address Primary IP Address Secondary IP Address Dial Backup Mode 36 USB Modem Go to 4G USB Modem Backup Setup Access Control Keep WAN Connection WAN Physical Type WAN Connection Detection RIP Protocol Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Click Enable for activating this function If you click Disable this function will be closed and all the settings that you adjusted in this page will be invalid Normally this function is designed for Dynamic IP environments because some ISPs will drop connections if there is no traffic within certain periods of time Check Enable PING to Keep alive box to activate this function PING to the IP If you enable the PING function please specify the IP address for the system to PING it for keeping alive PING Interval Enter the interval for the system to execute the PING operation Choose Auto negotiation as the physical type for your router Such function allows you to verify whether network connection is alive or not through ARP Detect or Ping Detect Mode Choose ARP Detect or Ping Detect for the system to execute for WAN detection Ping IP If you choos
36. 2 18 3 13 4 20 J 21 b 22 l 23 8 24 Ti af 12 28 14 30 13 31 16 32 Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles D ro y Ti e k 148 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Click the number under Index column for settings in detail Objects Setting gt gt Service Type Group Setup Profile Index 1 Name Available Service Type Objects Selected Service Type Objects SIP 2 RTP Name Type a name for this profile Available Service Type All the available service objects that you have added on Objects Objects Setting gt gt Service Type Object will be shown in this box Selected Service Type Click gt gt button to add the selected IP objects in this box Objects 4 5 5 Keyword Object You can set 200 keyword object profiles for choosing as black white list in CSM gt gt URL Web Content Filter Profile Objects Setting gt gt Keyword Object Keyword Object Profiles Setto Factory Default Index Mame Index Mame 1 17 2 18 3 13 4 20 J 21 6 22 l 23 8 24 10 26 11 at 12 28 13 29 14 30 15 ae 16 32 lt lt 1 32 33 54 65 96 97 128 129 160 161 192 193 200 gt gt Next gt gt Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 149 Dray Te k Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Click the number under Index column for setting in detail Objects Setting gt gt Keyword Object Setup Profile Index 1 Limit of Contents Max 3 Words and 63 Characters
37. 3 OUT 25 0 4 OUT Others 25 0 Outbound Status Others 0 10 20 30 Bps Cancel General Setup for WAN Interface When you click Setup you can configure the bandwidth ratio for QoS of the WAN interface There are four queues allowed for QoS control The first three Class 1 to Class 3 class rules can be adjusted for your necessity Yet the last one is reserved for the packets which are not suitable for the user defined class rules D ro y Ti e k 168 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service General Setup Enable the QoS Control WAN Inbound Bandwidth 10000 kbps WAN Outbound Bandwidth 10000 kbps Index Class Name Reserved_bandwidth Ratio Class 1 2 leg Class 2 lag Class 3 2 Others 2s be L Enable UDP Bandwidth Control Limited_bandwidth Ratio 25 1 C Outbound TCP ACK Prioritize Enable the QoS Control The factory default for this setting is checked Please also define which traffic the QoS Control settings will apply to IN apply to incoming traffic only OUT apply to outgoing traffic only BOTH apply to both incoming and outgoing traffic Check this box and click OK then click Setup link again You will see the Online Statistics link appearing on this page WAN Inbound It allows you to set the connecting rate of data input for Bandwidth WAN For example if your ADSL supports 1M of downstream and 256K upstream please set 1000kbps for this box The default valu
38. 6 Land attack 14 ICMP fragment 7 Smurf attack 15 Unknown protocol 8 Trace route Below shows the menu items for Firewall Firewall pn m i es FD LE F a Ker ia i hee L al ea ies Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 127 Dray Te k 4 4 2 General Setup General Setup allows you to adjust settings of IP Filter and common options Here you can enable or disable the Call Filter or Data Filter Under some circumstance your filter set can be linked to work in a serial manner So here you assign the Start Filter Set only Also you can configure the Log Flag settings Apply IP filter to VPN incoming packets and Accept incoming fragmented UDP packets Click Firewall and click General Setup to open the general setup page Firewall gt gt General Setup General Setup General Setup Default Rule Call Filter Data Filter Enable Start Filter Set Disable Enable Start Filter Set Disable Accept large incoming fragmented UDP or ICMP packets f for some games ex CS Enable Strict Security Firewall Call Filter Data Filter Accept large incoming Enable Strict Security Firewall Default Rule Page Dray Tek Check Enable to activate the Call Filter function Assign a start filter set for the Call Filter Check Enable to activate the Data Filter function Assign a start filter set for the Data Filter Some on line games for example Half Life will use lots of fragmented UDP packets to tr
39. After that in General Setup you may specify one set for call filter and one set for data filter to execute first Firewall gt gt General Setup Ceneral Ratup fonoral Setup Default Rule Call Filter G Enable Start Filter Set Sel O Busable Gate Filler Enable Start Filter Set Seil Disable E Accept large incoming fragmented WOP or JOMP packets for some gamer ex CS Enable Sint Securrty Firewall Firewall gt gt Fitter Setup Filler Setup Seto Fnclory elon Commonts int G man D fault Call Fitar ri xz Default Gata Filter il _ 1 j oK Cancel j 0 a ti ii i Firewall gt gt Filter Setup gt gt Edit Filter Set Filter Gat 1 Conmmnonts i Derya Fiii Adiva Cormerenls Mowe Lys hover Direrii at Block Herbos Pays m Ue oy Firewall gt gt Edit Filter Set gt gt Edit Filter Rule a ur es C ue Ge Filter Set i Rule 1 ry the len Check to enable the Filter Rule ur Next Fllber fet OK l Clear Cantal l Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Comments Flock NatBing bedon 1 15 in Scheie Setup Dire tice LARIAT gt WAN ka nanat Any Zem Deastinatian IP Any Edt Semice Type TERUDP Pai tom Tar 133 to undefined Fragments Doni are aa Application Action Prolia Syslog Filton Pees If No Further blaich M LI Branch to Other Filter Sat Nong o Sessions Contral of 12000 O MAC Bind IP Nor Stret oO ality of Service Nona p m Lo
40. Click on another Index Number to add another static route as show below which regulates all packets destined to 211 100 88 0 will be forwarded to 192 168 1 3 LAN gt gt Static Route Setup Index No 1 Enable Destination IP Address Subnet Mask Gateway IP Address 192 168 1 3 Network Interface LAM 4 Go to Diagnostics and choose Routing Table to verify current routing table Diagnostics gt gt View Routing Table Current Running Routing Table Refresh Fey connected 5 static R RIP default private 192 168 10 0 255 255 455 0 via 192 168 1 2 LAN 192 168 1 0 255 255 255 0 is directly connected LAN 211 100 88 07 255 455 455 0 wia 192 168 1 3 LAN Dray Tek 116 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 4 2 4 VLAN Virtual LAN function provides you a very convenient way to manage hosts by grouping them based on the physical port You can also manage the in out rate of each port Go to LAN page and select VLAN The following page will appear Click Enable to invoke VLAN function LAN gt gt VLAN Configuration LAN Configuration Enable P1 P P3 P4 LANO d O O d YLANI C C C C LAN2 d F O di YLAN3 O d d d To add or remove a VLAN please refer to the following example 1 If VLAN 0 is consisted of hosts linked to P1 and P2 and VLAN 1 is consisted of hosts linked to P3 and P4 2 After checking the box to enable VLAN function you will check the table according to the needs as shown be
41. Disable From first subnet to If the remote network only allows you to dial in with single IP remote network you please choose NAT otherwise choose Route have to do Change default route to Check this box to change the default route with this VPN this VPN tunnel tunnel 4 9 7 Connection Management You can find the summary table of all VPN connections You may disconnect any VPN connection by clicking Drop button You may also aggressively Dial out by using Dial out Tool and clicking Dial button VPN and Remote Access gt gt Connection Management Dial out Tool Refresh Seconds YPN Connection Status Current Page 1 Page Nol Go Yirtual Tx T8 Rate Rx Rx Rate ven Type RATELE Network Pkts Bps Pkts Bps Pee MMEXMEMSN Data is encrypted kR Data isn t encrypted Dial Click this button to execute dial out function Refresh Seconds Choose the time for refresh the dial information among 5 10 and 30 Refresh Click this button to refresh the whole connection status Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 199 Dray Te k 4 10 Certificate Management A digital certificate works as an electronic ID which is issued by a certification authority CA It contains information such as your name a serial number expiration dates etc and the digital signature of the certificate issuing authority so that a recipient can verify that the certificate is real Here Vigor router support digital certificates conforming to standard X 509
42. However it changes slightly according to different model you have Phone List RTP Dray Tek VoIP gt gt Phone Settings Index Port Call Feature Tone Gain Mic Speaker Default SIP Account DTMF Relay 1 Phonel CW ET User Defined 575 Phone CW ET User Defined 575 ONLY Phone 2 can access the PSTN line during power failure RTP O Symmetric RTP Dynamic RTP Port Start 10050 Dynamic ETP Port End 15000 RTP TOS IP precedence 5 v fioro O InBand InBand Port there are two phone ports provided here for you to configure Phonel Phone2 allow you to set general settings for PSTN phones Call Feature A brief description for call feature will be shown in this field for your reference Tone Display the tone settings that configured in the advanced settings page of Phone Index Gain Display the volume gain settings for Mic Speaker that configured in the advanced settings page of Phone Index Default SIP Account draytel_ 1 is the default SIP account You can click the number below the Index field to change SIP account for each phone port DTMF Relay Display DTMF mode that configured in the advanced settings page of Phone Index Symmetric RTP Check this box to invoke the function To make the data transmission going through on both ends of local router and remote router not misleading due to IP lost for example sending data from the public IP of remote router to the priva
43. If you want to make VoIP call without register personal information please choose None and check the box to achieve the goal Some SIP server allows user to use VoIP function without registering For such server please check the box of Call without registration Choosing Auto is recommended Mone None SIP Port Set the port number for sending receiving SIP message for building a session The default value is 5060 Your peer must set the same value in his her Registrar Domain Realm Set the domain name or IP address of the SIP Registrar server Proxy Set domain name or IP address of SIP proxy server By the time you can type port number after the domain name to specify that port as the destination of data transmission e g nat draytel org 5065 Act as Outbound Proxy Check this box to make the proxy acting as outbound proxy Display Name The caller ID that you want to be displayed on your friend s screen Dray Te K 214 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Account Number Name Authentication ID Password Expiry Time NAT Traversal Support Ring Port Ring Pattern Prefer Codec Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Enter your account name of SIP Address e g every text before Check the box to invoke this function and enter the name or number used for SIP Authorization with SIP Registrar If this setting value is the same as Account Name it is not necessary for you to check the box and set any value in this fi
44. Maree Armor 24 char max ococourtt Number haere Td 63 char wax Ci authentication I0 C3 Char mae Password 63 char max Expery Tint 1 pur Sec NAT Traversal Support Mone Ring Port PRone 1 Phone 2 Fung Patten Bie _Gancet_ Arnor calls Paulin He picks up the phone and dials 1111 DialPlan Phone Number for Arnor VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup E Enable Phone Number Letplay Rane Amar DP AL Eb ip 214 617 1072 59 D mut layt Loop tiguzh or Backus amp F Glear Cancel VOIP gt gt SIP Accounts SIP Account Index No 1 Profle Morn AMDT fll char maw Pgs baer Auto all without Registration SIP Port S060 Daman Realm Fri F C Act thawed prozy Display Mame Paulin 2 ch H ecount NumbernNeme 4s cha J ation 6a char max Password CELI 63 char max Expery Tarma i hou a NAT Traversal Support None Ring Port Phone 1 Phone 2 Paulin calls Arnor He picks up the phone and dials 2222 DialPlan Phone Number for John 290 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 5 6 Upgrade Firmware for Your Router Before upgrading your router firmware you need to install the Router Tools The Firmware Upgrade Utility is included in the tools 1 Go to www draytek com 2 Access into Support gt gt Downloads Please find out Firmware menu and click it Search the model you have and click on it to download the newly update firmware for your router Products About DrayTek Suppo
45. OF Apr 1209 17 49 Vigor 2G Modem initialize ATAZFEOY1X1 amp D240 180 0 Aor 1209 17 49 WAN2 PPPoE 1 T 1 PADI IDO ADSL Status Transmission Rate is not fast enough Please connect your Notebook with 3G USB Modem to test the connection speed to verify if the problem is caused by Vigor2110 In addition please refer to the manual of 3G USB Modem for LED Status to make sure if the modem connects to Internet via HSDPA mode If you want to use the modem indoors please put it on the place near the window to obtain better signal receiving 6 6 Backing to Factory Default Setting If Necessary Sometimes a wrong connection can be improved by returning to the default settings Try to reset the router by software or hardware Such function is available in Admin Mode only Warning After pressing factory default setting you will loose all settings you did before Make sure you have recorded all useful settings before you pressing The password of factory default is null Software Reset You can reset the router to factory default via Web page Go to System Maintenance and choose Reboot System on the web page The following screen will appear Choose Using factory default configuration and click Reboot Now After few seconds the router will return all the settings to the factory settings Dray Te k 316 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide system Maintenance gt gt Reboot System Reboot System Do you want to reboot yo
46. PIN code of the SIM card that will be used to access Internet Modem Initial String Such value is used to initialize USB modem Please use the default value If you have any question please contact to your ISP APN Name APN Access Point Name is provided by your ISP for identifying different access points Simply click Apply to apply such name Finally you have to click OK to save the setting Apply Activate the function of identification Modem Dial String Such value is used to dial through USB mode Please use the default value If you have any question please contact to your ISP PPP Username Type the PPP username optional PPP Password Type the PPP password optional PPP Authentication Select PAP only or PAP or CHAP for PPP Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup You can type in four sets of time schedule for your request All the schedules can be set previously in 100 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Application gt gt Schedule web page and you can use the number that you have set in that web page WAN Connection Detection Such function allows you to verify whether network connection is alive or not through ARP Detect or Ping Detect Mode Choose ARP Detect or Ping Detect for the system to execute for WAN detection Ping IP If you choose Ping Detect as detection mode you have to type IP address in this field for pinging TTL Time to Live Displays value for your reference TTL value
47. Packet Pass O Block Branchi Call Direction O Always on Idle Tirmeout Both Dial OQut Dial In a00 second s C Enable PING to keep alive PING to the IP the selected Dial Out method Set Dial Out Settings as shown below to dial to connect to Router B aggressively with If an IPSec based service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP Address IKE Authentication Method and IPSec Security Method for this Dial Out connection 242 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 2 Dial Out Settings Type of Server I am calling PPTR Username Password IPSec Tunnel PPP Authentication L2TP with IPSec Policy VJ Compression on Off Server IP Host Name for VPN such as draytek com or 123 45 67 89 220 155 240 210 IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key Digital Signaturefs 5095 IPSec Security Method Medium AH HighfESP3 Indes 1 15 in Schedule Setup If a PPP based service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP Address Username Password PPP Authentication and VJ Compression for this Dial Out connection 2 Dial Out Settings Type of Server I am calling Username draytek PPTP Password IPSec Tunnel PPP Authentication PARICHAP L TP with IPSec Policy on off VI Compression Server IP Host Name for YPM such as draytek com or 123 45 67 89 220 155 240 210 IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key
48. Shared to make all the IPs within the range of Start IP and End IP share the total bandwidth of TX limit and RX limit TX limit Define the limitation for the speed of the upstream If you do not set the limit in this field the system will use the default speed for the specific limitation you set for each index RX limit Define the limitation for the speed of the downstream If you do not set the limit in this field the system will use the default speed for the specific limitation you set for each index Add Add the specific speed limitation onto the list above Edit Allow you to edit the settings for the selected limitation Delete Remove the selected settings existing on the limitation list Index 1 15 in Schedule You can type in four sets of time schedule for your request Setup All the schedules can be set previously in Application gt gt Schedule web page and you can use the number that you have set in that web page 4 7 3 Quality of Service Deploying QoS Quality of Service management to guarantee that all applications receive the service levels required and sufficient bandwidth to meet performance expectations is indeed one important aspect of modern enterprise network One reason for QoS is that numerous TCP based applications tend to continually increase their transmission rate and consume all available bandwidth which is called TCP slow start If other applications are not protected by QoS it will detract much from thei
49. Subnet Select the router to change the RIP information of the 2nd subnet with neighboring routers 43 Dray Tek DHCP Server Configuration DNS Server Configuration Dray Tek DHCP stands for Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol The router by factory default acts a DHCP server for your network so it automatically dispatch related IP settings to any local user configured as a DHCP client It is highly recommended that you leave the router enabled as a DHCP server if you do not have a DHCP server for your network If you want to use another DHCP server in the network other than the Vigor Router s you can let Relay Agent help you to redirect the DHCP request to the specified location Enable Server Let the router assign IP address to every host in the LAN Disable Server Let you manually assign IP address to every host in the LAN Relay Agent 1 subnet 2 subnet Specify which subnet that DHCP server is located the relay agent should redirect the DHCP request to Start IP Address Enter a value of the IP address pool for the DHCP server to start with when issuing IP addresses If the 1st IP address of your router is 192 168 1 1 the starting IP address must be 192 168 1 2 or greater but smaller than 192 168 1 254 IP Pool Counts Enter the maximum number of PCs that you want the DHCP server to assign IP addresses to The default is 50 and the maximum is 253 Gateway IP Address Enter a value of the gateway IP add
50. Table Setto Factory Default Profile Mame Profile Mame L Default 5 b EL f 4 8 Administration Message Max 255 characters Cache L1 L Cache lt hody gt lt center gt lt br gt lt br gt lt hbr gt lt p gt The requested Web page lt hr gt from 51Ps lt br gt to URL lt hr gt that is categorized with CL lt br gt has been blocked by RNW4ANES Web Content Filter lt p gt Please contact your system administrator for further information lt center gt body gt Activate Click it to access into MyVigor for activating WCF service Setup Query Server It is recommend for you to use the default setting auto selected You need to specify a server for categorize searching when you type URL in browser based on the web content filter profile Setup Test Server It is recommend for you to use the default setting auto selected By the way you can click the link of Test a site to verify Dray Tek 160 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Find more Test a site to verify whether it is categorized Set to Factory Default Cache whether it is categorized to access into the test server selected Click it to open http myvigor draytek com for searching another qualified and suitable server Click this link to do the verification Click this link to retrieve the factory settings None the router will check the URL that the user wants to access via WCF precisely however the processing rate is normal Such ite
51. User Password system Maintenance gt gt Administrator Password Setup Administrator Password Old Password New Password Confirm Password system Maintenance gt gt User Password User Password Old Password New Password Confirm Password 5 Enter the login password the default is blank on the field of Old Password Type New Password Then Vigor2110 Series User s Guide click OK to continue 17 Dray Tek 6 Now the password has been changed Next time use the new password to access the Web Configurator for this router G f f f f i r ar a ae a ae e a E E E a 2 4 Quick Start Wizard Q Notice Quick Start Wizard for user mode operation is the same as for admin mode operation If your router can be under an environment with high speed NAT the configuration provide here can help you to deploy and use the router quickly The first screen of Quick Start Wizard is entering login password After typing the password please click Next Quick Start Wizard Enter login password Please enter an alpha numeric string as your Password Max 23 characters Back Finish On the next page as shown below please select the appropriate Internet access type according to the information from your ISP For example you should select PPPoE mode if the ISP provides you PPPoE interface Then click Next for next step Dray Tek 18 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Quick Start Wizard C
52. User s Guide S7 Dray Te k VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup Phone Book index Phone ley spur Dalou loop Phone status Number i Default Hone 2 Default None W a Default None x 4 Default None 4 Default None 6 Default None f Default None x g Default None al Default None 10 Default None ii Default Hone 12 Default None 13 Default None 14 Default None 15 Default None X 1b Default None x Vf Default None 18 Default None 19 Default Hone 20 Default None W lt 1 20 21 40 41 60 gt Next gt gt Status v Active x Inactive 7 Empty Click any index number to display the dial plan setup page VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup Phone Book Index No 1 Enable Display Name Pally SIP URL 1112 fwd puler com Dial Gut Account Loop through Backup Phone Number fs Enable Click this to enable this entry Phone Number The speed dial number of this index This can be any number you choose using digits 0 9 and Display Name The Caller ID that you want to be displayed on your friend s screen This let your friend can easily know who s calling without memorizing lots of SIP URL Address SIP URL Enter your friend s SIP Address Dial Out Account Choose one of the SIP accounts for this profile to dial out It is Dray Tek useful for both sides caller and callee that registered to different SIP Registrar servers If caller and callee do not use 58 Vigo
53. Wireless LAN gt Access Control Access Control Enable Access Control Policy Activate MAC address filter MAC Address Filter Index Attribute MAC Address Client s MAC Address Attribute OI s Isolate the station from LAN Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 81 Dray Te k Enable Access Control Policy MAC Address Filter Client s MAC Address Attribute Add Delete Edit Cancel OK Clear All Dray Tek Select to enable the MAC Address access control feature Select to enable any one of the following policy Choose Activate MAC address filter to type in the MAC addresses for other clients in the network manually Choose Isolate WLAN from LAN will separate all the WLAN stations from LAN based on the MAC Address list Policy Actwate MAC address filter Activate MAC address filter Isolate VLAN fram LAN Display all MAC addresses that are edited before Manually enter the MAC address of wireless client s Isolate the station from LAN select to isolate the wireless connection of the wireless client of the MAC address from LAN Add a new MAC address into the list Delete the selected MAC address in the list Edit the selected MAC address in the list Give up the access control set up Click it to save the access control list Clean all entries in the MAC address list 82 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 3 6 5 Station List Station List provides the knowledge
54. Xt ee xX Ce Index lf da io Po Po PA PR PR PR PRO PR PR PR fem et S jo PS fe fen ope fo TP pee ei teh 2 Setto Factory Default Mame status TTT r TTT r TTT s TTT K TTT K TTT E TTT K TTT Ea TTT K TTT r TTT K TTT r TTT E TTT K TTT E TTT E Indicate the name of the LAN to LAN profile The symbol represents that the profile is empty Indicate the status of individual profiles The symbol V and X represent the profile to be active and inactive respectively Click each index to edit each profile and you will get the following page Each LAN to LAN profile includes 4 subgroups If the fields gray out it means you may leave it untouched The following explanations will guide you to fill all the necessary fields For the web page is too long we divide the page into several sections for explanation Dray Tek 192 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN Profile Index 1 1 Common Settings Profile Name ere Call Direction Both Dial Out Dial in C Enable this profile CO Always on Idle Timeout second s VPN Dial Out Through WANT First W C Enable PING to keep alive Netbios Naming Packet Pass O Block PING to the IP DO Multicast via YPN OPass Block for some IGMP IP Camera OHCP Relay etc 4 2 Dial Out Settings Type of Server I am calling Username 299 O PPTP Password y IPSec Tunnel PPP Authentication PAPICHAP L2TP
55. access Internet Modem Initial String Such value is used to initialize USB modem Please use the default value If you have any question please contact to your ISP APN Name APN Access Point Name is provided by your ISP for identifying different access points Simply click Apply to apply such name Finally you have to click OK to save the setting Apply Activate the function of identification Modem Dial String2 Such value is used to dial through USB mode Please use the default value If you have any question please contact to your ISP PPP Username Type the PPP username optional PPP Password Type the PPP password optional 32 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide PPP Authentication Select PAP only or PAP or CHAP for PPP WAN Connection Detection Such function allows you to verify whether network connection is alive or not through ARP Detect or Ping Detect Mode Choose ARP Detect or Ping Detect for the system to execute for WAN detection Ping IP If you choose Ping Detect as detection mode you have to type IP address in this field for pinging TTL Time to Live Displays value for your reference TTL value is set by telnet command Default Click this button to reset to factory setting PPP MP Setup PPP Authentication Select PAP only or PAP or CHAP for PPP If you want to connect to Internet all the time you can check Always On Idle Timeout Set the timeout for breaking do
56. account now 4 Check to confirm that you accept the Agreement and click Accept Create an account Please enter personal profile Gerson al Information Draytek provides MyVigor my vigor draytek com service according to this agreement When you use My igor service it means that you have read understand and agree to accept the items listed in this agreement Draytek can modify or change the content of the items without any reasons tt is E Preterences suggested for you to notice the medications or changes at any time If you still use My vigor service after knowing the modifications and changes of this service t means you have read understand and agree to accept the modifications and changes If you do not agree the content of this agreement A please stop using My Vigor service completion 2 Registration To use this service you have to agree the following conditions a Provide your complete and correct information according to the registration steps of this service 5 Type your personal information in this page and then click Continue Register Create an account Please enter personal profile Fieis marked by are required Account Information Gasreement Usahana Mary oe Check Account 3 20 characters cece Password x 24 at 4 20 characters Do not set the same as the username Confirm Password cece Personal Information E rreterences First Name Ma
57. activate WCF feature it is necessary for you to access into the server My Vigor located on http myvigor draytek com Therefore you need to register an account on http myvigor draytek com for using corresponding service Please refer to section of creating MyVigor account Note If you have used Service Activation Wizard to activate WCF service you can skip this section WCF adopts the mechanism developed and offered by certain service provider e g DrayTek No matter activating WCF feature or getting a new license for web content filter you have to click Activate to satisfy your request Be aware that service provider matching with Vigor router currently offers a period of time for trial version for users to experiment If you want to purchase a formal edition simply contact with the channel partner or your dealer Click CSM and click Web Content Filter Profile to open the profile setting page The default setting for Setup Query Server Setup Test Server is auto selected You can choose another server for your necessity by clicking Find more to open http myvigor draytek com for searching another qualified and suitable one Next click the link of Test a site to verify whether it is categorized to do the verification CSM gt gt Web Content Filter Profile Web Filter License Activate Status Not Activated Setup Query Server auto selected Find more Setup Test Server auto selected Find more Web Content Filter Profile
58. and qualified personnel Do not try to open or repair the router yourself Do not place the router in a damp or humid place e g a bathroom The router should be used in a sheltered area within a temperature range of 5 to 40 Celsius Do not expose the router to direct sunlight or other heat sources The housing and electronic components may be damaged by direct sunlight or heat sources Do not deploy the cable for LAN connection outdoor to prevent electronic shock hazards Keep the package out of reach of children When you want to dispose of the router please follow local regulations on conservation of the environment We warrant to the original end user purchaser that the router will be free from any defects in workmanship or materials for a period of two 2 years from the date of purchase from the dealer Please keep your purchase receipt in a safe place as it serves as proof of date of purchase During the warranty period and upon proof of purchase should the product have indications of failure due to faulty workmanship and or materials we will at our discretion repair or replace the defective products or components without charge for either parts or labor to whatever extent we deem necessary tore store the product to proper operating condition Any replacement will consist of a new or re manufactured functionally equivalent product of equal value and will be offered solely at our discretion This warranty will no
59. are with the same SIP Registrar Please refer to the section 4 5 1 Peer to Peer Before calling you have to know your friend s IP Address The Vigor VoIP Routers will build connection between each other Please refer to the section 4 5 2 Vigor VoIP Vigor VolP Router Router Our Vigor V models firstly apply efficient codecs designed to make the best use of available bandwidth but Vigor V models also equip with automatic QoS assurance QoS Assurance assists to assign high priority to voice traffic via Internet You will always have the required inbound and outbound bandwidth that is prioritized exclusively for Voice traffic over Internet but you just get your data a little slower and it is tolerable for data traffic 204 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 4 11 1 DialPlan This page allows you to set phone book and digit map for the VoIP function Click the Phone Book and Digit Map links on the page to access into next pages for dialplan settings VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup DialPlan Configuration Phone Book Digit Map Call Barring Regional PSTN Setup Phone Book In this section you can set your VoIP contacts in the phonebook It can help you to make calls quickly and easily by using speed dial Phone Number There are total 60 index entries in the phonebook for you to store all your friends and family members SIP addresses Loop through and Backup Phone Number will be displayed if you are using Vigor2110V f
60. barring Type Route All means all the phone calls will be blocked with such mechanism Additionally you can set advanced settings for call barring such as Block Anonymous Block Unknown Domain or Block IP Address Simply click the relational links to open the web page For Block Anonymous this function can block the incoming calls without caller ID on the interface Phone port specified in the following window VoIP gt DialPlan Setup Call Barring Block Anonymous Route C Phonei J Phonez Note Block the incoming calls which do not have the caller ID D ro y Ti e k 62 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide For Block Unknown Domain this function can block incoming calls through Phone port from unrecognized domain that is not specified in SIP accounts VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup Call Barring Block Unknown Domain Route C Phonet J Phone NWote If the domain of the incoming call is different from the domain found in SIP accounts the call should be blocked For Block IP Address this function can block incoming calls through Phone port coming from IP address VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup Call Barring Block IP Address Route LJ Phone LJ Phonee2 Note The incoming calls by means of IP dialing 2 9 4192 168 1 14 should be blocked Regional This page allows you to process incoming or outgoing phone calls by regional Default values common used in most areas will be shown on this web page You can change
61. categorization Note The priority of URL Content Filter is higher than Web Content Filter SE Se a DOD r ei eiat 4 6 1 APP Enforcement Profile You can define policy profiles for IM Instant Messenger P2P Peer to Peer Misc application This page allows you to set 32 profiles for different requirements The APP Enforcement Profile will be applied in Default Rule of Firewall gt gt General Setup for filtering CSM APP Enforcement Profile APP Enforcement Profile Table Setto Factory Default Profile Mame Profile Mame 1 1 i 18 Bip 19 4 20 1 ral 6 ff f 23 8 24 g fa 10 2b 11 Pal 12 28 13 29 15 31 16 af Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Profile Display the number of the profile which allows you to click to set different policy Name Display the name of the APP Enforcement Profile Click the number under Index column for settings in detail There are three tabs IM P2P and Misc displayed on this page Each tab will bring out different items that you can choose to disallow people using Dray Te k 154 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Below shows the items which are categorized under P2P CSM gt gt APP Enforcement Profile Profile Index 1 If Select All Clear All Protocol Cl SoulSeek CleDonkey Cl FastTrack Cl penFT Cl Gnutella ClopenNap ClBitTorrent Profile Name Select All Clear All Profle Name o P2P Misc Applications SoulSeek eDonk
62. certificates to your local PC as a file Backup Restoration Select a backup file to restore ee E Decrypt password Click to upload the file 4 11 VolP Note This function is used for V models Voice over IP network VoIP enables you to use your broadband Internet connection to make toll quality voice calls over the Internet There are many different call signaling protocols methods by which VoIP devices can talk to each other The most popular protocols are SIP MGCP Megaco and H 323 These protocols are not all compatible with each other except via a soft switch server The Vigor V models support the SIP protocol as this is an ideal and convenient deployment for the ITSP Internet Telephony Service Provider and softphone and is widely supported SIP is an end to end signaling protocol that establishes user presence and mobility in VoIP structure Every one who wants to talk using his her SIP Uniform Resource Identifier SIP Address The standard format of SIP URI is sip user password host port Some fields may be optional in different use In general host refers to a domain The userinfo includes the user field the password field and the sign following them This is very similar to a URL so some may call it SIP URL SIP supports peer to peer direct calling and also calling via a SIP proxy server a role similar to the gatekeeper in H 323 networks while the MGCP protocol uses clien
63. cpict crt apcteetoesaeenterncaraneeaee ie aa iiaa e a e aseina 52 A e URAP aen r E E E E E eee E eee eee 54 TATE 0 E T E EEA EEEE EAA E EAA A E O ee 55 SNDE a A A E ene etre 57 T P ACCO Co ene eee E ee eee eee 66 0 Phone SENINGS saniar n aara Ea EEEN ENA EEE aT EEE 70 IS e a A E 75 326 Wireless LAN senrose nE Eaa 76 36 1 Basic CONCEDII S auinen iei E EE ES states 76 622 GCN A SU ssa ice E A A E E N A E O 78 PO SS NEY in E E EE EE E E 80 3 6 4 Access Control fae ethos secre evils ciceeretie ci lonatacattsonetise vpeuepiotisbasadiociveeseqebaiaceauseds eesetadennsceaieaaes 81 DO ON MIG a A S 83 3 7 USB FOC AMON ascdececiyccctcasoctscpcegeu ce rane na EE EEN E OR EEN EEEE EEE S EEES 84 37 T USB General SE MNOS riesia a RERE EEEE EEE ETE 84 37 2 USB User Manageme Mi asaini adaa aae a E a 85 oro FSE POO een E deat adn dual dicestoaaieadieWiduaaialtaned eadancosanans 88 BP AIS DISK SQW S serrera EEEE E AES 89 3 8 System MAINTENANCE tiie ciccecsetevetsvecinstesateadceecae sense aa aa ai ai 90 OM Ve U eN EE E EEE A 90 Se aS WON e a Sanat conthasunnecasinenmatiacanniaceatts 91 3 9 9 Timo AVI A parses a RNa 92 LOAR DOO y E na E E E E eeeee ee 92 SODANO SNCS e E EE E A E E EE E AA E EATA E E 93 ST DAOP EDI rro E E E E E E EE E A 93 SR EEE OM AAEE E E A AE E N 94 CB Fg Tr A ICN S eer ER E A E E EEE E 94 3 9 4 TACE ROUTO ors rainarctessaatentns mien nna e aE a Re inean 95 Admin Mode Operation c sscccssscccsssecceseesceseeseeseeseeseesea
64. drop down list to choose a codepage If you do not have any idea of choosing suitable codepage 130 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide please open Syslog From Codepage Information of Setup dialog you will see the recommended codepage listed on the dialog box 19216811 A Window size It determines the size of TCP protocol 0 65535 The more the value is the better the performance will be However if the network is not stable small value will be proper Session timeout Setting timeout for sessions can make the best utilization of network resources Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 131 DrayTe k 4 4 3 Filter Setup Click Firewall and click Filter Setup to open the setup page Firewall gt gt Filter Setup Filter Setup Setto Factory Default set Comments set Comments 1 Default Call Filter f 2 Default Data Filter g 3 3 4 10 3 11 To edit or add a filter click on the set number to edit the individual set The following page will be shown Each filter set contains up to 7 rules Click on the rule number button to edit each rule Check Active to enable the rule Firewall gt gt Filter Setup gt gt Edit Filter Set Filter Set 1 comments Filter Rule Active Comments Move Up Move Down Block NetBios Down d UP Down O UP Down O UP Down oO UP Down 6 O UP Down HO UP Next Filter Set Filter Rule Click a button numbered 1 7 to edit the filter rule Click the button will open Edit Filter Rul
65. executable files Once downloading these types of files from websites you may risk bringing threat to your system For example an ActiveX control object is usually used for providing interactive web feature If malicious code hides inside it may occupy user s system Web Content Filter We all know that the content on the Internet just like other types of media may be inappropriate sometimes As a responsible parent or employer you should protect those in your trust against the hazards With Web filtering service of the Vigor router you can protect your business from common primary threats such as productivity legal liability network and security threats For parents you can protect your children from viewing adult websites or chat rooms Once you have activated your Web Filtering service in Vigor router and chosen the categories of website you wish to restrict each URL address requested e g www bbc co uk will be checked against our server database This database is updated as frequent as daily by a global team of Internet researchers The server will look up the URL and return a category to your router Your Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 153 Dray Te k Vigor router will then decide whether to allow access to this site according to the categories you have selected Please note that this action will not introduce any delay in your Web surfing because each of multiple load balanced database servers can handle millions of requests for
66. fe 2 IER IER LEE Oooo Enable Check to enable the DMZ Host function Private IP select one Choose PC Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Click this button and then a window will automatically pop up as depicted below The window consists of a list of private IP addresses of all hosts in your LAN network Select one private IP address in the list to be the DMZ host F nyans EOR 142 168 1 10 13 168 118 When you have selected one private IP from the above dialog the IP address will be shown on the following screen Click OK to save the setting NAT gt gt DMZ Host Setup DMZ Host Setup WAN 1 Index Enable Aux WAN IP Private IP i 172 16 3 229 192 168 1 10 Choose PC 2 o 162 168 1 55 49 Dray Tek 3 3 3 Open Ports Open Ports allows you to open a range of ports for the traffic of special applications Common application of Open Ports includes P2P application e g BT KaZaA Gnutella WinMX eMule and others Internet Camera etc Ensure that you keep the application involved up to date to avoid falling victim to any security exploits Click Open Ports to open the following page NAT gt gt Open Ports Open Ports Setup Setto Factory Default Index Comment AUX WAN IP Local IP Address Status q1 W 2 rs 3 H 4 5 6 a w sh 10 lt lt 1 10 11 20 gt gt Next gt gt Index Indicate the relative number for the particular entry that you want to offer service in a l
67. filename USB Application gt gt USB General Settings USB General Settings General Settings Simultaneous FTP Connections 5 KMaximum 6 Default Charset Default Samba Service Settings Network Neighborhood O Enable Disable Access lode LAN Only LAN And WAN NetBios Name Service Note 1 If Charset is set to default only English lang file name is supported 2 Multi session ftp download will be banned by Router FTP server If your ftp client hawe multi connection mechanism such as Filezilla you may limit client connections setting to 1 to get better performance 3 A workgroup name must not be the same as the host name The workgroup name and the hast name can have as many as 15 characters and a host name can have as many as 23 characters but both cannot contain any of the following a gt 4 7 General Settings Simultaneous FTP Connections This field is used to specify the quantity of the FTP sessions The router allows up to 6 FTP sessions connecting to USB storage disk at one time Default Charset At present Vigor router supports three types of character sets default GB2312 and BIGS Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 243 Dray Tek Default ha Default BIGS Default Charset is for English based file name For Simplified Chinese file directory names please choose GB2312 for Traditional Chinese file directory names choose BIGS Samba Service Settings Click Enable to invoke samba
68. for PSTW relay Enable phone number for PSTN relay E DO DO Po PO Po bA TE Then check the Enable box to make the PSTN number available for dial whenever you need Dray Te K 212 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 4 11 2 SIP Accounts In this section you set up your own SIP settings When you apply for an account your SIP service provider will give you an Account Name or user name SIP Registrar Proxy and Domain name The last three might be the same in some case Then you can tell your folks your SIP Address as in Account Name Domain name As Vigor VoIP Router is turned on it will first register with Registrar using AuthorizationUser Domain Realm After that your call will be bypassed by SIP Proxy to the destination using AccountName Domain Realm as identity VoIP gt gt SIP Accounts SIP Accounts List Index Profile DomainfRealm Proxy Account Name ee a Codec Ring Port Status G 729A B Phonei Phones G 7294 B Phonel Phones G 7294 B Phonei 1 Phonez 2 G 7294 B Phonei Phonez gt G 7294 B Phonei O Phonez G 7294 B Phonei Phonez 5 WAT Traversal Setting STUN Server External IP SIP PING Interval Index Profile Domain Realm Proxy Account Name Codec Ring Port Status STUN Server External IP SIP PING interval Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Ri success registered on SIP server fail ta register on SIP server Click this link to access into next page for se
69. group Objects Setting gt gt IP Group IP Group Table Setto Factory Default Index Name Index Name 1r SEB RPE BP ere reren pr D b e e a e e e e e e Cd SBFESBBREBEBFEFPRBEBER Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Click the number under Index column for settings in detail Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 145 Dray Te k Objects Setting gt gt IP Group Profile Index 1 Interface Available IP Objects Selected IP Objects 1 FD Department 2 Finanical Dept 3 HF Department Name Type a name for this profile Maximum 15 characters are allowed Interface Choose WAN LAN or Any to display all the available IP objects with the specified interface Available IP Objects All the available IP objects with the specified interface chosen above will be shown in this box Selected IP Objects Click gt gt button to add the selected IP objects in this box D ro y Ti e k 146 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 4 5 3 Service Type Object You can set up to 96 sets of Service Type Objects with different conditions Objects Setting gt gt Service Type Object Service Type Object Profiles Setto Factory Default Index Name Index Mame 1 17 Z 18 3 19 4 20 J 21 6 22 i 23 8 24 10 26 11 at 12 28 14 30 16 32 lt lt 1 32 33 54 65 96 gt gt Next gt gt Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Click the number under Index column for settings in detail Objec
70. here is the total sessions of the packets that do not match the filter rule configured in this page The default setting is 12000 Quality of Service Choose one of the QoS rules to be applied as firewall rule For detailed information of setting QoS please refer to the related section later Load Balance Policy Choose the WAN interface for applying Load Balance Policy Auto Select Auto Select WANT Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 129 Dr ay Te k APP Enforcement URL Content Filter Web Content Filter Advance Setting Dray Tek Select an APP Enforcement profile for global IM P2P application blocking If there is no profile for you to select please choose Create New from the drop down list in this page to create a new profile All the hosts in LAN must follow the standard configured in the APP Enforcement profile selected here For detailed information refer to the section of APP Enforcement profile setup For troubleshooting needs you can specify to record information for IM P2P by checking the Log box It will be sent to Syslog server Please refer to section Syslog Mail Alert for more detailed information Select one of the URL Content Filter profile settings created in CSM gt gt URL Content Filter for applying with this router Please set at least one profile for choosing in CSM gt gt URL Content Filter web page first Or choose Create New from the drop down list in this page to create a new pro
71. in user to make a PPTP VPN connection through the Internet You should set the User Name and Password of remote dial in user below IPSec Tunnel Allow the remote dial in user to trigger an IPSec VPN connection through Internet L2TP with IPSec Policy Allow the remote dial in user to make a L2TP VPN connection through the Internet You can select to use L2TP alone or with IPSec Select from below None Do not apply the IPSec policy Accordingly the VPN connection employed the L2TP without IPSec policy can be viewed as one pure L2TP connection Nice to Have Apply the IPSec policy first if it is applicable during negotiation Otherwise the dial in VPN connection becomes one pure L2TP connection Must Specify the IPSec policy to be definitely applied on the L2TP connection You can specify the IP address of the remote dial in user or peer ID should be the same with the ID setting in dial in type by checking the box Also you should further specify the corresponding security methods on the right side If you uncheck the checkbox the connection type you select 197 Dray Tek User Name Password VJ Compression IKE Authentication Method IPSec Security Method My WAN IP Remote Gateway IP Remote Network IP Remote Network Mask above will apply the authentication methods and security methods in the general settings This field is applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above
72. inside the red rectangles to fit the request of NAT usage LAN gt gt General Setup Ethernet TCP IP and DHCP Setup De k igurtz DHCP Server Configuration For NAT Usage Enable Server Disable Server Ist IP Address 132 168 1 5 Relay Agent 1st Subnet 2nd Subnet ist Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Start IP Address 192 166 1 10 For IP Routing Usage Enab Disable IF Pool Counts So le end IP Address 132 168 2 1 Gateway IP Address 192 168 1 5 2nd Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 DHCP Server IP Address L ti aw Gg 2nd Subnet DHCP Server OON Server IP Address RIP Protocol Control C Force DNS manual setting Secondary IP Address fs To use another DHCP server in the network rather than the built in one of Vigor Router you have to change the settings as show below Dray Tek 286 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Internet Public IP Address 220 135 240 207 Private Subnet Router IP Address DHCP Server You can just set the settings wrapped inside the red rectangles to fit the request of NAT usage LAN gt gt General Setup Ethernet TCP IP and DHCP Setup LAN IP Network Configuration DHCP Server Coofiquration FOCNAT waa O Enable Servef Disable Server Ist IP Address Relay Agent ist Subnet 2nd Subnet ist Subnet Mask Start IP Address 192 168 1 10 For IP Routing Usage Enable Disable IP Pool Counts 50 end IP Address 132 165 2 1 Gateway IP Address 192 168 1 5
73. is disabled or not Please use the utility of 3G USB Modem to disable PIN code and try again If it still fails it might be the compliance problem of system Please open DrayTek Syslog Tool to capture the connection information WAN Log and send the page similar to the following graphic to the service center of DrayTek Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 315 Dray Te k F DrayTek Syslog Controls f 192 166 1 1 v WAN Status mH gt E en eee Getway IP Static TX Packets RX Rate ile IEE DrayTek sl r os f s LAN Status Tx Packets RX Packets WAN IP Static RX Packets Fie Wall Log VPN Log User Access Log Call Log WAN Log Network Infomation Net State Time Host Message a Apr 12 09 17 49 Vagor WAN PPPoE Protocol LCPic0Z1 ConfReg Identifier 0x03 ACCM Ox0 Authe Apr 1209 17 49 Vigor 2G Modem status al 20 00 00 00 00 02 00 03 00 Apr 12 09 17 49 Vigor WAN PPPoE gt Protocol LCPic021 ConfReg Identifier 0x00 MRU 1500 ACCH Apr 12 09 17 49 Vigor WAN2 PPPoE 1 T 1 PADS ID 0 Apr 1209 17 49 Vigor 3G Modem respons CONNECT 3600000 Apr 12 09 17 49 Vigor 3G Modem status al 20 00 00 00 00 02 00 02 00 Apr 1209 17 49 Vigor 3G Modem status al 20 00 00 00 00 02 00 02 00 Apr 1209 17 49 Vigor 3G Modem dial ATDT 998 Apr 1209 17 49 Vigor WAN2 PPPoE gt 1 T 1 PADR IDO Apr 12 09 17 49 Vigor WAN2 PPPoE lt 1 T 1 PADO IDO Apr 1209 17 49 Vigor 23 Modem respons
74. list modes used by each SSID and the MAC addresses applied to their lists Wireless LAN gt gt Access Control Access Control Enable Mac Address Filter Index Attribute C SSID 1 C SSID 2 C SSID 3 C SSID 4 MAC Address Filter MAC Address Apply SSID Client s MAC Address T T T Apoly SSID O ssini O ssie O ssia CJ SSID 4 Attribute C s Isolate the station from LAN Enable Mac Address Filter MAC Address Filter Client s MAC Address Apply SSID Attribute Add Delete Edit Cancel Dray Tek Select to enable the MAC Address filter for wireless LAN identified with SSID 1 to 4 respectively All the clients expressed by MAC addresses listed in the box can be grouped under different wireless LAN For example they can be grouped under SSID 1 and SSID 2 at the same time if you check SSID 1 and SSID 2 Display all MAC addresses that are edited before Manually enter the MAC address of wireless client After entering the client s MAC address check the box of the SSIDs desired to insert this MAC address into their access control list s Isolate the station from LAN select to isolate the wireless connection of the wireless client of the MAC address from LAN Add a new MAC address into the list Delete the selected MAC address in the list Edit the selected MAC address in the list Give up the access control set up 232 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide OK Click it to save th
75. most dominating security mechanism in industry is separated into two categories WPA personal or called WPA Pre Share Key WPA PSK and WPA Enterprise or called WPA 802 1x In WPA Personal a pre defined key is used for encryption during data transmission WPA applies Temporal Key Integrity Protocol TKIP for data encryption while WPA2 applies AES The WPA Enterprise combines not only encryption but also authentication Since WEP has been proved vulnerable you may consider using WPA for the most secure connection You should select the appropriate security mechanism according to your needs No matter which security suite you select they all will enhance the over the air data protection and or privacy on your wireless network The Vigor wireless router is very flexible and can support multiple secure connections with both WEP and WPA at the same time Separate the Wireless and the Wired LAN WLAN Isolation enables you to isolate your wireless LAN from wired LAN for either quarantine or limit access reasons To isolate means neither of the parties can access each other To elaborate an example for business use you Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 225 Dray Te k may set up a wireless LAN for visitors only so they can connect to Internet without hassle of the confidential information leakage For a more flexible deployment you may add filters of MAC addresses to isolate users access from wired LAN Manage Wireless Stations Station List wi
76. of Port Redirection function is to forward all access request with public IP address from external users to the mapping private IP address port of the server Internet Destined to 220 135 240 207 Port 213 The port redirection can only apply to incoming traffic To use this function please go to NAT page and choose Port Redirection web page The Port Redirection Table provides 20 port mapping entries for the internal hosts NAT gt Port Redirection Port Redirection Setto Factory Default Service Name Public Port Private IP Status A 1 2 a 4 5 G l 3 a 10 ao Pee Sc Pes sc Pests Pes Dray Tek 46 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Press any number under Index to access into next page for configuring port redirection NAT gt gt Port Redirection Index No 1 C Enable Mode Service Name Protacal WEAR IP Public Port Private IP Private Port Note In Range Mode the End IP will be calculated automatically ance the Public Port and Start IP have been entered Enable Mode Service Name Protocol WAN IP Public Port Private IP Private Port Check this box to enable such port redirection setting Two options Single and Range are provided here for you to choose To set a range for the specific service select Range In Range mode if the public port start port and end port and the starting IP of private IP had been entered the system will calculate and display
77. of the router in the future 3 9 Diagnostics Diagnostic Tools provide a useful way to view or diagnose the status of your Vigor router Below shows the menu items for Diagnostics Diagnostics Hl Ta a 3 9 1 DHCP Table The facility provides information on IP address assignments This information 1s helpful in diagnosing network problems such as IP address conflicts etc Click Diagnostics and click DHCP Table to open the web page Diagnostics gt gt View DHCP Assigned IP Addresses DHCP IP Assignment Table Refresh DHCP server Running Index IP ftddress Mac Address Leased Time HOST ID 1 192 165 1 12 OO 1D 4F D5 C1 393 16 435 620 iPod 3 Index It displays the connection item number IP Address It displays the IP address assigned by this router for specified PC MAC Address It displays the MAC address for the specified PC that DHCP assigned IP address for it Leased Time It displays the leased time of the specified PC HOST ID It displays the host ID name of the specified PC Refresh Click it to reload the page Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 93 Dray Tek 3 9 2 Traffic Graph Click Diagnostics and click Traffic Graph to pen the web page Choose WAN1 Bandwidth Sessions daily or weekly for viewing different traffic graph Click Refresh to renew the graph at any time Diagnostics gt gt Traffic Graph Show Chart VWANT Bandwidth v Daily l Refresh Mints Refresh 3 9 3 P
78. router itself will also use the default private IP address 192 168 1 1 to communicate with the local hosts Meanwhile Vigor router will communicate with other network devices through a public IP address When the data flow passing through the Network Address Translation NAT function of the router will dedicate to translate public private addresses and the packets will be delivered to the correct host PC in the local area network Thus all the host PCs can share a common Internet connection Get Your Public IP Address from ISP In ADSL deployment the PPP Point to Point style authentication and authorization 1s required for bridging customer premises equipment CPE Point to Point Protocol over Ethernet PPPoE connects a network of hosts via an access device to a remote access concentrator or aggregation concentrator This implementation provides users with significant ease of use Meanwhile it provides access control billing and type of service according to user requirement When a router begins to connect to your ISP a serial of discovery process will occur to ask for a connection Then a session will be created Your user ID and password is authenticated via PAP or CHAP with RADIUS authentication system And your IP address DNS server and other related information will usually be assigned by your ISP Network Connection by 3G USB Modem For 3G mobile communication through Access Point is popular more and more Vigor2110 adds the f
79. s Guide 253 Dray Tek gt a E gt Ej Emy Documents wW My Computer My Recent Emy Network Places Documents nv S COM Lite _MWSnapsoo C TeleDanmark 2 v2k2_232_config_1 veke_250_config_1 My Documents hy Computer B File name config w My Network Save as type Configuration file we 4 Click Save button the configuration will download automatically to your computer as a file named config cfg The above example is using Windows platform for demonstrating examples The Mac or Linux platform will appear different windows but the backup function is still available Note Backup for Certification must be done independently The Configuration Backup does not include information of Certificate Restore Configuration 1 Goto System Maintenance gt gt Configuration Backup The following windows will be popped up as shown below system Maintenance gt gt Configuration Backup Configuration Backup Restoration Restoration Select a configuration file TS Click Restore to upload the file Backup Click Backup to download current running configurations as a file 2 Click Browse button to choose the correct configuration file for uploading to the router 3 Click Restore button and wait for few seconds the following picture will tell you that the restoration procedure is successful Dray Te k 254 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 4 14 5 Syslog Mail Alert SysLog function is provid
80. scenarios of LAN settings that stated in Chapter 4 For the configuration examples please refer to that chapter to get more information for your necessity 4 2 3 Static Route Go to LAN to open setting page and choose Static Route LAN gt gt Static Route Setup Static Route Configuration Setto Factory Default View Routing Table Index Destination 4ddress Status Index Destination Address Status i PEF T G TTT T 2 77 7 77 G 3 PPF T g TTT 7 4 TTT 5 slo 77 7 I TTT F 10 FER i Status v Active x Inactive 7 Empty Index The number 1 to 10 under Index allows you to open next page to set up static route Destination Address Displays the destination address of the static route Status Displays the status of the static route Viewing Routing Table Displays the routing table for your reference Diagnostics gt gt View Routing Table Current Running Routing Table Refresh Key C connected S static R RIP default private Aj C 192 168 1 0 255 255 255 0 is directly connected LAN lt Add Static Routes to Private and Public Networks Here is an example of setting Static Route in Main Router so that user A and B locating in different subnet can talk to each other via the router Assuming the Internet access has been configured and the router works properly use the Main Router to surf the Internet create a private subnet 192 168 10 0 using an internal Router A 192 168
81. service via the router Later you can view the files inside the USB storage disk through Samba server Access Mode LAN Only Users coming from internet cannot connect to the samba server of the router LAN And WAN Both LAN and WAN users can access samba server of the router NetBios Name Service For the NetBios service of USB storage disk you have to specify a workgroup name and a host name A workgroup name must not be the same as the host name The workgroup name can have as many as 15 characters and the host name can have as many as 23 characters Both them cannot contain any of the following lt gt Workgroup Name Type a name for the workgroup Host Name Type the host name for the router 4 13 2 USB User Management This page allows you to set profiles for FTP users Any user who wants to access into the USB disk must type the same username and password configured in this page Before adding or modifying settings in this page please insert a USB disk first Otherwise an error message will appear to warn you USB Application gt gt USB User Management USB User Management Setto Factory Default Index Username Home Folder Index Username Home Folder PNP ee epi m s pa e E Sea eERBREBE Dray Te k 244 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Click any index number to access into configuration page USB Application gt gt USB User Management Profile Index 1 FTP Samba User User
82. telephone for the line will be guided to land line jack via the router loop through D F ay Ti e k 8 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Stand Installation The Vigor2110 must be placed erectly Therefore you have to install a stand onto the router to make it standing firmly Please follow the figures listed below to finish the installation Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 9 Dr ay Te k 1 4 Printer Installation You can install a printer onto the router for sharing printing All the PCs connected this router can print documents via the router The example provided here is made based on Windows XP 2000 For Windows 98 SE Vista please visit www draytek com ff i Printer Name 192 168 1 1 Port Name IP_192 168 1 1 Printer Before using it please follow the steps below to configure settings for connected computers or wireless clients 1 Connect the printer with the router through USB parallel port 2 Open Start gt Settings gt Printer and Faxes AS Documents F e Settings B Control Panel iz ey Network Connections l pe Search A Help and Support oh Taskbar and Start Menu WF Run Log OFF coco lee gt Turn OFF Computer 4 Internet Explorer IS Mach Dray Tek 10 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Open File gt Add Printer A welcome dialog will appear Please click Next Add Printer Wizard Welcome to the Add Printer Wizard This wizard helps you install 4 printer or make printer
83. that Internet users can access J IP Broadband Connection on A outer Ftp Example menmegr 192 168 29 11 13135 60654 UDP manmegr 192 168 29 11 7824 13251 UDP This connection allows you to connect to the Internet through a menmsgr 192 169 29 11 8729 63231 TCP shared connection on another computer Mere Show icon in notification area when connected ro Edit pels I E i eal The reminder as regards concern about Firewall and UPnP Can t work with Firewall Software Enabling firewall applications on your PC may cause the UPnP function not working properly This is because these applications will block the accessing ability of some network ports Security Considerations Activating the UPnP function on your network may incur some security threats You should consider carefully these risks before activating the UPnP function gt Some Microsoft operating systems have found out the UPnP weaknesses and hence you need to ensure that you have applied the latest service packs and patches gt Non privileged users can control some router functions including removing and adding port mappings The UPnP function dynamically adds port mappings on behalf of some UPnP aware applications When the applications terminate abnormally these mappings may not be removed Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 181 Dray Te k 4 8 5 IGMP IGMP 1s the abbreviation of Internet Group Management Prot
84. the ending IP of private IP automatically Enter the description of the specific network service Select the transport layer protocol TCP or UDP Select the WAN IP used for port redirection There are eight WAN IP alias that can be selected and used for port redirection The default setting is All which means all the incoming data from any port will be redirected to specified range of IP address and port Specify which port can be redirected to the specified Private IP and Port of the internal host If you choose Range as the port redirection mode you will see two boxes on this field Simply type the required number on the first box The second one will be assigned automatically later Specify the private IP address of the internal host providing the service If you choose Range as the port redirection mode you will see two boxes on this field Type a complete IP address in the first box as the starting point and the fourth digits in the second box as the end point Specify the private port number of the service offered by the internal host Note that the router has its own built in services servers such as Telnet HTTP and FTP etc Since the common port numbers of these services servers are all the same you may need to reset the router in order to avoid confliction Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 47 Dray Tek 3 3 2 DMZ Host As mentioned above Port Redirection can redirect incoming TCP UDP or other traffic on parti
85. the first box The second one will be assigned automatically later Specify the private IP address of the internal host providing the service If you choose Range as the port redirection mode you will see two boxes on this field Type a complete IP address in the first box as the starting point and the fourth digits in the second box as the end point Specify the private port number of the service offered by the internal host Note that the router has its own built in services servers such as Telnet HTTP and FTP etc Since the common port numbers of these services servers are all the same you may need to reset the router in order to avoid confliction For example the built in web configurator in the router 1s with default port 80 which may conflict with the web server in the local network http 192 168 1 13 80 Therefore you need to change the router s http port to any one other than the default port 80 to avoid conflict such as 8080 This can be set in the System Maintenance gt gt Management Setup You then will access the admin screen of by suffixing the IP address with 8080 e g http 192 168 1 1 8080 instead of port 80 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 121 Dray Tek Dray Tek system Maintenance gt gt Management Management Setup Management Access Control C FTP Server HTTP Server HTTPS Server Telnet Server C SSH Server Disable PING from the Internet Access List List IP Subnet Mask 4 3 2 D
86. the following page for configuring Phone settings VoIP gt gt Phone Settings Phonel Call Feature Default SIP Account LI Hotline O O Play dial tone only when account registered C Session Timer C T 38 Fax Function Error Correction Mode REDUNDANCY wi gn l Call Forwarding Disable SIP URL Time Out sec C OND Do Not Disturb Mode Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup OLL Mote Action and Idle Timeout settings will be ignored Index 1 60 in Phone Book as Exception List L LE EL ALA C CLIR thide caller ID Call waiting Call Transfer Hotline Check the box to enable it Type in the SIP URL in the field for dialing automatically when you pick up the phone set Session Timer Check the box to enable the function In the limited time that you set in this field if there is no response the connecting call will be closed automatically Dray Tek 218 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide T 38 Fax Function Call Forwarding DND Do Not Disturb mode CLIR hide caller ID Call Waiting Call Transfer Default SIP Account Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Check the box to enable T 38 FAX Relay function Error Correction Mode Choose the mode for error correction T 38 Fax Function Error Correction Mode REDUNDANCY me REDUNDANCY FEC There are four options for you to choose Disable is to close call forwarding function Always means all the incoming calls will be forwarded
87. the number based on the region that the router is placed VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup Enable Regional Setto Factory Default Last Call Return Miss i im g Last Call Return In Last Call Return Gut Call Forward All Act 2 tnumbert Call Forward Deact to Call Forward Busy Act 0 number Call Forward No Ans Act 2 number Do Not Disturb Act Do Not Disturb Deact ae H oo m m JE Hide caller ID Act Hide caller ID Deact Call Waiting Act 6 Call Waiting Deact r ae Block Anonymous Act Black Anonymous Deact Block Unknow Domain Block Unknow Domain 4ct 40 Deact Black IP Calls Act 0 4 Block IP Calls Deact Black Last Calls Act 0 h in Ha E Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 63 Dr ay Tek Last Call Return Miss Last Call Return In Last Call Return Out Call Forward All Act Call Forward Deact Call Forward Busy Act Sometimes people might miss some phone calls Please dial number typed in this field to know where the last phone call comes from and call back to that one You have finished an incoming phone call however you want to call back again for some reason Please dial number typed in this field to call back to that one Dial the number typed in this field to call the previous outgoing phone call again
88. the schedule order to perform Force On or Force Down action according to the time plan that has been pre defined in the schedule profiles 4 8 3 RADIUS Remote Authentication Dial In User Service RADIUS is a security authentication client server protocol that supports authentication authorization and accounting which is widely used by Internet service providers It is the most common method of authenticating and authorizing dial up and tunneled network users The built in RADIUS client feature enables the router to assist the remote dial in user or a wireless station and the RADIUS server in performing mutual authentication It enables centralized remote access authentication for network management Applications gt gt RADIUS RADIUS Setup Enable Destination Port 1412 Enable Check to enable RADIUS client feature Server IP Address Enter the IP address of RADIUS server Destination Port The UDP port number that the RADIUS server is using The default value is 1812 based on RFC 2138 Shared Secret The RADIUS server and client share a secret that is used to authenticate the messages sent between them Both sides must be configured to use the same shared secret Confirm Shared Secret Re type the Shared Secret for confirmation Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 179 Dray Tek 4 8 4 UPnP The UPnP Universal Plug and Play protocol is supported to bring to network connected devices the ease of installation and configuration whic
89. to find a highest priority match with its policies Eventually to set up a secure tunnel for IKE Phase 2 gt Phase 2 negotiation IPSec security methods including Authentication Header AH or Encapsulating Security Payload ESP for the following IKE exchange and mutual examination of the secure tunnel establishment Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 185 Dray Te k There are two encapsulation methods used in IPSec Transport and Tunnel The Transport mode will add the AH ESP payload and use original IP header to encapsulate the data payload only It can just apply to local packet e g L2TP over IPSec The Tunnel mode will not only add the AH ESP payload but also use a new IP header Tunneled IP header to encapsulate the whole original IP packet Authentication Header AH provides data authentication and integrity for IP packets passed between VPN peers This is achieved by a keyed one way hash function to the packet to create a message digest This digest will be put in the AH and transmitted along with packets On the receiving side the peer will perform the same one way hash on the packet and compare the value with the one in the AH it receives Encapsulating Security Payload ESP is a security protocol that provides data confidentiality and protection with optional authentication and replay detection service VPN and Remote Access gt gt PSec General Setup YPN IKE IPSec General Setup Dial in Set up for Remote Dial in users and Dy
90. will display YES Disk Capacity It displays the total capacity of the USB disk Free Capacity It displays the free space of the USB disk Click Refresh at any time to get new status for free capacity Index It displays the number of the client which connecting to FTP server Service It displays the service that such USB disk will serve IP Address It displays the IP address of the user s host which connecting to the FTP server Username It displays the username that user uses to login to the FTP server When you insert USB disk into the Vigor router the system will start to find out such device within several seconds Dray Tek 248 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 4 14 System Maintenance For the system setup there are several items that you have to know the way of configuration Status Administrator Password Configuration Backup Syslog Time setup Reboot System Firmware Upgrade Below shows the menu items for System Maintenance System Maintenance n no Soe 1 m is S g Le MHIR my ay bo mh ite 4 14 1 System Status The System Status provides basic network settings of Vigor router It includes LAN and WAN interface information Also you could get the current running firmware version or firmware related information from this presentation system Status
91. will be closed by itself when the firmware upgrading finished For the detailed information about firmware update please go to Chapter 5 Dray Tek 260 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 4 14 10 Activation There are three ways to activate WCF on vigor router using Service Activation Wizard by means of CSM gt gt Web Content Filter Profile or via System Maintenance gt gt lt Activation After you have finished the setting profiles for WCF refer to Web Content Filter Profile it is the time to activate the mechanism for your computer Click System Maintenance gt gt lt Activation to open the following page for accessing http myvigor draytek com Below shows the successful activation of Web Content Filter system Maintenance gt gt Activation Activate via interface Web Filter License Activate Status Commtouch Start Date 2010 O07 27 Expire Date 2010 08 27 Authentication Message Activated Wie 08 47 13 Activated Wizard query license status Successful 2010 07 27 Mote If you want to use email alert or syslog please configure the SysLog If you change the service provider the configuration of the function will be reset Activate via interface Use the drop down menu to choose the interface for accessing the server Status Display the mechanism represented with code number e g CT CF adopted by such router Start Date Display the starting date of WCF license activated successfully Expire Date Dis
92. with IPSec Policy YJ Compression on off Server IP Hast Name for VPN IKE Authentication Method such as draytek com or 123 45 67 89 po esame ce Digital Signature 509 IPSec Security Method Medium 4H High ESP Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Profile Name Specify a name for the profile of the LAN to LAN connection Enable this profile Check here to activate this profile VPN Dial Out Through Use the drop down menu to choose a proper WAN interface for this profile This setting is useful for dial out only WANT First kd WANT First WAMI Only 36G Backup Onl WANI First While connecting the router will use WAN1 as the first channel for VPN connection If WAN1 fails the router will use another WAN interface instead WANI Only While connecting the router will use WAN as the only channel for VPN connection 3G Backup Only While connecting the router will use 3G modem as the only channel for VPN connection Netbios Naming Packet Pass click it to have an inquiry for data transmission between the hosts located on both sides of VPN Tunnel while connecting Block When there is conflict occurred between the hosts on Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 193 Dr ay Te k Multicast via VPN Call Direction Always On or Idle Timeout Enable PING to keep alive Type of Server I am calling Dray Tek both sides of VPN Tunnel in connecting such function can block data transmission of Netbios Na
93. with the local hosts Meanwhile Vigor router will communicate with other network devices through a public IP address When the data flow passing through the Network Address Translation NAT function of the router will dedicate to translate public private addresses and the packets will be delivered to the correct host PC in the local area network Thus all the host PCs can share a common Internet connection Get Your Public IP Address from ISP In ADSL deployment the PPP Point to Point style authentication and authorization 1s required for bridging customer premises equipment CPE Point to Point Protocol over Ethernet PPPoE connects a network of hosts via an access device to a remote access concentrator or aggregation concentrator This implementation provides users with significant ease of use Meanwhile it provides access control billing and type of service according to user requirement When a router begins to connect to your ISP a serial of discovery process will occur to ask for a connection Then a session will be created Your user ID and password is authenticated via PAP or CHAP with RADIUS authentication system And your IP address DNS server and other related information will usually be assigned by your ISP Below shows the menu items for Internet Access Internet Access re 7 oe GOGOA a ae S a D ro y Ti e k 98 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 4 1 2 PPPoE To choose PPPoE as the accessing protocol of the int
94. you are with the same SIP Registrar Peer to Peer Before calling you have to know your friend s IP Address The Vigor VoIP Routers will build connection between each other D roa y Ti e k 56 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Vigor VoIP Vigor VolP Router Router Our Vigor V models firstly apply efficient codecs designed to make the best use of available bandwidth but Vigor V models also equip with automatic QoS assurance QoS Assurance assists to assign high priority to voice traffic via Internet You will always have the required inbound and outbound bandwidth that is prioritized exclusively for Voice traffic over Internet but you just get your data a little slower and it is tolerable for data traffic 3 5 1 DialPlan This page allows you to set phone book and digit map for the VoIP function Click the Phone Book and Digit Map links on the page to access into next pages for dialplan settings VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup DialPlan Configuration Phone Book Digit Map Call Barring Regional PSTN Setup Phone Book In this section you can set your VoIP contacts in the phonebook It can help you to make calls quickly and easily by using speed dial Phone Number There are total 60 index entries in the phonebook for you to store all your friends and family members SIP addresses Loop through and Backup Phone Number will be displayed if you are using Vigor2110Vn for setting the phone book Vigor2110 Series
95. 0 Series User s Guide Click any index number to configure the SIP account VoIP gt gt SIP Accounts SIP Account Index No 1 Profile Name Register wia SIP Port DomainfRealrm Proxy Oooo O 11 char max L Call without Registration 688 char mae 68 char mae C Act as outbound proxy Display Name Account NumberName C Authentication ID Password Expiry Time MAT Traversal Support Ring Port Ring Pattern Prefer Codec Packet Size voice Active Detector Profile Name Register via SIP Port Domain Realm Proxy Act as Outbound Proxy Display Name Vigor2110 Series User s Guide fs 23 char max 68 char ma 668 char ma 63 char mar eoo see Phonei _ Phonez C Single Codec Assign a name for this profile for identifying You can type similar name with the domain For example if the domain name is draytel org then you might set draytel in this field If you want to make VoIP call without register personal information please choose None and check the box to achieve the goal Some SIP server allows user to use VoIP function without registering For such server please check the box of Call without registration Choosing Auto is recommended Set the port number for sending receiving SIP message for building a session The default value is 5060 Your peer must set the same value in his her Registrar Set the domain name or IP address of the SIP Registrar server Set domain nam
96. 1b Only Mixed 11g 11n 11n Only and Mixed 11b 11g 11n stations simultaneously Simply choose Mix 11b 11g 11n mode Mixed 11b 11g 11ini 11b Only 11g Only Tin Only 1156 11 11 Mixed 1 1b 11 q Tr SSID Means the identification of the wireless LAN SSID can be any text numbers or various special characters The default SSID is DrayTek We suggest you to change it Channel Means the channel of frequency of the wireless LAN The default channel is 6 You may switch channel if the selected channel is under serious interference If you have no idea of choosing the frequency please select Auto to let system determine for you Dray Te k 78 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Packet OVERDRIVE Hide SSID Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Channel 6 2437 MHz Auto Channel 1 2412MHz Channel 2 241 MHz Channel 3 242 MHz Channel 4 242 MHz Channel 5 2452 MHz tO MOOS i Channel 6 2437MHz Channel 7 244 MHz Channeld 2447 MHz Channel 9S 2452MHz Channel 10 2457 MHz ne Channel 11 _2462MHz We Olet O UEY Or This feature can enhance the performance in data transmission about 40 more by checking Tx Burst It is active only when both sides of Access Point and Station in wireless client invoke this function at the same time That is the wireless client must support this feature and invoke the function too Note Vigor N61 wireless adapter supports this function Therefore you can use a
97. 2 ern Seine er b ee e 9 Ea A ui i ial E bal n This page will determine the number of concurrent FTP connection default charset for FTP server and enable Samba service At present the Vigor router can support USB diskette with versions of FAT16 and FAT32 only Therefore before connecting the USB diskette into the Vigor router please make sure the memory format for the USB diskette is FAT16 or FAT32 It is recommended for you to use FAT32 for viewing the filename completely FAT16 cannot support long filename USE Application gt gt USB General Settings USB General Settings General Settings Simultaneous FTF Connections 5 maximum 6 Default Charset Default Samba Service Settings Network Neighborhood Enable Disable Access Mode LAK Only LAN And Wah NetBios Name Service Note 1 If Charset is set to default only English long file name is supported 2 Multi session ftp download will be banned by Router FTP server If your ftp client hawe multi connection mechanism such as FileZilla you may limit client connections setting ta 1 to get better performance 3 A workgroup name must not be the same as the host name The workgroup name and the hast name can have as many as 15 characters and a host name can have as many as 23 characters but both cannot contain any of the following lt gt 4 7 General Settings Simultaneous FTP Connection This field is used to Dray Tek specify the qu
98. 2nd Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 2nd Subnet DHP Server DHEP Serwer IP Address 192168311 for Relay Agent 192 168 3 11 DNS Server IP Address RIP Frotocol Control Disable Cl Force DNS manual setting Secondary IP Address fs Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 287 DrayTe k 5 5 Calling Scenario for VoIP function 5 5 1 Calling via SIP Sever Example 1 Both John and David have SIP Addresses from different service providers John s SIP URL 1234 draytel org David s SIP URL 4321 iptel org Settings for John DialPlan index 1 Phone Number 1111 Display Name David SIP URL 4321 iptel org SIP Accounts Settings Profile Name draytel Register via Auto SIP Port 5060 default Domain Realm draytel org Proxy draytel org Act as outbound proxy unhecked Display Name John Account Number Name 1234 Authentication ID unchecked Password Expiry Time use default value CODEC RTP DTME Use default value Settings for David DialPlan index 1 Phone Number 2222 Display Name John SIP URL 1234 draytel org SIP Accounts Settings Profile Name iptel 1 Register via Auto SIP Port 5060 default Domain Realm iptel org Proxy iptel org Act as outbound proxy unchecked Display Name David Account Name 4321 Authentication ID unchecked Password Expiry Time use default value CODEC RTP DTME Dray Tek VolP o gt DlalPlan Setup Phone Book Idex Lo 1 E Erali P
99. 4 12 3 Security This page allows you to set security with different modes for SSID 1 2 3 and 4 respectively After configuring the correct settings please click OK to save and invoke it By clicking the Security Settings a new web page will appear so that you could configure the settings of WEP and WPA Wireless LAN gt gt Security Settings SSID 1 SSID 2 SSID 3 SSID 4 Mode WPA Encryption Mode TKIP for WPA AES for WPA Mode WPA Dray Tek Type 8 63 ASCII character or 64 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox for example cfgsOla or Ox655abcd WEP Encryption Mode For 64 bit WEP key Type 5 ASCII character or 10 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox for example AB312 or Ox4142333132 For 128 bit WEP key Type 13 ASCII character or 26 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox for example 0123456789abc or 0x30313233343536373839414243 Mode Disable Turn off the encryption mechanism WEP Accepts only WEP clients and the encryption key should be entered in WEP Key WPA PSK lt Accepts only WPA clients and the encryption key should be entered in PSK WPA2 PSK Accepts only WPA2 clients and the encryption key should be entered in PSK Mixed WPA WPA2 PSK Accepts WPA and WPA2 clients simultaneously and the encryption key should be entered in PSK The WPA encrypts each frame transmitted from the radio using the key which either PSK Pre Shared Key entered manually in this field below or
100. 4 15 1 DIA OU TAO GCM eeina A A Riiie 262 Be 15 2 Ruting TADIG sersigasoniegi e A ae AE e A aR 263 4 15 3 ARP Cache Tabl srncie aa Aai Aaaa 263 ry oe DROP TIDO e E E ee E ee 264 4 15 5 NAT Sessions Table cccccccccssseeeeccceeseeeecceeaeecececeeeeeeseeaaeeeeessaaaeeeeessaageeesensaeeeess 264 4 15 6 Data Flow MOnitor ccccccceccccceeseeeceeeeeeeeseseeeseeeeeeeeeaeeeseaeeessaueeeeseaeeeessageeeeseesesenaass 265 4 15 7 Traffic Gran ccccccccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeceeeeessseeeeseeeeeeessaeeaseeeeesseeaaseeeeeesessaeaseeeees 267 4 15 8 Ping DiAQnOSIS cccccccccccsseeeeecseeeeeceeeeeeeceeseeecaaeeeeeseeeeeessaueeessaueeesseeeessaneeeeseeeeseneases 267 4 15 9 Trace Route ccccccccsecccscesececeaseceeseeeueescuseeescaeeescuseeeesasaeseseueeeesouseesssauaeessonseeseaaes 268 4 16 SUPPO ATGA ae orcas ocean ninina naaa Eaa aA EE E aE Eaa 269 Application and Examples sssnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 271 5 1 Create a LAN to LAN Connection Between Remote Office and Headquarter 271 5 2 Create a Remote Dial in User Connection Between the Teleworker and Headquarter 278 So 0 56 PIG AID E eaaa E E E 282 5 4 LAN Created by Using NAT cccccececcccceeeeecessesseseeeeeeeceeseeeeeeaaasssseeeeeeeeeeeessesesaaas 285 5 5 Calling Scenario for VolP function 0 0 ceeeccecccceeceeeeeseeceeeeeesaaeeeeeeeeeesssessseeeeeeessaaaeeeeeeees 288 5 5 1 C
101. AN MAC Address Frequency Domain Firmware Version SSID 3 8 2 User Password Display the connection type Display the IP address of the WAN interface Display the assigned IP address of the default gateway Display the MAC address of the wireless LAN It can be Europe 13 usable channels USA 11 usable channels etc The available channels supported by the wireless products in different countries are various It indicates information about equipped WLAN miniPCi card This also helps to provide availability of some features that are bound with some WLAN miniPCi Display the SSID of the router This page allows you to set new password for user operation system Maintenance gt gt User Password User Password Old Password New Password Confirm Password Old Password New Password Confirm Password Type in the old password The factory default setting for password is blank Type in new password in this field Type in the new password again When you click OK the login window will appear Please use the new password to access into the web configurator again Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 91 Dray Tek 3 8 3 Time and Date It allows you to specify where the time of the router should be inquired from system Maintenance gt gt Time and Date Time Information Current System Time 2009 Mar 27 Fn 8 32 8 Inquire Time Time Setup Use Browser Time Use Internet Time Client
102. AP CHAP is the most common selection due to wild compatibility This field is applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above VJ Compression is used for TCP IP protocol header compression Normally set to Yes to improve bandwidth utilization This group of fields is applicable for IPSec Tunnels and L2TP with IPSec Policy Pre Shared Key Input 1 63 characters as pre shared key Digital Signature X 509 Select one predefined Profiles set in the VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec Peer Identity This group of fields is a must for IPSec Tunnels and L2TP with IPSec Policy Medium AH Authentication Header means data will be authenticated but not be encrypted By default this option is active High ESP Encapsulating Security Payload means payload data will be encrypted and authenticated Select from below DES without Authentication Use DES encryption algorithm and not apply any authentication scheme DES with Authentication Use DES encryption algorithm and apply MD5 or SHA 1 authentication algorithm 3DES without Authentication Use triple DES encryption algorithm and not apply any authentication scheme 3DES with Authentication Use triple DES encryption algorithm and apply MD5 or SHA 1 authentication algorithm AES without Authentication Use AES encryption algorithm and not apply any authentication scheme AES with Authentication Use AES encryption algorithm and apply MD5 or SHA 1 auth
103. BgQDOYB7wmZFEFhNS leQnGO3 Xk PKCS 10 or 7 he4bp89cUF Sd lO ACGGiM tcBOckdceZdPFFvIXcP3 x GOA TCTYO OQzpxroCwlJIT LS4S50 Bnov50951G lt gt Browse for a file to insert Certificate Template Administrator v Administrator Additional Attribu Authenticated Session Basic EFS _JEFS Recovery Agent Attributes JUser Router Offline request Subordinate Certification Authority Then you have done the request and the server now issues you a certificate Select Base 64 encoded certificate and Download CA certificate Now you should get a certificate cer file and save it 5 Back to Vigor router go to Local Certificate Click IMPORT button and browse the file to import the certificate cer file into Vigor router When finished click refresh and Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 295 Dr ay Te k you will find the below window showing BEGINE CERTIFICATE i Certificate Management gt gt Local Certificate X509 Local Certificate Configuration Mame Subject Status Modify Local C TWY ST HC LSHC O Draytek a Requesting GENERATE IMPORT REFRESH 42509 Local Certificate HITBQ CCARNC AGAwajELNARGALUEBRNCVF exc zAIBQNVB AgTAKhDMNGs wCOYDVOOH EwJ IOZEQMA4GA1UEChMHRHJhe ZR lazELMAKGALUECHMCUKOxI 4 AgBgkqhkiGowOB COEWESN1cHBvcnRAZHJhe ZR layS jb2Z0wgZ8wDOvd Ko 2 lhyvcNAQEBBOADGYOAMIGI LOGBALMJdTaqftFS7FEpYy lqedVIGusht qc ert wi yTUSHQvEpazcrgdBGrikTUBX alx fqnEcc
104. Client complimentary software to help you create PPTP L2TP and L2TP over IPSec tunnel You can find it in CD ROM in the package or go to www draytek com download center Install as instructed After successful installation for the first time user you should click on the Step 0 Configure button Reboot the host w Smart FFEN Client 3 2 2 WinaP Step 0 This step will add the ProhibitIpSec registry value to computer in order to configure a LATP IPSec connection using a pre shared key or a L2TP connection For more infomation please read the article 240262 in the Microsoft Knowledgement Base Configure Step 1 Dial to ISP IF vou have already gotten a public IP you can skip this step Step 2 Connect to YPN Server Insert Remove Status Mo connection PPTP ISP a VPN amp SE In Step 2 Connect to VPN Server click Insert button to add a new entry If an IPSec based service is selected as shown below 280 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Dial To TEN P YPN Server IP HOST Nametsuch as 123 45 67 89 or draytek com 192 166 1 1 Password Type of VPN LTR COL2TP over IPSec PPTP Encryption C Use default gateway on remote network You may further specify the method you use to get IP the security method and authentication method If the Pre Shared Key is selected it should be consistent with the one set in VPN router IPSec Policy Sethng My IF i72 16 3 100 ka Type of I
105. F default private 192 168 10 07 255 2455 255 0 via 192 168 1 2 LAN 192 168 1 0 255 255 255 0 is directly connected LAN 211 100 88 07 255 255 255 0 via 192 168 1 3 LAN Refresh Refresh Click it to reload the page 4 15 3 ARP Cache Table Click Diagnostics and click ARP Cache Table to view the content of the ARP Address Resolution Protocol cache held in the router The table shows a mapping between an Ethernet hardware address MAC Address and an IP address Diagnostics gt gt View ARP Cache Table Ethernet ARP Cache Table IF Address Mic Address Wethias Name 192 168 1 1 OO0 S0 7F Cz2 80 20 192 168 1 10 OO OE i 6 24 D5 a1 USER 6A0E152CE6 Clear Refresh Refresh Click it to reload the page Clear Click it to clear the whole table Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 263 Dray Tek 4 15 4 DHCP Table The facility provides information on IP address assignments This information is helpful in diagnosing network problems such as IP address conflicts etc Click Diagnostics and click DHCP Table to open the web page Diagnostics gt gt View DHCP Assigned IP Addresses DHCP IP Assignment Table Refresh DHCP server Running Index IF ddress Mac Address Leased Time HOST ID Index It displays the connection item number IP Address It displays the IP address assigned by this router for specified PC MAC Address It displays the MAC address for the specified PC that DHCP assigned IP ad
106. HRHIJ he ZR lacELNARGALUECKMCURGR I AgbgkqhkiGowOB COEWESNIcHbywcoenkRazHiheszRlaysjh20uwgzewDord Kod ThvcWNaAQEBRBOsADGYOaANIGd AoGBALMIdATSsqtFoTFEpYyt iIgedIVIGusktqcektweayTUSHovepascrqJBGrikTUBs alk ftoqonEccOhs LPSOIgsSoychwqOTBmOEDELOWwHwClalafaoGyIiopMcTtswox d mo OL4x 2400n zeqciCOb 11 s amp abhLioce lesynzhkgno1lonsuF gMhbsacgsD avEgkg hk1GOVOB AUF AAO go qa sduvece 1Ltoqn4 vese BIsVeurd HatsseUnath zef mof Syo HpstNsmnllshhuiwoekCcucesy gLtHhr 6 iccMoToorx LWdakEPUSLgryBEKg st eorpDal rcozwCra0texkimPqhoiytqebxst TESVULilxmvabye LhWFSEEVLUTg 4 Connect to CA server via web browser Follow the instruction to submit the request Below we take a Windows 2000 CA server for example Select Request a Certificate Microsoft Certificate Services vigor Welcome You use this web site to request a certificate for your web browser e mail client or other secure program Once you acquire a certificate you will be able to securely identify yourself to other people over the web sign your e mail messages encrypt your e mail messages and more depending upon the type of certificate you request Select a task O Retrieve the CA certificate or certificate revocation list Request a certificate Check on a pending certificate Dray Te k 294 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Select Advanced request Microsoft Certificate Services vigor Choose Request Type Please select the type of request you would like to make
107. IP address and assign an Account Name for the port used for calling Arnor s SIP URL 1234 214 61 172 53 Settings for Arnor DialPlan index 1 Phone Number 1111 Display Name paulin SIP URL 4321 203 69 175 24 SIP Accounts Settings Profile Name Paulin Register via None SIP Port 5060 default Domain Realm blank Proxy blank Act as outbound proxy unchecked Display Name Arnor Account Name 1234 Authentication ID unchecked Password blank Expiry Time use default value CODEC RTP DTME Use default value Settings for Paulin DialPlan index 1 Phone Number 2222 Display Name Arnor SIP URL 1234 214 61 172 53 SIP Accounts Settings Profile Name Arnor Register via None SIP Port 5060 default Domain Realm blank Proxy blank Act as outbound proxy unchecked Display Name Paulin Acco4unt Name 4321 Authentication ID unchecked Password blank Expiry Time use default value CODEC RTP DTMF Use default value Dray Tek Paulin s SIP URL 4321 203 69 175 24 VolP gt DialPlan Setup F Enable Phone Number iiti Display Name paur SIP URL 4321 i 203 69 17 24 Dial Gut Account Detayli Loop through Nore m fackup Phone Number K Ciar Cancel VolP gt SIP Accounts SIP Account lindas Mo 1 Profiler Hai Paulin 11 char max Roget bier Aut Call without Registration SUP Port 2060 D Peal q Promy 62 char max L Act as cutbound prosy splay
108. IP address automatically Click this button to obtain Settings the IP address automatically Specify an IP address Click this radio button to specify some data IP Address Type the IP address Subnet Mask Type the subnet mask 4 2 LAN Local Area Network LAN is a group of subnets regulated and ruled by router The design of network structure is related to what type of public IP addresses coming from your ISP 4 2 1 Basics of LAN The most generic function of Vigor router is NAT It creates a private subnet of your own As mentioned previously the router will talk to other public hosts on the Internet by using public IP address and talking to local hosts by using its private IP address What NAT does is to translate the packets from public IP address to private IP address to forward the right packets to the right host and vice versa Besides Vigor router has a built in DHCP server that assigns private IP address to each local host See the following diagram for a briefly understanding Internet DHCP Server Public IP Address Private Subnet Router IP Addr Pg In some special case you may have a public IP subnet from your ISP such as 220 135 240 0 24 This means that you can set up a public subnet or call second subnet that each host is equipped with a public IP address As a part of the public subnet the Vigor router will serve for IP routing to help hosts in the public subnet to communicate with other p
109. Ib Note A ete ae ll Max Len fields should be between O 25 Enable Check this box to invoke this setting Match Prefix The phone number set here is used to add strip or replace the OP number Mode None No action Add When you choose this mode the OP number will be added with the prefix number for calling out through the specific VoIP interface Strip When you choose this mode the OP number will be deleted by the prefix number for calling out through the specific VoIP interface Take the above picture Prefix Table Setup web page as an example the OP number of 886 will be deleted completely for the prefix number is set with SS6 Replace When you choose this mode the OP number will be replaced by the prefix number for calling out through the specific VoIP interface Take the above picture Prefix Table Setup web page as an example the prefix number of 03 will replace 8863 For example dial number of 88631111111 will be changed to 031111111 and sent to SIP server Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 207 Dray Te k OP Number The front number you type here is the first part of the account number that you want to execute special function according to the chosen mode by using the prefix number Min Len Set the minimal length of the dial number for applying the prefix number settings Take the above picture Prefix Table Setup web page as an example if the dial number is between 7 and 9 that number can apply th
110. Live Displays value for your reference TTL value is set by telnet command Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 39 Dray Tek PPP Setup IP Address Assignment Method IPCP WAN IP Network Settings Dray Tek Default Click this button to reset to factory setting PPP Authentication Select PAP only or PAP or CHAP for PPP Idle Timeout Set the timeout for breaking down the Internet after passing through the time without any action Fixed IP Usually ISP dynamically assigns IP address to you each time you connect to it and request In some case your ISP provides service to always assign you the same IP address whenever you request In this case you can fill in this IP address in the Fixed IP field Please contact your ISP before you want to use this function Click Yes to use this function and type in a fixed IP address in the box Fixed IP Address Type a fixed IP address Obtain an IP address automatically Click this button to obtain the IP address automatically Specify an IP address Click this radio button to specify some data IP Address Type the IP address Subnet Mask Type the subnet mask 40 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 3 2 LAN Local Area Network LAN is a group of subnets regulated and ruled by router The design of network structure is related to what type of public IP addresses coming from your ISP ar Ea gay oe is Pt ai 3 2 1 Basics of LAN The most generic function of Vi
111. M card that will be used to access Internet Modem Initial String Such value is used to initialize USB modem Please use the default value If you have any question please contact to your ISP APN Name APN Access Point Name is provided by your ISP for identifying different access points Simply click Apply to apply such name Finally you have to click OK to save the setting Apply Activate the function of identification Modem Dial String2 Such value is used to dial through USB mode Please use the default value If you have any question please contact to your ISP Modem Dial String Such value is used to dial through USB mode Please use the default value If you have any question please contact to your ISP PPP Username Type the PPP username optional PPP Password Type the PPP password optional PPP Authentication Select PAP only or PAP or CHAP for PPP Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup You can type in four sets of time schedule for your request All the schedules can be set previously in 104 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide WAN IP Network Settings Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Application gt gt Schedule web page and you can use the number that you have set in that web page WAN Connection Detection Such function allows you to verify whether network connection is alive or not through ARP Detect or Ping Detect Mode Choose ARP Detect or Ping Detect for the system to execute for WAN det
112. MZ Host Management Port Setup User Define Ports Telnet Port HTTP Port HTTPS Port FIP Port SSH Port SNMP Setup C Enable SNMP Agent Get Community Set Community Manager Host IP Trap Community Notification Host IP Trap Timeout OK Default Ports Default Default Default Default Default 23 80 443 21 22 public seconds As mentioned above Port Redirection can redirect incoming TCP UDP or other traffic on particular ports to the specific private IP address port of host in the LAN However other IP protocols for example Protocols 50 ESP and 51 AH do not travel on a fixed port Vigor router provides a facility DMZ Host that maps ALL unsolicited data on any protocol to a single host in the LAN Regular web surfing and other such Internet activities from other clients will continue to work without inappropriate interruption DMZ Host allows a defined internal user to be totally exposed to the Internet which usually helps some special applications such as Netmeeting or Internet Games etc 122 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Destined to Internet 220 135 240 207 Protocol Any Port Any The security properties of NAT are somewhat bypassed if you set up DMZ host We suggest you to add additional filter rules or a secondary firewall Click DMZ Host to open the following page NAT gt gt DMZ Host Setup DMF Host Setup WARK 1 Mone w MAG Address of the True IP D
113. MZ Host foo foo foo Joo J foo Mote When a True IP DMZ host is turned on it will force the router s WAN connection to be always on If you previously have set up WAN Alias for PPPoE or Static or Dynamic IP mode you will find them in Aux WAN IP for your selection NAT gt gt DMZ Host Setup DMF Host Setup WAM 1 Index Enable AUX WAN IP Private IP 1 a 172 16 3 229 OoOo Choose PC 2 O 162 168 1 55 Oooo Choose PC Enable Check to enable the DMZ Host function Private IP Enter the private IP address of the DMZ host or click Choose PC to select one Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 123 Dr ay Te k Choose PC Click this button and then a window will automatically pop up as depicted below The window consists of a list of private IP addresses of all hosts in your LAN network Select one private IP address in the list to be the DMZ host Bi niao fa OX 142 168 1 10 132 1681 18 When you have selected one private IP from the above dialog the IP address will be shown on the following screen Click OK to save the setting NAT gt gt DMZ Host Setup DMZ Host Setup WAN WAN2 WAN 1 Index Enable Aux WAN IP Private IP iL 172 16 3 102 192 168 1 12 Fie d 192 168 1 5 4 3 3 Open Ports Open Ports allows you to open a range of ports for the traffic of special applications Common application of Open Ports includes P2P application e g BT KaZaA Gnutella WinMX eMule and others Internet C
114. Mary maybe timeout Please try again or contact to draytek com Dray Tek 304 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 8 When you see the following page please type in the account and password that you just created in the fields of UserName and Password Then type the code in the box of Auth Code according to the value displayed on the right side of it This service is available for MyVigor member only Please login to access MyVigor lf you are not one of the members of MyVigor please create an account first LOGIN Auth Code T4Ahe1C lf you cannot read the word click here Forget password Don t have a MyVider Account 7 Create an account now If you are having difficulty logging in contact our customer service Customer Service 889 3 597 2727 oF email to webmastena draytek com Now click Login Your account has been activated You can access into MyVigor server to activate the service e g WCF that you want Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 305 Dray Tek 5 10 How can I get the files from USB storage device connecting to Vigor router Files on USB storage device can be renamed uploaded downloaded and deleted through USB Applicaiton gt gt File Explorer Follow the steps listed below to set up USB FTP server 1 Plug the USB device to the USB port on the router Make sure Disk Connected appears on the Connection Status as the figure shown below USB Application gt gt USB Disk Status USB Mass Storage D
115. O rego gerne incte catietsctincigsetaetscioe tere selseate E aTa ET AE TEE ESE 16 ZAC a WE EG oer E E E 18 2A PERE eae e A E E R 19 LAZ PPIP CTP oe a E E Gente 20 PAG es 210 ee E E E E ee E EE E N 21 AADAC P a E ees aus dataset sadeaete oes augngaeectatavaenstercte 22 2 5 Service Activation WIZAMC ccccccceececccceeeeeseesseecceeeeeeeeseeeeeeeesseeaeeeceeeesssaeeeeeeeeesssaageeeeeeeeees 23 ZE OVS S a U rpa tear paaeaantnasacanreanit E E E N 27 2A DANN ONC GON spuntar aa e aa eaae 28 User Mode Operation cccccscccssseccssseccesseeceseesceseeseaneesoseesenseesensesseaseseensesonneeses 29 il Merno ACCESS erden e EE T E EE hen 29 3 1 1 Basics of Internet Protocol IP INGIWOIK wieimnasidnwecossasngurasmcsinbsatdueudinlanwnalniunwentiohinwetisioses 29 od 2 Fr Oe oeae e A E sectissessaudauoesaseanarsuasease 31 OF bg LI Ol EV PAIING WE siexneseseseaccaecscndecyenace aaceven soda sasciceestactusseauasseuestaseaeaveedeeesuacsancevaedece ston 34 Me EP ca crecesceecencasacssteacaes dese E E T E 38 Oe IN ae ssp a ctset ppcentsne E A E sou evneseenecsecutaccctast 41 92 1 BASICS OL LAIN sisted ssvccinessvarvavser tet sad ivecineis isan Ea E a ea ER raara 41 g2 2 General SOU cascades bsercacaecotc O E E 42 NAT e S E E A E E E EE 45 EPO Pe CNC GUGM aaran E E E E E E ETAO 46 Bo DNZ WA OS Misa ce tears E E E E E E R E 48 TS SIN ONS ae E EE A E E 50 AA E O a A Sainaetieeneiacatens 52 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide v Dray Te k eV IIMA DNG sss
116. P 172 16 3 102 172 16 1 1 Wireless LAN O0O 50 7F 43 D3 F8 FCC 2 3 2 0 DrayTek Quick Start Wizard offers user an easy method to quick setup the connection mode for the router Moreover if you want to adjust more settings for different WAN modes please go to Internet Access group 3 1 1 Basics of Internet Protocol IP Network IP means Internet Protocol Every device in an IP based Network including routers print server and host PCs needs an IP address to identify its location on the network To avoid address conflicts IP addresses are publicly registered with the Network Information Centre NIC Having a unique IP address is mandatory for those devices participated in the public network but not in the private TCP IP local area networks LANs such as host PCs under the management of a router since they do not need to be accessed by the public Hence the NIC has reserved certain addresses that will never be registered publicly These are known as private IP addresses and are listed in the following ranges Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 29 Dray Tek From 10 0 0 0 to 10 255 255 255 From 172 16 0 0 to 172 31 255 255 From 192 168 0 0 to 192 168 255 255 What are Public IP Address and Private IP Address As the router plays a role to manage and further protect its LAN it interconnects groups of host PCs Each of them has a private IP address assigned by the built in DHCP server of the Vigor router The
117. PSec Standard IPSec Tunnel Virture IP DrayTek Virture Interface ka Obtain an IP address automatically DHCP over IPSec Specify an IP address meea a Subnet Mask Security Method Medium AH Authority Method Certification Authority If a PPP based service is selected you should further specify the remote VPN server IP address Username Password and encryption method The User Name and Password should be consistent with the one set up in the VPN router To use default gateway on remote network means that all the packets of remote host will be directed to VPN server then forwarded to Internet This will make the remote host seem to be working in the enterprise network Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 281 Dr ay Te k Dial To TENH Session Name office VPM Server IPF HOST Namefsuch as 123 45 67 89 or draytek com 192 165 1 1 User Mame draytek_userl Password FEE Type of YPN PPTP LET IPSec Tunnel COL2TP over IPSec PPTP Encryption O Mo encryption O Maximum strength encryption Use default gateway on remote network 4 Click Connect button to build connection When the connection is successful you will find a green light on the right down corner 5 3 QoS Setting Example Assume a teleworker sometimes works at home and takes care of children When working time he would use Vigor router at home to connect to the server in the headquarter office downtown via either H
118. Qa2 LPSOLOSsSoychwqO07BmMOEDS LOwHwCalazZQoGyIiODMC7ESwoxad motOf4x 2400n7 2e8qciCOb I LlisasahhLocelsynzhkognQloWsuF aghbasacgaDanaqkyg hkiGOIWOB AUF AsO go gi sdw c 1toqn4saese BISsVeurdHartsseUnalrd cetCmors Syo HpstNsnsthuawGekcucessy qLtHhr iceMoToorx y LUdakPUSLar yBEEg c 9st eorpDal rCozwClrattekimPqhoiytqebest TESvULilxmyaBbye LAWFSEXEVLU7g 6 You may review the detail information of the certificate by clicking View button Name Local Issuer i USICh vigor Subject ferailAddress press draytek comc Tid Draytek abe ane ONS draytek com valid From Aug 30 23 08 43 2005 GMT Valid To Aug 30 23 17 47 2007 GMT Dray Tek 296 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 5 8 Request a CA Certificate and Set as Trusted on Windows CA Server CA ServerA CA Server B User imports the certificate QB as local certificate to Vigor Router via Web GUI ap User requests a certificate issued by CA Server A and Saves it 1 Use web browser connecting to the CA server that you would like to retrieve its CA certificate Click Retrive the CA certificate or certificate recoring list E Microsoft Certificate Services Microsoft Internet Explorer efx BRO iE RRO RARE IAD KAH G 4 O AO pr ka See 2 aaa FED http 172 16 2 179 certsv pez e msn v we AMAR ANEA X HMRS G19 co Hotmail Qh Messenger Q R IMSN Microsoft Certificate Services vigor Welcome You use this web site to r
119. S E E 243 4131 USR General SENGS cercai E A 243 4132 USB Us r Management sescca a a a ai eii 244 AO a F EXO aaa EEE E E 247 ATA ISI a E eee E S E E 248 4 14 System Maintenance cccccssescccccceeseececcceeeeeeeeceeaseeeeecsuseceeeseaauecesseuaaeeeeesssageeeesssaaseseeees 249 414 Gysen StA Scaniae na EEEa ENEE EEE 249 7a as 20 5 e a ee ee oe ee ee eee eee 251 4 14 3 Administrator PASSWOI ccccsecccecceeeeeceeeeecaeeeeeenaeeeeeeeaeeesaaeeesseaeeeeseageeessageessaaeees 252 4 14 4 Configuration Backup ccccccccceeceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeaeseeeeeseessseasseeeeeeeessaaaeeeeeeess 253 4 14 5 Syslog Mail Alert cccccccccsssssececeeceeeeseeeeceeeeseeeeeseeceeeeessseeeseeeeeeeseeaaaeeeeeeeeesaaaageeeees 255 4 14 6 Time and Date ccccccccccscssssssssssssssseeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeaaasesseeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeseeseaaasssseeeeeeeeeeseeees 257 4 14 7 WAMACSMICIM sixcisalcsinan tonsantcuanesesvauss du wiieannishaies davauhatasledeaaeusneienesnccdoialadetavas geudanssa ceustantis 258 4 14 8 Reboot System cceccccccccccsseseeeeceeeeeceaeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeesceeeeeesaaeaseeeeeeesseaeaaeeeeeeessssaagseeeeess 259 4 14 9 Firmware Upgrade ccccccsscccccccssseeeccessseeecceeaseeeecesaaseeeecsagseeeesseaseeeeeeseseeesessagseeees 260 AN Ale Wi PAC UV UO I esses teptacadeoraecdtanannet Jae E E 261 419 WIAOMOSICS vice intesnsectmetniwsvewsnnerinasanatuad ea EE a acd avexdwein dvaiese E tiad aheetasentetndusverts 262
120. Series User s Guide Co Choose the interface for the router connecting to ACS server URL Username Password Such data must be typed according to the ACS Auto Configuration Server you want to link Please refer to Auto Configuration Server user s manual for detailed information Such information is useful for Auto Configuration Server Enable Disable Allow Deny the CPE Client to connect with Auto Configuration Server Port Sometimes port conflict might be occurred To solve such problem you might change port number for CPE The default setting is Enable Please set interval time or schedule time for the router to send notification to CPE Or click Disable to close the mechanism of notification The default is Disable If you click Enable please type the relational settings listed below 251 Dray Tek Server IP Type the IP address of the STUN server Server Port Type the port number of the STUN server Minimum Keep Alive Period If STUN is enabled the CPE must send binding request to the server for the purpose of maintaining the binding in the Gateway Please type a number as the minimum period The default setting is 60 seconds Maximum Keep Alive Period If STUN is enabled the CPE must send binding request to the server for the purpose of maintaining the binding in the Gateway Please type a number as the maximum period A value of 1 indicates that no maximum period is specified
121. Setup above VPN and Remote Access gt gt Remote Dial in User Index No 1 User account and Authentication Usertame 995 C Enable this account Idle Timeout 300 second s IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key C PPTP z o IPSec Tunnel COl Digital Signature x 509 L L2TP with IPSec Policy C Specify Remote Node Remote Client IP or Peer ISON Number IPSec Security Method D Mediumcat Netbios Naming Packet Pass Block EDE AAIE OUO Allowed Dial In Type If a PPP based service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP Address Username Password and VJ Compression for this Dial In connection Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 279 Dr ay Te k VPN and Remote Access gt gt Remote Dial in User Index Na 1 User account and Authentication C Enable this account Idle Timeout a00 second s Allowed Dial In Type PPTP C IPSec Tunnel I L2TP with IPSec Policy O Specify Remote Node Remote Client IP or Peer ISON Number orpeerD Netbios Naming Packet Pass Block Username ere IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key C Digital Signature 509 Password IPSec Security Method Mediumt AH HighfESP DES V 3DES V AES Local ID optional Settings in the remote host l 3 Dray Tek For Win98 ME you may use Dial up Networking to create the PPTP tunnel to Vigor router For Win2000 XP please use Network and Dial up connections or Smart VPN
122. Stringz al Mader bioatsung OO Default ATDT 99 CDMA ATDT 777 TD SCDMA ATOT 98 1 PPP Username O OOOO Optina PPP Password 00000000 Optionai PPP uthentication PAF or CHAP WAN Connection Detection Mode ARP Detect TTL PPP Client Mode Click Enable to activate this mode for WAN2 SIM PIN code Type PIN code of the SIM card that will be used to access Internet Modem Initial String Such value is used to initialize USB modem Please use the default value If you have any question please contact to your ISP APN Name APN Access Point Name is provided by your ISP for identifying different access points Simply click Apply to apply such name Finally you have to click OK to save the setting Apply Activate the function of identification Modem Dial String Such value is used to dial through USB mode Please use the default value If you have any question please contact to your ISP PPP Username Type the PPP username optional PPP Password Type the PPP password optional PPP Authentication Select PAP only or PAP or CHAP for PPP WAN Connection Detection Such function allows you to verify whether network connection is alive or not through ARP Detect or Ping Detect Mode Choose ARP Detect or Ping Detect for the system to execute for WAN detection Ping IP If you choose Ping Detect as detection mode you have to type IP address in this field for pinging TTL Time to
123. Syslog 3 6 1 Controls 192 168 1 1 w lt WAN Status Gateway IP Fixed TX Packets TX Rate ese se ee LAN Status TX Packets RX Packets WAN IP Fixed RX Packets RX Rate aise Ul ai 0 0 Firewall Log VPN Log User Access Log Call Log WAN Log Others Network Information Net State On Line Routers Host Name vivian IP Address Mask MAC NIC Description sis 900 Based PCI Fast Ethernet Adapter Packet Sc _ 192 168 1 1 255 255 2 00 50 7F 54 6 NIC Information MAC Address 00 1 1 D8 E4 58 CE Default Geteway 192 168 1 1 IP Address 197 168 1 10 w DHCP Server 192 168 1 1 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 kan Mon Jan 22 Lease Obtained 01 28 23 2007 168 95 1 1 DNS Servers Lease Expires Thu Jan 25 01 28 23 2007 Refresh ADSL Status 256 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 4 14 6 Time and Date It allows you to specify where the time of the router should be inquired from System Maintenance gt gt Time and Date Time Information Current System Time 2000 Jan 2 Sun 3 31 21 Time Setup Use Browser Time Use Internet Time Client Server IP Address pool ntp arg Time Zone SMT Greenwich Mean Time Dublin w Enable Daylight Saving F Automatically Update Interval Current System Time Click Inquire Time to get the current time Use Browser Time Select this option to use the browser time from the remote admin
124. TTPS or VPN to check email and access internal database Meanwhile children may chat on Skype in the restroom 1 Goto Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service General Setup Setto Factory Default Status Bandwidth Direction ee alae ee Others ead ae 1 2 d Control Statistics Enable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps Inbound 25 25 25 25 Active Status Setup Class Rule Index Mame Rule Service Type Class 1 Edit Class 2 Edit Edit Class 3 Edit Dray Te k 282 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 2 Click Setup link of WAN Make sure the QoS Control on the left corner is checked And select BOTH in Direction Bandwidth Management gt Quality of Service General Setup Enable the Qos Control WAN Inbound WAN Gutboundees 3 Return to previous page Enter the Name of Index Class 1 by clicking Edit link Type the name E mail for Class 1 Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service ass Index Name MO Status Local Address Remote Address rable Service Type CodePaint 16 Active Ary Any IP precedence 2 TFTPEUDP 69 4 For this index the user will set reserved bandwidth e g 25 for E mail using protocol POP3 and SMTP Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service General Setup Enable the QoS Control BOTH WAN Inbound Bandwidth 10000 Kbps WAN Outbound Bandwidth 10000 kbps Index Class Name Reserved _bandvwidth Ratio Class 1 E mail Class 23 lag Cla
125. Type will appear according to the type you select and ask you to fill in corresponding setting Accept Subject Name Click to check the specific fields of digital signature to accept the peer with matching value The field includes Country C State ST Location L Organization O Organization Unit OU Common Name CN and Email E 4 9 5 Remote Dial in User You can manage remote access by maintaining a table of remote user profile so that users can be authenticated to dial in via VPN connection You may set parameters including specified connection peer ID connection type VPN connection including PPTP IPSec Tunnel and L2TP by itself or over IPSec and corresponding security methods etc The router provides 32 access accounts for dial in users Besides you can extend the user accounts to the RADIUS server through the built in RADIUS client function The following figure shows the summary table Dray Tek 188 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide VPN and Remote Access gt gt Remote Dial in User Remote Access User Accounts Setto Factory Default Index User Status Index User Status 1 aye es ir r k 2 ae bs 18 PT EF TTT k 13 TTT of 4 TTT a 20 ans Fs ak Vay k 21 ETT os G TTT a Z TTT es i TTT i 23 TTT os a TTT k 24 TTT k 9 m sd 25 mom s 10 777 A 26 229 sd like pas bs Zt ETT es 12 TTT k 2o TTT k 13 PET k 29 PET Bs id TTT k 30 TTT k 15 PPT k 31 TTT os 16 TTT i 3 TTT of Set to Facto
126. User s Guide 55 Dr ay Te k while the MGCP protocol uses client server architecture the calling scenario being very similar to the current PSTN ISDN network After a call is setup the voice streams transmit via RTP Real Time Transport Protocol Different codecs methods to compress and encode the voice can be embedded into RTP packets Vigor V models provide various codecs including G 711 A u law G 723 G 726 and G 729 A amp B Each codec uses a different bandwidth and hence provides different levels of voice quality The more bandwidth a codec uses the better the voice quality however the codec used must be appropriate for your Internet bandwidth Usually there will be two types of calling scenario as illustrated below Calling via SIP Servers First the Vigor V models of yours will have to register to a SIP Registrar by sending registration messages to validate Then both parties SIP proxies will forward the sequence of messages to caller to establish the session If you both register to the same SIP Registrar then it will be illustrated as below a i A Proxy Proxy E an a a com b com a cs be i e i Alice Bob sip alicewdraytel com sip bob draytel com The major benefit of this mode is that you don t have to memorize your friend s IP address which might change very frequently if it s dynamic Instead of that you will only have to using dial plan or directly dial your friend s account name if
127. WCF on vigor router using Service Activation Wizard by means of CSM gt gt Web Content Filter Profile or via System Maintenance gt gt Activation Service Activation Wizard is a tool which allows you to use trial version or update the license of WCF directly without accessing into the server MyVigor located on http myvigor draytek com For using Web Content Filter Profile please refer to section 5 6 3 Web Content Filter Profile for detailed information Now please follow the steps listed below to activate WCF feature for your router 1 Open Service Activation Wizard Oniek Ctar Wizard CESE Activation Wizard ie Online Status Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 23 Dray Tek Dray Tek 2 The screen of Service Activation Wizard will be shown as follows Choose the one you need and click Next In this case we choose to activate free trail edition Service Activation Wizard Select the service type that you want to activate This wizard is used for activating Web Content Filter Please choose the edition you need Taia Free trial edition Free trial edition it offers a period of trial for you to get acquainted with WCF function Formal edition with license key you can extend the license valid time manually Note If you activate Formal edition with license key first the free trial edition will be invalid In the following page you can activate the Web content filter service at the same time or
128. a MAC Address Type the MAC address for the router manually WAN physical type Choose Auto negotiation as the physical type for your router Auto negotiation Auto negotiation 10M1 half duplex 10M1 full duplex 100M1 half duplex 100M full duplex After finishing all the settings here please click OK to activate them 4 1 3 Static or Dynamic IP Dray Tek For static IP mode you usually receive a fixed public IP address or a public subnet namely multiple public IP addresses from your DSL or Cable ISP service providers In most cases a Cable service provider will offer a fixed public IP while a DSL service provider will offer a public subnet If you have a public subnet you could assign an IP address or many IP address to the WAN interface To use Static or Dynamic IP as the accessing protocol of the internet please choose Static or Dynamic IP mode from Internet Access menu The following web page will be shown 102 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Internet Access gt gt Static or Dynamic IP Static or Dynamic IP Access Control Broadband Access Keep WAN Connection C Enable PING to keep alive PING to the IP PING Interval WAN physical type Auto negotiation Enable Disable WAN IP Network Settings _ WAN IP Alias Obtain an IP address automatically DHCP Client Router Name Domain Neme O O 0 0 0 0 Required for some ISPs o minuters Specify an IP address IP Address 172
129. a PPP IP address from the remote router during the IPCP negotiation phase If the PPP IP address is fixed by remote side specify the fixed IP address here Do not change the default value if you do not select PPTP or L2TP This field is only applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above The default value is 0 0 0 0 which means the Vigor router will get a remote Gateway PPP IP address from the remote router during the IPCP negotiation phase If the PPP IP address is fixed by remote side specify the fixed IP address here Do not change the default value if you do not select PPTP or L2TP Add a static route to direct all traffic destined to this Remote Network IP Address Remote Network Mask through the VPN connection For IPSec this is the destination clients IDs of phase 2 quick mode Local Network IP Local Display the local network IP and mask for TCP IP Dray Tek 198 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Network Mask configuration You can modify the settings if required More Add a static route to direct all traffic destined to more Remote Network IP Addresses Remote Network Mask through the VPN connection This is usually used when you find there are several subnets behind the remote VPN router RIP Direction The option specifies the direction of RIP Routing Information Protocol packets You can enable disable one of direction here Herein we provide four options TX RX Both TX Only RX Only and
130. a station connects to the router successfully it may be turned off without notice In that case it will still be on the list until the connection expires Addto Access Control Client s MAC address Add Refresh Click this button to refresh the status of station list Add Click this button to add current typed MAC address into Access Control Dray Te k 242 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 4 13 USB Application USB diskette can be regarded as a server By way of Vigor router clients on LAN can access write and read data stored in USB diskette After setting the configuration in USB Application you can type the IP address of the Vigor router and username password created in USB Application gt gt USB User Management on the client software Thus the client can use the FTP site USB diskette or share the Samba service through Vigor router Application m ga ae Ye Pint r a De a kai J GA Gerners Se ri ee ee r d 4 13 1 USB General Settings This page will determine the number of concurrent FTP connection default charset for FTP server and enable Samba service At present the Vigor router can support USB diskette with versions of FAT16 and FAT32 only Therefore before connecting the USB diskette into the Vigor router please make sure the memory format for the USB diskette is FAT16 or FAT32 It is recommended for you to use FAT32 for viewing the filename completely FAT16 cannot support long
131. ad Balante policy Auto Soloct C APE Entspes mist Nore E m URL Canten Filter Norw Wiel Conen Fiha Morna Cl fdvance Setting Edd Claw Canca 139 Dray Tek 4 4 4 DoS Defense As a sub functionality of IP Filter Firewall there are 15 types of detect defense function in the DoS Defense setup The DoS Defense functionality is disabled for default Click Firewall and click DoS Defense to open the setup page Firewall gt gt DoS defense Setup Dos defense Setup C Enable DoS Defense Select All Enable SYN flood defense Enable UDP flood defense Enable ICMP flood defense Enable Port Scan detection Block IP options Block Land Block Smurf Block trace route Black SYN fragment Block Fraggle Attack Threshold Eo packets sec Timeout ho sec Threshold Em packets sec Timeout io sec Threshold Eo packets sec Timeout ho sec Threshold Em packets sec Block TCP flag scan Block Tear Drop Black Ping of Death Block ICMP fragment Block UnknownProtocal po Enable Dos Defense Select All Enable SYN flood defense Enable UDP flood defense Enable ICMP flood defense Dray Tek Check the box to activate the DoS Defense Functionality Click this button to select all the items listed below Check the box to activate the SYN flood defense function Once detecting the Threshold of the TCP SYN packets from the Internet has exceeded the defined value the Vigor router will start to randomly d
132. ae E E AAE eR E A 166 AT APA O aa A A E E 173 ES APIC ION e eaa T 175 Ao Ve DN ee E E A E A E E 175 BiB 2 SCNOOUIG arnei aE a a a S E Ea E a EE E 177 Ao RADIU oe E E ee eee ee eee 179 I Ce ee er ee ee en eee ee eee eee eer 180 Ae TONIE a a tauseiatetce dente epee E 182 GEO VV UO EAN aae o a E E A EE A E E ease cuceee 183 4 9 VPN and Remote ACCOSS siacdevactatcdinietnascacctne acchinataindsicwsantiedwiteddinccactansnebaut ctcbeledsinctantiitatas deine 184 4 9 1 Remote ACCESS Control ccccccccccccccecseesseeeeeeeeseeeeeseeceeeeessaueceeeeessseeaseeeeeeeesesaaeeeeeees 184 4 9 2 PPP General Setup ccceeccceccccececeeeesseeceeeeesaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeasseceeeeesseeeeaseeeeeeessssaaeeeees 184 4 9 3 IPSec General Setup cc ceccccecceccceeeeseeeceeeeeseeeeseeeeeeeeesseeseeeeeeessseeeseeeeeeeessssaeseeeeess 185 4 9 4 IPSec Peer Identity cc cccccssescccccceseeeecceeeeececcseaseeeeeeseaueeeeseuaaeeeeesseaeeeesseaaeseessaagaess 187 4 9 5 Remote Dial in User cc cccccccccsseeeeeceeeeeeeeeseeeceeeeeeeseeseeessaeeessaeeesseeeeeseeeeessaneeesaaeeees 188 GIN TO LEAN cece ad cats E E E 192 4 9 7 CONNECTION MANAGEMENA ccccccccccsseessecceeeecceeeeeecceeeseaeaeeceeeeessaueaaeeeeeeeessssaaeeeeees 199 4 10 Certificate ManageMe nt ccccccccccccceceseeseeeeeeeeeeeaeeeceeeeeeseeeaesseeeeeessseaeseeeeeessaaeseeeeeeeeesaaas 200 A T01 TOCA AS SMC AUC esiin ET a E EE E E E Aa 200 4 10 2 TUSIEd CA Cernilicale ais a
133. alling via SIP Sevel ccccccccccssseseeeceeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeseeeeeeessseeaseeeeeessssaeaseeeeeeessaaassses 288 5 5 2 Peer to Peer Calling seiasinissnnraune e Ea a aiaa 290 5 6 Upgrade Firmware for Your Router ccccccsseccccccessseececeeesececceeeaseceesseseeeeessaeeceessaageeeess 291 5 7 Request a certificate from a CA server on Windows CA Serv f ccccsececeeeeseeeeeeeeenaeees 293 5 8 Request a CA Certificate and Set as Trusted on Windows CA Servet cc sccceeeeeeeeees 297 5 9 Creating an Account for MYVIQOF ccccccseeecccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeseeceeeeeseeeeseeeeeeesseeeseeeeeeeeeeas 299 5 9 1 Creating an Account via Vigor Router ccccccseeeeeeeecaeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeaeaeeeeesssaaeeeeeseneaess 299 5 9 2 Creating an Account via MyVigor Web Sit ccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesaeeseeeeeeeeessaeaeees 302 5 10 How can get the files from USB storage device connecting to Vigor router 306 Dray Tek Viii Vigor2110 Series User s Guide WFOUDIS SIGOUING ceser usines Enee a EEEE ESEE EE AEEA NENNEN E 309 6 1 Checking If the Hardware Status Is OK or NoOt ccccssssssseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaseeeeeeseeeeeeenss 309 6 2 Checking If the Network Connection Settings on Your Computer Is OK or Not 310 6 3 Pinging the Router from Your COMPUtEL ccccccccseeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeesessuaaseeeeeeees 312 6 4 Checking If the ISP Setting
134. ally if your network supports thie capability Otherwise you need to ask your network administrator for the appropriate IP settings Obtain an IP address automatically Use the following IP address Use the folowing ONS server addresses ar ees For Mac OS 1 Double click on the current used Mac OS on the desktop 2 Open the Application folder and get into Network 3 On the Network screen select Using DHCP from the drop down list of Configure IPv4 aa Network Aae a Show All Displays Sound Network Startup Disk Location Automatic Show Built in Ethernet TCP IP PPPoE AppleTalk Proxies IP Address 5 Renew DHCP Lease Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 DHCP Client ID If required Router 192 168 1 1 DNS Servers Optional Search Domains Optional IPv6 Address fe80 0000 0000 0000 020a 95ff fe8d 72e4 rr Click the lock to prevent further changes Assist me Apply Now Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 311 Dr ay Te k 6 3 Pinging the Router from Your Computer The default gateway IP address of the router is 192 168 1 1 For some reason you might need to use ping command to check the link status of the router The most important thing is that the computer will receive a reply from 192 168 1 1 If not please check the IP address of your computer We suggest you setting the network connection a
135. amera etc Ensure that you keep the application involved up to date to avoid falling victim to any security exploits Click Open Ports to open the following page NAT gt gt Open Forts Open Ports Setup Setto Factory Default Index Comment Aux WAN IP Local IP Address Status ie W 2 3 4 a 6 f W 8 w sh 10 lt lt 1 10 11 20 gt gt Next gt gt Index Indicate the relative number for the particular entry that you want to offer service in a local host You should click the appropriate index number to edit or clear the corresponding entry Dray Tek 124 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Comment Local IP Address Status Specify the name for the defined network service Display the private IP address of the local host offering the service Display the state for the corresponding entry X or V is to represent the Inactive or Active state To add or edit port settings click one index number on the page The index entry setup page will pop up In each index entry you can specify 10 port ranges for diverse services NAT gt gt Open Ports gt gt Edit Open Ports Index No 1 Enable Open Ports Comment Wahl IP P2p 172 16 4 220 M Local Computer 192 168 1 10 Choose PC Protocol 1 TCP v Enable Open Ports Comment WAN IP Local Computer Choose PC Protocol Start Port End Port 4 4 Firewall 4 4 1 Basics for Firewall Vigor2110 Series User s Guide UEP UEP S
136. ansfer game data Instinctively as a secure firewall Vigor router will reject these fragmented packets to prevent attack unless you enable Accept large incoming fragmented UDP or ICMP Packets By checking this box you can play these kinds of on line games If security concern is in higher priority you cannot enable Accept large incoming fragmented UDP or ICMP Packets Check the box to enable such function All the packets while transmitting through Vigor router will be filtered by firewall settings configured by Vigor router if such feature is enabled If the firewall system does not have any response pass or block for these packets such as no response coming from web content filter then the router s firewall will block the packets directly 128 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Such page allows you to choose filtering profiles including QoS Load Balance policy WCF APP Enforcement URL Content Filter for data transmission via Vigor router Firewall gt gt General Setup General Setup General Setup Default Rule Actions for default rule Application Action Profile Syslog Sessions Control 30 z 12000 Quality of Service Mone Load Balance policy Auto Select APP Enforcement Mone URL Content Filter None m e o Web Content Filter 1 Default ka Advance Setting Edit Filter Select Pass or Block for the packets that do not match with the filter rules Filter Sessions Control The number typed
137. antity of the FTP sessions The router allows up to 6 FTP sessions connecting to USB storage disk at one time Default Charset At present Vigor router supports three types of character sets default GB2312 and BIGS 84 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Default Charset is for English based file name For Simplified Chinese file directory names please choose GB2312 for Traditional Chinese file directory names choose BIGS Samba Service Settings Click Enable to invoke samba service via the router Access Mode LAN Only Users coming from internet cannot connect to the samba server of the router LAN And WAN Both LAN and WAN users can access samba server of the router NetBios Name Service For the NetBios service of USB storage disk you have to specify a workgroup name and a host name A workgroup name must not be the same as the host name The workgroup name can have as many as 15 characters and the host name can have as many as 23 characters Both them cannot contain any of the following lt gt TRS Workgroup Name Type a name for the workgroup Host Name Type the host name for the router 3 7 2 USB User Management This page allows you to set profiles for FTP Samba users Any user who wants to access into the USB diskette must type the same username and password configured in this page Before adding or modifying settings in this page please insert a USB diskette first Otherwise an error message wi
138. ate Force the router updates its information to DDNS server 3 Select Index number 1 to add an account for the router Check Enable Dynamic DNS Account and choose correct Service Provider dyndns org type the registered hostname hostname and domain name suffix dyndns org in the Domain Name block The following two blocks should be typed your account Login Name test and Password test Applications gt gt Dynamic DNS Setup gt gt Dynamic DNS Account Setup Index 1 Enable Dynamic ONS Account Service Provider dyndns org www dyndns org w Service Type Login Name max 64 characters Password max 23 characters O Wildcards J Backup Mx Enable Dynamic DNS Check this box to enable the current account If you did Account check the box you will see a check mark appeared on the Active column of the previous web page in step 2 Service Provider Select the service provider for the DDNS account Service Type Select a service type Dynamic Custom or Static If you choose Custom you can modify the domain that is chosen in the Domain Name field Domain Name Type in one domain name that you applied previously Use the drop down list to choose the desired domain Login Name Type in the login name that you set for applying domain Password Type in the password that you set for applying domain Wildcard and Backup The Wildcard and Backup MX features are not supported MX for all Dynamic DNS providers You could get more detai
139. ation This chapter will guide users to execute advanced full configuration through admin mode operation As for other examples of application please refer to chapter 5 1 Open a web browser on your PC and type http 192 168 1 1 The window will ask for typing username and password 2 Please type admin admin on Username Password for administration operation Now the Main Screen will appear Be aware that Admin mode will be displayed on the bottom left side Uira f TO Jais Dray Tek www draytek com SDPOaAbanA Firewall Route Auto Logout System Status A Quick Start Wizard Model Name Vigor2110Vn Online Status Firmware Version fe FF Build Date Time Feb 23 2011 12 13 49 Internet Access LAN LAN WAN 1 NAT MAC Address 00 S0 7F 43 D3 F8 Link Status Connected y ist IP Address 192 168 1 1 MAC Address 00 50 7F 43 D3 F9 Firewall ist Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Connection Static IP Objects Setting DHCP Server Yes IP Address 172 16 3 102 CSM DNS 8 8 8 8 Default Gateway df2 16 1 1 Bandwidth Management Applications YoIP Wireless LAN VPN and Remote Access Port Profile Reg In Out MAC Address O0 S0 7F 43 D3 F8 Phonel No o 0 Frequency Domain FCC pag er a tote Phone2 No 0 0 Firmware Version eee A Wireless LAN ONLY Phone 2 can access the PSTN line during SSID DrayTek aaea nae power failure USB Application System Maintenance Diagnostics Application No
140. atus L TTT e Vi TTT 2 2 777 x 18 TT x 3 TTT x 19 TT x 4 TTT x 20 TT x J TTT 2 1 TTT as G PTT as fe Ce as i TTT a 3 rT 2 TTT 2 24 TTT 2 TTT bs 23 TTT 2 10 TTT bs 26 TTT bs TL TTT 2 Zi TTT 2 dee TTT 2 20 oe E 13 TTT bs 29 TTT 2 4 TTT 2 30 TTT 2 15 et x 31 TT x 16 TTT x 32 TT x Set to Factory Default Click it to clear all indexes Index Click the number below Index to access into the setting page of IPSec Peer Identity Name Display the profile name of that index Click each index to edit one peer digital certificate There are three security levels of digital signature authentication Fill each necessary field to authenticate the remote peer The following explanation will guide you to fill all the necessary fields Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 187 Dray Te k VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec Peer Identity Profile Index 1 Profile Name fe Accept Any Peer ID Accept Subject Alternative Name Type IP Address IP Accept Subject Name Country C Oo State 61 Location 1 Orginization Unit COU Po Common Name CN Email E SS Profile Name Type the name of the profile Accept Any Peer ID Click to accept any peer regardless of its identity Accept Subject Click to check one specific field of digital signature to accept Alternative Name the peer with matching value The field can be IP Address Domain or E mail Address The box under the
141. ause undesired operation Please visit http www draytek com user AboutRegulatory php d a tJ m CERTIFIED This product is designed for POTS and 2 4GHz WLAN network throughout the EC region and Switzerland with restrictions in France Please see the user manual for the applicable networks on your product Dray Tek iv Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Table of Contents POT ACS cece ce tees vee secu ene ecu eee coe A E A A A A E 1 1 1 Web Configuration Buttons Explanation cccccccccccccececseeeseeeeeeeesesaeeeceeeeessaaeaeseseeeeessuaaaeees 1 1 2 LED Indicators and Connectors ccccceeecccceecceseeeeeceeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeseeeeseeseeeessueaseeeeeeeesssaaaasses 2 Tei FOr Vigor 2i TO seisne E E EEEE A EEEE 2 NG FOr VIgOr2 TIO e a EET 4 Wee THOR ViIgOr2 T10 Ver E T EEE 6 1 3 Hardware Installation gc secazsassseasaacscesavaccende soenaceancescausncesaces coscencasaeecanccescseucysacceeearecaseeasascenssacee 8 stand VUNG tet AU ON sranie E s reacts imate deatnne E 9 1 4 Printer Installation cc ccccccccsseeceeceeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeesseeeeeeseaeeeeeeaeeeessageeeseaeeesseeeessaneeseseseesenaess 10 Configuring Basic Settings snnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nnnm 15 2 1 Two Level Management cccccccccccsssececseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeaeeeeseeeeeeeeaeeeeseaeeeessageeeeseeseeeseeeeeesaas 15 2 2 FCC SS SING Wep Pag oeniga aaa e aA a a E haem E N nni 15 23 Changing cS WV ON
142. automatically negotiated via 230 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 802 1x authentication Either 8 63 ASCII characters such as 012345678 or 64 Hexadecimal digits leading by 0x such as 0x321253abcde Type Select from Mixed WPA WPA2 or WPA2 only Pre Shared Key PSK Either 8 63 ASCII characters such as 012345678 or 64 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox such as 0x321253abcde WEP 64 Bit For 64 bits WEP key either 5 ASCII characters such as 12345 or 10 hexadecimal digitals leading by Ox such as 0x4142434445 128 Bit For 128 bits WEP key either 13 ASCII characters such as ABCDEFGHIJKLM or 26 hexadecimal digits leading by Ox such as 0x4142434445464748494A4B4C4D B4 Bit 126 Bit All wireless devices must support the same WEP encryption bit size and have the same key Four Keys can be entered here but only one key can be selected at a time The keys can be entered in ASCII or Hexadecimal Check the key you wish to use Encryption Mode Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 231 Dray Te k 4 12 4 Access Control In the Access Control the router may restrict wireless access to certain wireless clients only by locking their MAC address into a black or white list The user may block wireless clients by inserting their MAC addresses into a black list or only let them be able to connect by inserting their MAC addresses into a white list In the Access Control web page users may configure the white black
143. aversing all interfaces of the firewall and makes sure they are valid The stateful firewall of Vigor router not just examine the header information also monitor the state of the connection Denial of Service DoS Defense The DoS Defense functionality helps you to detect and mitigate the DoS attack The attacks are usually categorized into two types the flooding type attacks and the vulnerability attacks The flooding type attacks will attempt to exhaust all your system s resource while the vulnerability attacks will try to paralyze the system by offending the vulnerabilities of the protocol or operation system The DoS Defense function enables the Vigor router to inspect every incoming packet based on the attack signature database Any malicious packet that might duplicate itself to paralyze the host in the secure LAN will be strictly blocked and a Syslog message will be sent as warning if you set up Syslog server Also the Vigor router monitors the traffic Any abnormal traffic flow violating the pre defined parameter such as the number of thresholds is identified as an attack and the Vigor router will activate its defense mechanism to mitigate in a real time manner The below shows the attack types that DoS DDoS defense function can detect 1 SYN flood attack 9 SYN fragment 2 UDP flood attack 10 Fraggle attack 3 ICMP flood attack 11 TCP flag scan 4 Port Scan attack 12 Tear drop attack 5 IP options 13 Ping of Death attack
144. be blocked For Block IP Address this function can block incoming calls through Phone port coming from IP address Such control also can be done based on preconfigured schedules VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup Call Barring Block IP Address Enable Interface C Phonet O Phones Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Note The incoming calls by means of IP dialing g 4 192 168 1 14 should be blocked Dray Tek 210 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Regional This page allows you to process incoming or outgoing phone calls by regional Default values common used in most areas will be shown on this web page You can change the number based on the region that the router is placed VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup Enable Regional Setto Factory Default pim Last Call Return Miss a hi Last Call Return In 2 t Last Call Return Gut Call Forward All Act 2 tnumbert Call Forward Deact to Call Forward Busy Act number Call Forward No Ans Act 2 number Do Not Disturb Act Do Not Disturb Deact am oO oo Hide caller ID Act Hide caller ID Deact Call Waiting Act ie a a Call Waiting Deact r z i J Block Anonymous Act Black Anonymous Deact Block Unknow Domain Block Unknow Domain Act 40 Deact amp in Tg Black IP Calls Act
145. can communicate with external host smoothly The benefit of the NAT includes Save cost on applying public IP address and apply efficient usage of IP address NAT allows the internal IP addresses of local hosts to be translated into one public IP address thus you can have only one IP address on behalf of the entire internal hosts Enhance security of the internal network by obscuring the IP address There are many attacks aiming victims based on the IP address Since the attacker cannot be aware of any private IP addresses the NAT function can protect the internal network On NAT page you will see the private IP address defined in RFC 1918 Usually we use the 192 168 1 0 24 subnet for the router As stated before the NAT facility can map one or more IP addresses and or service ports into different specified services In other words the NAT function can be achieved by using port mapping methods Below shows the menu items for NAT Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 45 Dray Te k 3 3 1 Port Redirection Port Redirection is usually set up for server related service inside the local network LAN such as web servers FTP servers E mail servers etc Most of the case you need a public IP address for each server and this public IP address domain name are recognized by all users Since the server is actually located inside the LAN the network well protected by NAT of the router and identified by its private IP address port the goal
146. can configure the router to serve as a DHCP server for the 2nd subnet E http 192 168 1 5 Router Web Configurator Microsoft Internet Explorer 2nd DHCP Server IP Pool Counts bo max 10 Index Matched MAC Address given IP Address MAC Address ee ee Start IP Address Enter a value of the IP address pool for the DHCP server to start with when issuing IP addresses If the 2nd IP address of your router is 220 135 240 1 the starting IP address must be 220 135 240 2 or greater but smaller than 220 135 240 254 IP Pool Counts Enter the number of IP addresses in the pool The maximum is 10 For example if you type 3 and the 2nd IP address of your router is 220 135 240 1 the range of IP address by the DHCP server will be from 220 135 240 2 to 220 135 240 11 MAC Address Enter the MAC Address of the host one by one and click Add to create a list of hosts to be assigned deleted or edited IP address from above pool Set a list of MAC Address for 2 DHCP server will help router to assign the correct IP address of the correct subnet to the correct host So those hosts in 2 subnet won t get an IP address belonging to 1 subnet Disable deactivates the RIP protocol It will lead to a stoppage of the exchange of routing information between routers Default FIF Protocol Control Disable 1st Subnet 2nd Subnet 1st Subnet Select the router to change the RIP information of the Ist subnet with neighboring routers 2nd
147. ccess Control to enable the necessary VPN service and click OK 2 Then For using PPP based services such as PPTP L2TP you have to set general settings in PPP General Setup VPN and Remote Access gt gt PPP General Setup PPP General Setup PPP MP Protocol IP Address Assignment for Dial In Users ial When DHCP Disable set a E PAP or CHAP i Authentication Start IP Address 1952 165 1 200 a a MPPE Optional MPPE Mutual Authentication PAP Yes No For using PSec based service such as IPSec or L2TP with IPSec Policy you have to set general settings in IPSec General Setup such as the pre shared key that both parties Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 271 Dr ay Te k Dray Tek have known VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec General Setup YPN IKE IPSec General Setup Dial in Set up for Remote Dial in users and Dynamic IP Client LAN to LAN IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key Confirm Pre Shared key IPSec Security Method Medium AH Data will be authentic but will not be encrypted High ESP MIDES Mapes MAES Data will be encrypted and authentic 3 Goto LAN to LAN Click on one index number to edit a profile 4 Set Common Settings as shown below You should enable both of VPN connections because any one of the parties may start the VPN connection VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN Profile Index 1 1 Common Settings Profile Name C Enable this profile Netbios Naming
148. cinndedenceeacachsandeleuiaceunsias ocnuecantsaigae lt sdepbulawntnuniccocdieisvinadshaveeniandsaacs 202 419 3 C nmiicate BACKUP craro Ea i a aa a E a a AEE Aia 203 ATT OUP e E E E E ergo easeaecese 203 AT D aa E E E EE 205 ATE SN ACCOUN r E soe hecnudseusae oo anctasessac sesmosaeeteeees 213 BN AO FONE HSC WINGS asin ete cteces inane ote oeeegs ee anmnactnsecot ca tnoeente 2 E 217 AATAS 0 eee de ee ee eee 223 BM VCS LAN e E E st pcayee Bem stapes neeedecd eee 224 4 12 1 Basic CONCEPHS cccccccccsssessseeeeeecceeaseeeeeeccceeaauseeeeeeeseseeauseeeeeeeseseaaaseeeeeeseesaaaeees 224 4 12 2 General SCtUP ccccceccccccccceeesseceeeeeeeeeeeseeceeeeeeseeeeseeceeeeesseeeaseeeeessseeeaaeeeeeeesesaaaaaeeeess 227 Wie CUNY EAA P EE E E E na atnuessen A E E 230 4 12 4 Access CONTrOl cccccccccccccessssseeeeeecceeeausseeeeeeceeaauseceeeceseeeausaeeeeeessssaaaggeeeeeesesaasseeess 232 A NP eE E E R A E E E E E E E 233 a OND e R E E E E E E 235 4 12 7 Advanced Settin cccccccssseeececceeceeeeeeeeceeeeeeeaeeseeeeeeeeeseeeeeceeeesseaaaseeeeeeeessueaeeeeeeees 238 4 12 8 WMM Configuration cccccceeeeccceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeseceeeeeseeaseceeeessssaeaaeeeeeeeessssaaeseeeess 239 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide vii Dray Tek 4 12 9 AP DiSCOVELY cccccescecessessesecsecsesecsucsesecsesecsucsesucsesetsussesetsuceesetssetsatetsetstsetstsstsetstseeteess 241 4 T2 0 FON eee EE E E EEE A E 242 ATO UGB ADDICION scier E E
149. ck Edit to access into the following dialog to choose a suitable service type 3 http 192 168 1_5 Service Type Edit Microsoft Internet Explorer Service Type Edit favis pe User defined Protocol TCP UDP j Source Port vi 137 E 139 Destination Port 1 65535 Service Group or Service Object or Service Object or Service Object To set the service type manually please choose User defined as the Service Type and type them in this dialog In addition if you want to use the service type from defined groups or objects please choose Group and Objects as the Service Type 134 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Fragments Filter Branch to other Filter Set Sessions Control Vigor2110 Series User s Guide User defined Vee nase Protocol Specify the protocol s which this filter rule will apply to Source Destination Port when the first and last value are the same it indicates one port when the first and last values are different 1t indicates a range for the port and available for this service type when the first and last value are the same it indicates all the ports except the port defined here when the first and last values are different it indicates that all the ports except the range defined here are available for this service type gt the port number greater than this value is available lt the port number less than this va
150. ck Finish i Cancel Dray Tek 12 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 8 Now your system will ask you to choose right name of the printer that you installed onto the router Such step can make correct driver loaded onto your PC When you finish the selection click Next Add Printer Wizard Install Printer Software The manufacturer and model determine which printer software to use mr Select the manufacturer and model of your printer If your printer came with an installation disk click Have Disk If your printer is not listed consult your printer documentation for compatible printer software Manufacturer E Eidi AST lt a Canon y ee fle zy This driver is digitally signed windows Update Tell me why driver signing is important 9 For the final stage you need to go back to Control Panel gt Printers and edit the property of the new printer you have added amp Brother HL 1070 Properties General Sharing Ports Advanced Device Settings 9 a Brother HL 1070 Print to the following port s Documents will print to the first free checked port Port Description O 3 250 Standard TCP IP Port 1 Standard TCP IP Port 1 Standard TCP IP Port 1 Standard TCP IP Port 1 Standard TCP IP Port 1 Standard TCP IP Port Local Pot Printer Epson Stylus COLOR 1160 HP LaserJet 1300 Brother HL 1070 PDF995 10 Select LPR on Protocol t
151. ck OK to activate them 3 1 3 Static or Dynamic IP Dray Tek For static IP mode you usually receive a fixed public IP address or a public subnet namely multiple public IP addresses from your DSL or Cable ISP service providers In most cases a Cable service provider will offer a fixed public IP while a DSL service provider will offer a public subnet If you have a public subnet you could assign an IP address or many IP address to the WAN interface To use Static or Dynamic IP as the accessing protocol of the internet please choose Static or Dynamic IP mode from Internet Access menu The following web page will be shown 34 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Internet Access gt gt Static or Dynamic IP Static or Dynamic IP Access Control Broadband Access Keep WAN Connection Cl Enable PING to keep alive 0 0 0 0 Os minutegs Copper PING to the IP PING Interval WAN physical type Auto negotiation Enable Disable WAN IP Network Settings _WAN IF Alias Obtain an IP address automatically DHCP Client Router Name Domain Name O O t Required for some SPs Specify an IP address IP Address Subnet Mask 172 16 3 102 255 255 0 0 172 165 1 1 Gateway IP Address WAN Connection Detection Mode Ping IP TTL RIP Protocol C Enable RIP Bridge Mode C Enable Bridge Mode WAN Backup Setup ARP Detect Default MAC Address Specify a MAC Address MAC Address DANS Se
152. class rule please click the Edit link of that one Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service General Setup Setto Factory Default UDP Index Status Bandwidth Direction Hasa Class Glass Others Bandwidth onines 1 2 a Statistics Control WANI Enable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps Outbound 25 2596 25 25 Inactive Status Setup eet Enable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps Outbound 259 25 25 259 Inactive Status Setup Class Rule Index Mame Rule Service Type Class 1 Edit Class 2 Edit Edit Class 3 Edit After you click the Edit link you will see the following page Now you can define the name for that Class In this case Test is used as the name of Class Index 1 Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Class Index 1 Name DiffServ NO Status Local Address Remote Address CodePoint Service Type 1 Empty Zz D ro y Ti e k 170 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide For adding a new rule click Add to open the following page Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Rule Edit ACT DiffServ CodePoint ANY ha Service Type ANY Note Please choose setup the Service Type first ACT Check this box to invoke these settings Local Address Click the Edit button to set the local IP address on LAN for the rule Remote Address Click the Edit button to set the remote IP address on LAN WAN for the rule Edit It allows you to edit source address information E http 192_ 168_1_1 doc QosIpEdthtm Microsoft Inter
153. connections If you have a Plug and Play printer that connects 1 through a USB port or any other hot pluggable port such as IEEE 1394 infrared and so on you do not need to use this wizard Click Cancel to close the wizard and then plug the printer s cable Edit View Favorites Tools into your computer or point the printer toward your Add Printer PA computer s infrared port and turn the printer on Server Properties S pA Sea Windows will automatically install the printer for you Set Up Faxing S Printers and Faxes To continue click Next Create Shortcut Delete Rename Properties RR Cancel Close m 3 Click Local printer attached to this computer and click Next Add Printer Wizard Local or Network Printer The wizard needs to know which type of printer to set up Select the option that describes the printer you want to use _ Automatically detect and install my Plug and Play printer A network printer or a printer attached to another computer e Toset up a network printer that is not attached to a print server LD use the Local printer option 4 Inthis dialog choose Create a new port Type of port and use the drop down list to select Standard TCP IP Port Click Next Add Printer Wizard Select a Printer Port Computers communicate with printers through ports Select the port you want your printer to use If the port is not listed you can create a
154. counts for this profile to dial out It is useful for both sides caller and callee that registered to different SIP Registrar servers If caller and callee do not use the same SIP server sometimes the VoIP phone call connection may not succeed By using the specified dial out account the successful connection can be assured The selection should be as the following Loop through Backup Phone Number When the VoIP phone is obstructs or the Internet breaks down for some reasons the backup phone will be dialed out to replace the VoIP phone number At this time the phone call will be changed from VoIP phone into PSTN call according to the loop through direction chosen Note that during the phone switch the blare of phone will appear for a short time And when the VoIP phone is switched into the PSTN phone the telecom co might charge you for the connection fee Please type in backup phone number PSTN for this VoIP phone setting 206 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Digit Map For the convenience of user this page allows users to edit prefix number for the SIP account with adding number stripping number or replacing number It is used to help user having a quick and easy way to dial out through VoIP interface VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup Digit Map Setup Enable latch Prefix rhode OP Number Min Len Max Len Route cm fme e e Po T JE 4 itm nll te 2 O e lb 20 O e
155. cular ports to the specific private IP address port of host in the LAN However other IP protocols for example Protocols 50 ESP and 51 AH do not travel on a fixed port Vigor router provides a facility DMZ Host that maps ALL unsolicited data on any protocol to a single host in the LAN Regular web surfing and other such Internet activities from other clients will continue to work without inappropriate interruption DMZ Host allows a defined internal user to be totally exposed to the Internet which usually helps some special applications such as Netmeeting or Internet Games etc Destined to Internet 220 135 240 207 Protocol Any Port Any The security properties of NAT are somewhat bypassed if you set up DMZ host We suggest you to add additional filter rules or a secondary firewall Click DMZ Host to open the following page NAT gt gt DMZ Host Setup DMF Host Setup WAR 1 Private IP fs Choose PC MAC Address of the True IP DMZ Host oo foo foo Joo oo Note When a True IP DMZ host is turned on it will force the router s WAN connection to be always on Dray Tek 48 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide If you previously have set up WAN Alias for PPPoE or Static or Dynamic IP mode you will find them in Aux WAN IP for your selection NAT gt DMZ Host Setup DMF Host Setup WAR 1 Index Enable AUX WAN IP Private IP Enter the private IP address of the DMZ host or click Choose PC to 1 172 16 3 229
156. d for Specific Number barring Type Route All means all the phone calls will be blocked with such mechanism Index 1 15 in Schedule Enter the index of schedule profiles to control the call barring according to the preconfigured schedules Refer to section Application gt gt Schedule for detailed configuration Additionally you can set advanced settings for call barring such as Block Anonymous Block Unknown Domain or Block IP Address Simply click the relational links to open the web page For Block Anonymous this function can block the incoming calls without caller ID on the interface Phone port specified in the following window Such control also can be done based on preconfigured schedules Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 209 Dr ay Te k VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup Call Barring Block Anonymous C Enable Interface Phonel Phone Index 1 153 in Schedule Setup iz Note Block the incoming calls which do not have the caller ID For Block Unknown Domain this function can block incoming calls through Phone port from unrecognized domain that is not specified in SIP accounts Such control also can be done based on preconfigured schedules VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup Call Barring Block Unknown Domain Enable Interface C Phone1t J Phone2 Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Mote If the domain of the incoming call is different from the domain found in SIP accounts the call should
157. d to local wired or wireless hosts In other words only Repeater mode can do WDS to WDS packet forwarding In the following examples hosts connected to Bridge 1 or 3 can communicate with hosts connected to Bridge 2 through WDS links However hosts connected to Bridge 1 CANNOT communicate with hosts connected to Bridge 3 through Bridge 2 Host with Host with _ Host with bridge Interface 1 bridge Interface 2 bridge Interface 3 Click WDS from Wireless LAN menu The following page will be shown Dray Tek 236 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Wireless LAN gt gt WDS Settings WDS Settings Setto Factory Default Mode Disable Bridge Enable Peer MAC Address Security _ Disable WEP Pre shared Key J J J J gogga pa ROH AH Jd Use the same WEP key set in Security Settings ar aes Note Disable unused links to get better performance Pre shared Key Type Repeater DrayTek WPA WPA WPA Enable Peer MAC Addess Key ae eee Ld Ld Type 8 63 ASCII characters or 64 hexadecimal oe 2 ee digits leading by Ox for example cfgsOla2 or Ox65S5abcd Access Point Function Enable Disable Status Send Hello message to peers Note The status is valid only when the peer also supports this function Mode Choose the mode for WDS setting Disable mode will not invoke any WDS setting Bridge mode is designed to fulfill the first type of application Repeater m
158. d to the headquarter using host to host VPN tunnel Please refer to Chapter 3 VPN for detail instruction he may set up an index for it Enter the Dray Tek 284 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Class Name of Index 3 In this index he will set reserved bandwidth for 1 VPN tunnel VPN Tunnel Private Network Cooperate Network 192 168 1 0 192 168 2 0 Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Class Index 3 Name Status Local Address Remote Address DiffServ CodePoint erate TYPE Empty 9 Click Edit to open the following window Check the ACT box first Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Rule Edit ACT DiffServ CodePoint IP precedence 2 Service Type oY SLOG UDP 514 Note Please choose setup the Service Type first 10 Then click Edit of Local Address to set a worker s subnet address Click Edit of Remote Address to set headquarter s IP address Leave other fields and click OK 5 4 LAN Created by Using NAT An example of default setting and the corresponding deployment are shown below The default Vigor router private IP address Subnet Mask is 192 168 1 1 255 255 255 0 The built in DHCP server is enabled so it assigns every local NATed host an IP address of 192 168 1 x starting from 192 168 1 10 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 285 Dr ay Te k Internet DHCP Server Public IP Address Private Subnet Router IP Addres You can just set the settings wrapped
159. detecting this malicious exploration behavior by monitoring the port scanning Threshold rate the Vigor router will send out a warning By default the Vigor router sets the threshold as 150 packets per second Check the box to activate the Block IP options function The Vigor router will ignore any IP packets with IP option field in the datagram header The reason for limitation is IP option appears to be a vulnerability of the security for the LAN because it will carry significant information such as security TCC closed user group parameters a series of Internet addresses routing messages etc An eavesdropper outside might learn the details of your private networks Check the box to enforce the Vigor router to defense the Land attacks The Land attack combines the SYN attack technology with IP spoofing A Land attack occurs when an attacker sends spoofed SYN packets with the identical source and destination addresses as well as the port number to victims Check the box to activate the Block Smurf function The Vigor router will ignore any broadcasting ICMP echo request Check the box to enforce the Vigor router not to forward any trace route packets Check the box to activate the Block SYN fragment function The Vigor router will drop any packets having SYN flag and more fragment bit set Check the box to activate the Block fraggle Attack function Any broadcast UDP packets received from the Internet is blocked Activating th
160. dress for it Leased Time It displays the leased time of the specified PC HOST ID It displays the host ID name of the specified PC Refresh Click it to reload the page 4 15 5 NAT Sessions Table Click Diagnostics and click NAT Sessions Table to open the list page Diagnostics gt gt NAT Sessions Table NAT Active Sessions Table Refresh Frivate IP Port Pseudo Fort Peer IF Port Interface Private IP Port It indicates the source IP address and port of local PC Dray Te K 264 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Pseudo Port It indicates the temporary port of the router used for NAT Peer IP Port It indicates the destination IP address and port of remote host Interface It displays the representing number for different interface Refresh Click it to reload the page 4 15 6 Data Flow Monitor This page displays the running procedure for the IP address monitored and refreshes the data in an interval of several seconds The IP address listed here is configured in Bandwidth Management You have to enable IP bandwidth limit and IP session limit before invoke Data Flow Monitor If not a notification dialog box will appear to remind you enabling it Click Diagnostics and click Data Flow Monitor to open the web page You can click IP Address TX rate RX rate or Session link for arranging the data display Diagnostics gt gt Data Flow Monitor C Enable Data Flow Monitor Refresh Seconds Page Refresh Index IP Addre
161. duce employee misusage during office hour or prevent unknown security leak It 1s similar situation for corporation towards peer to peer applications since file sharing can be convenient but insecure at the same time To address these needs we provide CSM functionality URL Content Filter To provide an appropriate cyberspace to users Vigor router equips with URL Content Filter not only to limit illegal traffic from to the inappropriate web sites but also prohibit other web feature where malicious code may conceal Once a user type in or click on an URL with objectionable keywords URL keyword blocking facility will decline the HTTP request to that web page thus can limit user s access to the website You may imagine URL Content Filter as a well trained convenience store clerk who won t sell adult magazines to teenagers At office URL Content Filter can also provide a job related only environment hence to increase the employee work efficiency How can URL Content Filter work better than traditional firewall in the field of filtering Because it checks the URL strings or some of HTTP data hiding in the payload of TCP packets while legacy firewall inspects packets based on the fields of TCP IP headers only On the other hand Vigor router can prevent user from accidentally downloading malicious codes from web pages It s very common that malicious codes conceal in the executable objects such as ActiveX Java Applet compressed files and other
162. e 1 Fhonme 2 ok Cancel He picks up the phone and dials 2222 DialPlan 288 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Use default value Phone Number for John Example 2 Both John and David have SIP Addresses from the same service provider John s SIP URL 1234 draytel org David s SIP URL 4321 draytel org Settings for John DialPlan index 1 Phone Number 1111 Display Name David SIP URL 4321 draytel org SIP Accounts Settings Profile Name draytel 1 Register via Auto SIP Port 5060 default Domain Realm draytel org Proxy draytel org Act as outbound proxy unchecked Display Name John Account Number Name 1234 Authentication ID unchecked Password Expiry Time use default value CODEC RTP DTMIE Use default value Settings for David DialPlan index 1 Phone Number 2222 Display Name John SIP URL 1234 draytel org SIP Accounts Settings Profile Name John Register via Auto SIP Port 5060 default Domain Realm draytel org Proxy iptel org Act as outbound proxy unchecked Display Name David Account Name 4321 Authentication ID unchecked Password Expiry Time use default value CODEC RTP DTME Use default value Vigor2110 Series User s Guide VWaolP gt gt DialPlan Setup Phone Book Index Mo 1 F Enable Brie Hurniber Display Mame Sie URL Oial Dut Aceaunt Loop through Backup Phone Number E VoIP gt gt SIP Accoun
163. e DoS DDoS defense functionality might block some legal packets For example when you activate the fraggle attack defense all broadcast UDP packets coming from the Internet are blocked Therefore the RIP packets from the Internet might be dropped Check the box to activate the Block TCP flag scan function Any TCP packet with anomaly flag setting is dropped Those scanning activities include no flag scan FIN without ACK scan SYN FINscan Xmas scan and full Xmas scan Check the box to activate the Block Tear Drop function Many machines may crash when receiving ICMP datagrams packets that exceed the maximum length To avoid this type of attack the Vigor router is designed to be capable of discarding any fragmented ICMP packets with a length greater than 1024 octets 141 Dray Tek Block Ping of Death Check the box to activate the Block Ping of Death function This attack involves the perpetrator sending overlapping packets to the target hosts so that those target hosts will hang once they re construct the packets The Vigor routers will block any packets realizing this attacking activity Block ICMP Fragment Check the box to activate the Block ICMP fragment function Any ICMP packets with more fragment bit set are dropped Block Unknown Protocol Check the box to activate the Block Unknown Protocol function Individual IP packet has a protocol field in the datagram header to indicate the protocol type running over the upper layer How
164. e L arj LI bzip2 O bz2 L cab Ao C gzip Clear All C rar C sit L zip Executation Select All L bas LJ bat LI com l ese LI inf LI pif LJ reg Clear All L ser Profile Name Type a name for this profile Type a name for such profile and check all the items of file extension that will be processed in the router Finally click OK to save this profile Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Dray Tek ve 4 6 CSM Profile Content Security Management CSM CSM is an abbreviation of Content Security Management which is used to control IM P2P usage filter the web content and URL content to reach a goal of security management As the popularity of all kinds of instant messenger application arises communication cannot become much easier Nevertheless while some industry may leverage this as a great tool to connect with their customers some industry may take reserve attitude in order to reduce employee misusage during office hour or prevent unknown security leak It 1s similar situation for corporation towards peer to peer applications since file sharing can be convenient but insecure at the same time To address these needs we provide CSM functionality APP Enforcement Filter As the popularity of all kinds of instant messenger application arises communication cannot become much easier Nevertheless while some industry may leverage this as a great tool to connect with their customers some industry may take reserve attitude in order to re
165. e LAN ports P1 to P4 are available for use Dray Te K 182 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 4 8 6 Wake on LAN A PC client on LAN can be woken up by the router it connects When a user wants to wake up a specified PC through the router he she must type correct MAC address of the specified PC on this web page of Wake on LAN of this router In addition such PC must have installed a network card supporting WOL function By the way WOL function must be set as Enable on the BIOS setting Application gt gt Wake on LAN Wake on LAN Wake by Mote Wake on LAN integrates with Bind IP to MAC function only binded PCs can wake up through IF IP Address mac address ff I Result Two types provide for you to wake up the binded IP If you choose Wake by MAC Address you have to type the correct MAC address of the host in MAC Address boxes If you choose Wake by IP Address you have to choose the correct IP address Wake by MAC Address MAC Address IP Address IP Address The IP addresses that have been configured in Firewall gt gt Bind IP to MAC will be shown in this drop down list Choose the IP address from the drop down list that you want to wake up MAC Address Type any one of the MAC address of the bound PCs Wake Up Click this button to wake up the selected IP See the following figure The result will be shown on the box Application gt gt Wake on LAN Wake on LAN Vigor2110 Series User
166. e Ping Detect as detection mode you have to type IP address in this field for pinging TTL Time to Live Displays value for your reference TTL value is set by telnet command Routing Information Protocol is abbreviated as RIP RFC1058 specifying how routers exchange routing tables information Click 103 Dray Tek Enable Bridge Mode WAN Backup Setup Dray Tek Enable RIP for activating this function Check this box to invoke the Bridge function for WAN connection The router will work as a bridge modem Dial Backup Mode If you install a 3G USB modem on the router choose the 3G USB Modem to perform WAN backup via USB device Then click the 3G USB Modem Backup link to access into the following page for configuring detailed settings WAN gt gt Internet Access 3G USB Modem Setup PPP Client Mode Enable Disable SIM PIN code Modem Initial String APN Name AT amp FEOV1X1 amp 028C1S0 0 Default AT amp FEOV1X18D28C1S0 0 Modem Initial AT String2 ATDT99 SCDMA ATDT 98 1 Modem Dial String Default ATDT 99 CDMA ATDT 777 TD PPP Username Optional PPP Password Optional PPP Authentication PAP or CHAP Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup gt p WAN Connection Detection Mode ARP Detect Y Ping IP l TTL PPP Client Mode Click Enable to activate this mode for WAN2 SIM PIN code Type PIN code of the SI
167. e access control list Clear All Clean all entries in the MAC address list 4 12 5 WPS WPS Wi Fi Protected Setup provides easy procedure to make network connection between wireless station and wireless access point vigor router with the encryption of WPA and WPA2 Wireless Card Installed Connection via WPS P d it ts Station Set SSID and lt gt Encryption WPA WPA2 PIN Code It is the simplest way to build connection between wireless network clients and vigor router Users do not need to select any encryption mode and type any long encryption passphrase to setup a wireless client every time He she only needs to press a button on wireless client and WPS will connect for client and router automatically There are two methods to do network connection through WPS between AP and Stations pressing the Start PBC button or using PIN Code On the side of Vigor 2110 series which served as an AP press WPS button once on the front panel of the router or click Start PBC on web configuration interface On the side of a station with network card installed press Start PBC button of network card WLAN Card Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 233 Dray Te k If you want to use PIN code you have to know the PIN code specified in wireless client Then provide the PIN code of the wireless client you wish to connect to the vigor router PIN Code WLAN Card Define a PIN Code F EnEn PIN Code of Sta
168. e disciplines at Layer 3 Compared with legacy IP Precedence that uses Type of Service ToS field in the IP header to define 8 service classes DSCP is a successor creating 64 classes possible with backward IP Precedence compatibility In a QoS enabled network or Differentiated Service DiffServ or DS framework a DS domain owner should sign a Service License Agreement SLA with other DS domain owners to define the service level provided toward traffic from different domains Then each DS node in these domains will perform the priority treatment This is called per hop behavior PHB The definition of PHB includes Expedited Forwarding EF Assured Forwarding AF and Best Effort BE AF defines the four classes of delivery or forwarding classes and three levels of drop precedence in each class Vigor routers as edge routers of DS domain shall check the marked DSCP value in the IP header of bypassing traffic thus to allocate certain amount of resource execute appropriate policing classification or scheduling The core routers in the backbone will do the same checking before executing treatments in order to ensure service level consistency throughout the whole QoS enabled network Private Network DS domain 1 DS domain 2 However each node may take different attitude toward packets with high priority marking since it may bind with the business deal of SLA among different DS domain owners It s not easy to achieve deterministic and consist
169. e file to download CA Certificate Previous vigor ODER encoded or Base 64 encoded Download CA certificate Download CA certification path Download latest certificate revocation list 3 Back to Vigor router go to Trusted CA Certificate Click IMPORT button and browse the file to import the certificate cer file into Vigor router When finished click refresh and you will find the below illustration Certificate Management gt gt Trusted CA Certificate X509 Trusted CA Certificate Configuration Mame Subject Status Modify Trusted Ca 1 ICSUSICN vigar Mot Yet valid View Delete Trusted CA 2 ley Delete Trusted CA 3 Tey Delete IMPORT REFRESH 4 You may review the detail information of the certificate by clicking View button Mame Trusted CA 1 Issuer Ml WSiCN vigor Subject ICsUSitehl vigar Subject Alternative Name Valid From Aug 30 23 08 43 2005 GMT Valid Ta Aug 30 23 17 47 2007 GMT Close ONS draytek com Note Before setting certificate configuration please go to System Maintenance gt gt Time and Date to reset current time of the router first Dray Tek 298 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 5 9 Creating an Account for MyVigor The website of MyVigor a server located on http myvigor draytek com provides several useful services such as Anti Spam Web Content Filter Anti Intrusion and etc to filtering the web pages for the sake of p
170. e is 10000kbps WAN Outbound It allows you to set the connecting rate of data output for Bandwidth WAN For example if your ADSL supports 1M of downstream and 256K upstream please set 256kbps for this box The default value is 10000kbps Reserved Bandwidth It is reserved for the group index in the form of ratio of Ratio reserved bandwidth to upstream speed and reserved bandwidth to downstream speed Enable UDP Bandwidth Check this and set the limited bandwidth ratio on the right Control field This is a protection of TCP application traffic since UDP application traffic such as streaming video will exhaust lots of bandwidth Outbound TCP ACK The difference in bandwidth between download and upload are Prioritize great in ADSL2 environment For the download speed might be impacted by the uploading TCP ACK you can check this box to push ACK of upload faster to speed the network traffic Limited_bandwidth Ratio The ratio typed here is reserved for limited bandwidth of UDP Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 169 Dray Tek application Note The rate of outbound inbound must be smaller than the real bandwidth to ensure correct calculation of QoS It is suggested to set the bandwidth value for inbound outbound as 80 85 of physical network speed provided by ISP to maximize the QoS performance Edit the Class Rule for QoS The first three Class 1 to Class 3 class rules can be adjusted for your necessity To add edit or delete the
171. e or IP address of SIP proxy server By the time you can type port number after the domain name to specify that port as the destination of data transmission e g nat draytel org 5065 Check this box to make the proxy acting as outbound proxy The caller ID that you want to be displayed on your friend s screen 67 Dray Tek Account Number Name Authentication ID Password Expiry Time NAT Traversal Support Ring Port Ring Pattern Prefer Codec Dray Tek Enter your account name of SIP Address e g every text before Check the box to invoke this function and enter the name or number used for SIP Authorization with SIP Registrar If this setting value is the same as Account Name it is not necessary for you to check the box and set any value in this field The password provided to you when you registered with a SIP service The time duration that your SIP Registrar server keeps your registration record Before the time expires the router will send another register request to SIP Registrar again If the router e g broadband router you use connects to internet by other device you have to set this function for your necessity NAT Traversal Support None Disable this function Stun Choose this option if there is Stun server provided for your router Manual Choose this option if you want to specify an external IP address as the NAT transversal support Nortel If the soft switch that
172. e prefix number settings here Max Len Set the maximum length of the dial number for applying the prefix number settings Route Choose the one that you want to enable the prefix number settings from the saved SIP accounts Please set up one SIP account first to make this interface available Call Barring Call barring is used to block phone calls coming from the one that 1s not welcomed VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup Call Barring Setup Setto Factory Default Index Call Direction Barring Type Barring NumberfURL URI Route Schedule Status x FrererrPrPrFerpe i a Vv Vv 0 11 20 gt gt lt lt Advanced Block Anonymous Block Unknown Domain Block IP Address D ro y Ti e k 208 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Click any index number to display the dial plan setup page VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup Call Barring Index No 1 Enable Call Direction If ka Barring Type Specific URI URL OoOo Route Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Lh iz Note Wildcard is supported Enable Click this to enable this entry Call Direction Determine the direction for the phone call IN incoming call OUT outgoing call IN amp OUT both incoming and outgoing calls Barring Type Determine the type of the VoIP phone call URI URL or number specitic URVURL Specific URIURL Specific Number Specific URI URL or This field will be changed based on the type you selecte
173. e settings in this page click Next to see the following page Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 21 Dray Te k Quick Start Wizard Please confirm your settings WAN Interface WEAR 1 Physical Mode Ethernet Physical Type Auto negotiation Internet Access Static IP Click Back to modify changes if necessary Otherwise click Finish to save the current settings and restart the Vigor router Click Finish Then the system status of this protocol will be shown 2 4 4 DHCP Click DHCP as the protocol Type in all the information that your ISP provides for this protocol Quick Start Wizard DHCP Client Mode WAR 1 If your ISP requires you to enter a specific host name or specific MAC address please enter it in Host Name Vigor optional MAC 50 F Je 03 F3 optional After finishing the settings in this page click Next to see the following page Dray Tek 22 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Quick Start Wizard Please confirm your settings WAN Interface WANI Physical Mode Ethernet Physical Type Auto negotiation Internet Access DHCP Click Back to modify changes if necessary Otherwise click Finish to save the current settings and restart the Yigor router Click Finish Then the system status of this protocol will be shown 2 5 Service Activation Wizard Service Activation Wizard can guide you to set WCF Web Content Feature feature with a quick way Note There are three ways to activate
174. e web page For the detailed information refer to the following page Active Enable or disable the filter rule Comment Enter filter set comments description Maximum length is 23 character long Move Up Down Use Up or Down link to move the order of the filter rules Next Filter Set Set the link to the next filter set to be executed after the current filter run Do not make a loop with many filter sets Dray Te k 132 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide To edit Filter Rule click the Filter Rule index button to enter the Filter Rule setup page Firewall gt gt Edit Filter Set gt gt Edit Filter Rule Filter Set 1 Rule 1 Check to enable the Filter Rule Comments Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Direction Source IP Destination IP Service Type Fragments Application Filter Branch to Other Filter Set Sessions Control MAC Bind IP Quality of Service Load Balance policy APP Enforcement URL Content Filter Web Content Filter Advance Setting Check to enable the Filter Rule Comments Index 1 15 Direction Source Destination IP Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Block MetBias i i AT LANSRTVPN gt WAM Edit Edit ny ny CPYUDP Port from 13 139 to undefined Dont Care Edit M 4 Action Profile Syslog Block Immediately ee d of 12000 Edit Check this box to enable the filter rule Enter filter set comments description Maximum length is 14 characte
175. ect the security of your passwords and data use Web Folders CW eboa instead Learn more about using Web Folders Log on anonymously Save password 4 When the following screen appears it means the FTP service is running properly File Edit View Favorites Tools Help 2 FinaldataEn opkg install tempstorage iTunesSetu wlc 1 1 5 wi Other Places 2 Internet Explorer My Documents A a cy Shared Documents ETES MP3 MPS 115 bmp 12 Always Air supply lost Crystal Open mp iInlove mp3 Flower mp a My Network Places 5 Return to USB Application gt gt USB Disk Status The information for FTP server will be shown as below USB Application gt gt USB Disk Status USB Mass Storage Device Status Connection Status Disk Connected Disconnect USB Disk Write Protect Status No Disk Capacity 2009 MB Free Capacity 1615 ME Refresh USB Disk Users Connected Refresh 192 168 1 10 3033 Mote If the write protect switch of USB disk is turned on the USB disk is in READ ONLY mode No data can be written to it Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 307 Dray Tek 6 Now users in LAN of Vigor2110 can access into the USB storage device by typing ftp 192 168 1 1 on any browser They can add or remove files directories depending on the Access Rule for FTP account settings in USB Application gt gt USB User Management Dray Te k 308 Vig
176. ection Ping IP If you choose Ping Detect as detection mode you have to type IP address in this field for pinging TTL Time to Live Displays value for your reference TTL value is set by telnet command Default Click this button to reset to factory setting This group allows you to obtain an IP address automatically and allows you type in IP address manually WAN IP Alias If you have multiple public IP addresses and would like to utilize them on the WAN interface please use WAN IP Alias You can set up to 8 public IP addresses other than the current one you are using E http ff192 168 1 5 WAH IP Alias Microsoft Internet Explorer WAN IP Alias Multi NAT Index Enable Aux WAN IP Join NAT IP Pool Y Tie E Y Obtain an IP address automatically Click this button to obtain the IP address automatically if you want to use Dynamic IP mode Router Name Type in the router name provided by ISP Domain Name Type in the domain name that you have assigned Specify an IP address Click this radio button to specify some data if you want to use Static IP mode IP Address Type the IP address Subnet Mask Type the subnet mask Gateway IP Address Type the gateway IP address Default MAC Address Click this radio button to use default MAC address for the router 105 Dray Tek Specify a MAC Address Some Cable service providers specify a specific MAC address for access authentication In such cases you n
177. ed by SIP Proxy to the destination using AccountName Domain Realm as identity VoIP gt gt SIP Accounts SIP Accounts List Index Profile Domain Realm Proxy Account Name Er b i a WAT Traversal Setting STUN Server External IP SIP PING Interval Index Profile Domain Realm Proxy Account Name Codec Ring Port Status STUN Server External IP SIP PING interval Dray Tek Codec Ring Port status G 7294 B Phone J Phone2 j G 7294 B Phonei Phone2 2 G 7294 B Phone1 U Phonez z re G 729A B LC Phonei LIPhonez2 ae G 7294 B Phonei O Phone ie G 7294 8 Phonei O FPhonez z R success registered on SIP server fail to register on SIP serwer Click this link to access into next page for setting SIP account Display the profile name of the account Display the domain name or IP address of the SIP registrar server Display the domain name or IP address of the SIP proxy server Display the account name of SIP address before Display the codec used by such account Specify which port will ring when receiving a phone call Show the status for the corresponding SIP account R means such account is registered on SIP server successfully means the account is failed to register on SIP server Type in the IP address or domain of the STUN server Type in the gateway IP address The default value is 150 sec It is useful for a Nortel server NAT Traversal Support 66 Vigor211
178. ed for users to monitor router There is no bother to directly get into the Web Configurator of the router or borrow debug equipments system Maintenance gt gt SysLog Mail Alert Setup SysLog Mail Alert Setup SsysLog Access Setup Syslog Save to Syslog Server Muss Disk Router Name Server IP Address Enable syslog message Firewall Log YPN Log User Access Log Call Log WAR Log Router DSL information SysLog Access Setup Router Name Server IP Address Destination Port Enable syslog message Mail Alert Setup Send a test e mail SMTP Server SMTP Port Mail To Return Path Authentication Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Destination Port 514 Mail Alert Setup LlEnable SMTP Server SMTP Port Mail To Return Path Authentication Enable E Mail Alert DoS Attack IM P2P Enable Check Enable to activate function of syslog Syslog Save to Check Syslog Server to save the log to Syslog server Display the name for such router configured in System Maintenance gt gt Management If there is no name here simply lick the link to access into System Maintenance gt gt Management to set the router name The IP address of the Syslog server Assign a port for the Syslog protocol Check the box listed on this web page to send the corresponding message of firewall VPN User Access Call WAN Router DSL information to Syslog Check Enable to activate function of mail alert
179. eed to click the Specify a MAC Address and enter the MAC address in the MAC Address field DNS Server IP Type in the primary IP address for the router if you want to use Address Static IP mode If necessary type in secondary IP address for necessity in the future Dray Tek 106 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 4 1 4 PPTP L2TP To use PPTP L2TP as the accessing protocol of the internet please choose PPTP L2TP from Internet Access menu The following web page will be shown Internet Access gt gt PPTP L2TP PPTP L 2TP Client Mode PPTP L2TP Setup PPP Setup PPTP L2TP Link PPP Authentication PAP or CHAR Enable PPTP Enable L2TP Disable Ml Always On Specify Gateway IP Address IP Address Assignment Method IPCP 179 1614 Fixed IP Yes No Dynamic IP ISP Access Setup Fixed IP Address WAN IP Network Settings Obtain an IP address automatically Password Specify an IP address Index 1 153 in Schedule Setup IP Address 172 16 35 1002 FLL tL A Subnet Mask 255 255 0 0 WAN Backup Setup Dial Backup Mode 36 USB Modem W Go to 3G USB Modem Backup Setup PPTP L2TP Link Enable PPTP Click this radio button to enable a PPTP client to establish a tunnel to a DSL modem on the WAN interface Enable L2TP Click this radio button to enable a L2TP client to establish a tunnel to a DSL modem on the WAN interface Disable Click this radio button to close the connection through PPTP Server Address Specify t
180. ek 72 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide VoIP gt gt Phone Settings Advance Settings gt gt Phone 1 Tone Settings Region User Defined Low Freq Hz Dial tone 350 Ringing tone 440 Busy tone ou Congestion tone Yolume Gain Mic Gaing1 105 Speaker Gaingi 10 MISC Dial Tone Power Level 1 50 Ring Frequency 10 SOH2Z Region Vigor2110 Series User s Guide lit li Caller ID Type FSK_ETSI T off 1 Ton2 msec msec T off 2 msec Toni msec High Freq Hz 40 aL 20 F 1000 OU 2000 s00 oo oo oo oo lil lit J UT DTF DTMF Mode InBand Payload Type RFC2833 66 127 ior I bo m 01 71 4 Select the proper region which you are located The common settings of Caller ID Type Dial tone Ringing tone Busy tone and Congestion tone will be shown automatically on the page If you cannot find out a suitable one please choose User Defined and fill out the corresponding values for dial tone ringing tone busy tone congestion tone by yourself for VoIP phone Tone Settings User Defined User Defined Bus Netherlands Conges Australia Slovenia Mic Gain Crach Hungary Switzerland France Dial Tone UK CCA Ring Freg thina Taiwan Yolume MISC Malta Also you can specify each field for your necessity It is 73 Dray Tek Volume Gain MISC DTMF Dray Tek recommended for you to use the default settings for VoIP co
181. eld The password provided to you when you registered with a SIP Service The time duration that your SIP Registrar server keeps your registration record Before the time expires the router will send another register request to SIP Registrar again If the router e g broadband router you use connects to internet by other device you have to set this function for your necessity NAT Traversal Support None Disable this function Stun Choose this option if there is Stun server provided for your router Manual Choose this option if you want to specify an external IP address as the NAT transversal support Nortel If the soft switch that you use supports Nortel solution you can choose this option Set Phone or DECT as the default ring port for this SIP account The ports you can set are different based on the model you have Choose a ring tone type for the VoIP phone call Ring Pattern Select one of the codecs as the default for your VoIP calls The codec used for each call will be negotiated with the peer party before each session and so may not be your default choice The default codec is G 729A B it occupies little bandwidth while maintaining good voice quality If your upstream speed is only 64Kbps do not use G 711 codec It is better for you to have at least 256Kbps upstream if you would like to use G 711 215 Dray Tek G 729A B 8kKbps G 711MU 64Kbps G 711A 64kbps 3 7 UAB o
182. ent Mode SIM PIN code Modem Initial String APN Name Modem Initial Stringz Routing Information Protocol is abbreviated as RIP RFC1058 specifying how routers exchange routing tables information Click Enable RIP for activating this function Check this box to invoke the Bridge function for WAN connection The router will work as a bridge modem Dial Backup Mode If you install a 3G USB modem on the router choose the 3G USB Modem to perform WAN backup via USB device Then click the 3G USB Modem Backup link to access into the following page for configuring detailed settings O Enable Disable ATS amp FEOV TAT amp 028 01 50 0 Default ATaFEOV 1x 18D2 amp C150 0 1 ok S Modem Dial String ATOT SS Default ATOT 99 COMA ATDT 777 TD PPP Wsername PPP Password SCOMA ATDOT 96 124 P Optional P Optional PPP 4uthentication PAP or CHAP WAN Connection Detection Mode Ping IP TTL ARP Detect PPP Client Mode Click Enable to activate this mode for WAN2 SIM PIN code Type PIN code of the SIM card that will be used to access Internet Modem Initial String Such value is used to initialize USB modem Please use the default value If you have any question please contact to your ISP APN Name APN Access Point Name is provided by your ISP for identifying different access points Simply click Apply to apply such name Finally you have to click OK to save the setting Apply Act
183. ent filter based on service operated in Q rmany We recommend only users live in Germany to try the BPjM WCF service This is a free service without guarantee Activation Date O Web Content Filter Commtouch License Agreement Commtouch is the web content filter based on Commtouch operated in the worldwide Enter your License key Activation Date select JI have read and accept the above Agreement Please check this box Note The activation date is brought out by the server automatically and cannot be changed Check the box of I have read and accept the above and click Next Follow the on screen instruction to install the formal edition of WCE license Dray Tek 26 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 2 6 Online Status The online status shows the system status WAN status and other status related to this router within one page If you select PPPoE PPPoA as the protocol you will find out a link of Dial PPPoE or Drop PPPoE in the Online Status web page Online status for DHCP Online Status system Status System Uptime 4 7 24 LAN Status Primary DNS 172 16 3 18 Secondary DNS 168 95 1 1 IP Address TX Packets RX Packets 192 166 15 1848 J222 WAN Status gt gt Release Enable Line Name Mode Up Time Yes Ethernet DHCP Client 4 07 16 IP GW IP TX Packets TX Rate Bps RX Packets RX Rate Bps 192 168 5 26 192 168 5 1 10538 11 1054 7 26 Detailed explanation is shown below Primary DNS Displays t
184. ent high priority QoS traffic throughout the whole network with merely Vigor router s effort In the Bandwidth Management menu click Quality of Service to open the web page Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 167 Dray Te k Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service General Setup Setto Factory Default LDP R Index Status Bandwidth Direction Class Class Class Others Bandwidth Online 1 2 E Dunteni Statistics WANI Enable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps Outbound 25 25 25 25 Inactive Status Setup Backup WAN Enable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps Outbound 25 25 25 25 Inactive Status Setup Class Rule Index Mame Rule Service Type Class 1 Edit Class 2 Edit Edit Class 3 Edit This page displays the QoS settings result of the WAN interface Click the Setup link to access into next page for the general setup of WAN interface As to class rule simply click the Edit link to access into next for configuration You can configure general setup for the WAN interface edit the Class Rule and edit the Service Type for the Class Rule for your request Online Statistics Display an online statistics for quality of service for your reference This feature is available only when the Quality of Service for WAN interface is enabled Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service WANI Online Statistics Refresh Interval 5 v seconds Refresh Index Direction Class Name Reserved bandwidth Ratio Outbound Throughput Bytes sec 1 OUT 25 0 2 OUT 25 0
185. entication algorithm Specify mode proposal and key life of each IKE phase Gateway etc The window of advance setup is shown as below 195 Dray Tek IKE advanced settings eral RESZ50 IKE phase 1 mode Select from Main mode and Aggressive mode The ultimate outcome is to exchange security proposals to create a protected secure channel Main mode is more secure than Aggressive mode since more exchanges are done in a secure channel to set up the IPSec session However the Aggressive mode is faster The default value in Vigor router is Main mode IKE phase 1 proposal To propose the local available authentication schemes and encryption algorithms to the VPN peers and get its feedback to find a match Two combinations are available for Aggressive mode and nine for Main mode We suggest you select the combination that covers the most schemes IKE phase 2 proposal To propose the local available algorithms to the VPN peers and get its feedback to find a match Three combinations are available for both modes We suggest you select the combination that covers the most algorithms IKE phase 1 key lifetime For security reason the lifetime of key should be defined The default value is 28800 seconds You may specify a value in between 900 and 86400 seconds IKE phase 2 key lifetime For security reason the lifetime of key should be defined The default value is 3600 seconds You may specify a value in between 600 and 86400 seconds
186. equest a certificate for your web browser e mail client or other secure program Once you acquire a certificate you will be able to securely identify yourself to other people over the web sign your e mail messages encrypt your e mail messages and more depending upon the type of certificate you request Select a task cosecoecosecccccccecescceecocecoceccccsesecsccesececsccsccescceesececoceccscceseesecesececsecsecesccsesesecoeseseccesccseseseseesecsceescosesesecsesesscsessescsesessecessecesceseseseea O Request a certificate O Check on a pending certificate Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 297 Dr ayle k 2 In Choose file to download click CA Certificate Current and Base 64 encoded and Download CA certificate to save the cer file Microsoft Certificate Services Microsoft Internet Explorer SEO GEO WAC OREA IAM BAD ar Q O hda Or zam Am 2 Baa FED http 172 16 2 179 certsrvicertcare asp Err a mst ov ORS ABBR ANEA OHERRAE GI Lo Hotmail QB Mesenger A HAI MSN Microsoft Certificate Services vigor Retrieve The CA Certificate Or Certificate Revocation List Install this CA certification path to allow your computer to trust certificates issued from this certification authority tis not necessary to manually install the CA certification path if you request and install a certificate from this certification authority because the CA certification path will be installed for you automatically Choos
187. er ID Deact Dial the number typed in this field to release this function Call Waiting Act Dial the number typed in this field to make all the incoming calls waiting for your answer Call Waiting Deact Dial the number typed in this field to release this function Block Anonymous Act Dial the number typed in this field to block all the incoming calls with unknown ID Block Anonymous Deact Dial the number typed in this field to release this function Block Unknown Domain Dial the number typed in this field to block all the incoming Act calls from unknown domain Block Unknown Domain Dial the number typed in this field to release this function Deact Block IP Calls Act Dial the number typed in this field to block all the incoming calls from IP address Block IP Calls Deact Dial the number typed in this field to release this function Block Last Calls Act Dial the number typed in this field to block the last incoming phone call Block Unknown Domain Dial the number typed in this field to block all the incoming Act calls from unknown domain PSTN Setup Some emergency phone e g 911 or special phone cannot be dialed out by using VoIP and can be called out through PSTN line only To solve this problem this page allows you to set five sets of PSTN number for dialing without passing through Internet Please type the number in the field of phone number for PSTN relay VoIP gt gt PSTN Setup Default phone number
188. ernet please select PPPoE from the Internet Access menu The following web page will be shown Internet Access gt gt PPPoE PPPoE Client Mode PPPoE Setup PPPoE Link Enable Disable ISP Access Setup ISP Name Username fs Password OoOo Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup WAN Connection Detection Mode ARP Detect TTL Bridge Mode L Enable Bridge Mode WAN Backup Setup Dial Backup Mode 3G USB Modem Go to 3G USB Modem Backup Setup Enable Disable PPP MP Setup PPP Authentication PAP or CHAP Always On fi second s IP Address Assignment Method IPCP WAN IP Alias Fixed IP Yes No Dynamic IF fF Default MAC Address Specify a MAC Address MAC Address Copper Idle Timeout Fixed IP Address WAN physical type Auto negotiation Click Enable for activating this function If you click Disable this function will be closed and all the settings that you adjusted in this page will be invalid ISP Access Setup Enter your allocated username password and authentication parameters according to the information provided by your ISP Username Type in the username provided by ISP in this field Password Type in the password provided by ISP in this field Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup You can type in four sets of time schedule for your request All the schedules can be set previously in Application gt gt Schedule web page and you can use the number tha
189. ervice providers The router provides up to three accounts from three different DDNS service providers Basically Vigor routers are compatible with the DDNS services supplied by most popular DDNS service providers such as www dyndns org www no ip com www dtdns com www changeip com www dynamic nameserver com You should visit their websites to register your own domain name for the router Enable the Function and Add a Dynamic DNS Account l Assume you have a registered domain name from the DDNS provider say hostname dyndns org and an account with username test and password fest 2 Inthe DDNS setup menu check Enable Dynamic DNS Setup Applications gt gt Dynamic DNS Setup Dynamic DNS Setup Enable Dynamic ONS Setup Setto Factory Default Force Update Auto Update interval 14400 Mings i 14400 Accounts Index i Enable Dynamic DNS Setup Set to Factory Default Auto Update interval Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Domain Name Active Check this box to enable DDNS function Clear all profiles and recover to factory settings Set the time for the router to perform auto update for DDNS service 175 Dray Tek Index Click the number below Index to access into the setting page of DDNS setup to set account s Domain Name Display the domain name that you set on the setting page of DDNS setup Active Display if this account is active or inactive View Log Display DDNS log status Force Upd
190. es from 192 168 1 1 icmp_seq 0 ttl 255 time xxxx ms will appear 312 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Terminal bash 80x24 Last login Sat Jon 3 02 24 18 on ttypd Welcome to Darwin Vigorla draytekd ping 192 168 1 1 PING 192 68 1 1 192 168 1 1 56 data bytes 64 bytes from 192 168 1 1 64 bytes from 192 168 1 1 6 bytes from 192 168 1 1 64 bytes from 192 168 1 1 64 bytes from 192 168 1 1 AE icmp_seg 4 ttl 255 times 755 me icmp_seg 1 ttl 255 time 697 ms icmp_seq 2 ttl 255 time 6 716 ms icmp_seg 3 ttl 255 times 731 ms icmp_seg 4 ttl 255 times 72 ms 192 168 1 1 ping statistics EF packets transmitted 5 packets received 6 packet loss round trip minfgaygemax 0 697 6 7236 755 ms Vigoria draytekd fj 6 4 Checking If the ISP Settings are OK or Not Click Internet Access group and then check whether the ISP settings are set correctly For PPPoE Users 1 Check if the Enable option is selected 2 Check if Username and Password are entered with correct values that you got from your ISP Internet Access gt gt PPPoE PPPoE Client Mode PPPoE Setup PPPoE Link ISP Access Setup ISP Name Username Password Enable Disable PPP MP Setup PPP Authentication Always On Idle Timeout IPCP WAN IP Alias Fixed IP Fixed IP Address ARP Detect WAN Backup Setup 3G USB Modem Dial Backup Mode Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Disable Go
191. esh Seconds Port Status Codec PeerID Elapse Tx Pkts Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Refresh Seconds Elapse Tx Rx Rx Goi In Out Miss Speaker hh mm ss Pkts Pkts Losts iad Calls Calls Calls Gain 00 00 00 0 0 o 0 0 0 0 5 00 00 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 Duration In Out Miss Account ID Peer ID Specify the interval of refresh time to obtain the latest VoIP calling information The information will update immediately when the Refresh button 1s clicked Fefresh Seconds It shows current connection status for the port of Phone and Phone 2 It shows the VoIP connection status IDLE Indicates that the VoIP function is idle HANG UP Indicates that the connection is not established busy tone CONNECTING Indicates that the user is calling out WAIT_ANS Indicates that a connection is launched and waiting for remote user s answer ALERTING Indicates that a call 1s coming ACTIVE Indicates that the VoIP connection is launched Indicates the voice codec employed by present channel The present in call or out call peer ID the format may be IP or Domain The format is represented as hours minutes seconds Total number of transmitted voice packets during this 223 Dray Tek connection session Rx Pkts Total number of received voice packets during this connection session Rx Losts Total number of lost packets during this connection session Rx Jitter The jitter of received voice packets In Ca
192. ess automatically Click this button to obtain the IP address automatically if you want to use Dynamic IP mode Router Name Type in the router name provided by ISP Domain Name Type in the domain name that you have assigned Specify an IP address Click this radio button to specify some data if you want to use Static IP mode IP Address Type the IP address Subnet Mask Type the subnet mask Gateway IP Address Type the gateway IP address Default MAC Address Click this radio button to use default MAC address for the router Specify a MAC Address Some Cable service providers specify a specific MAC address for access authentication In such cases you 37 Dray Tek DNS Server IP Address need to click the Specify a MAC Address and enter the MAC address in the MAC Address field Type in the primary IP address for the router if you want to use Static IP mode If necessary type in secondary IP address for necessity in the future 3 1 4 PPTP L2TP To use PPTP L2TP as the accessing protocol of the internet please choose PPTP L2TP from Internet Access menu The following web page will be shown PPTP L2TP Link ISP Access Setup WAN Backup Setup Dray Tek Internet Access gt gt PPTP L2TP PPTP L TP Client Mode PPTP L2TP Setup PPTP L2TP Link O Enable PPTP Enable L2TP Disable Server Address o Specify Gateway IP Address 172 16 1 1 ISP Access Setup WAN Backup Setup Username Pa
193. ess reasons To isolate means neither of the parties can access each other To elaborate an example for business use you may set up a wireless LAN for visitors only so they can connect to Internet without hassle of the confidential information leakage For a more flexible deployment you may add filters of MAC addresses to isolate users access from wired LAN Manage Wireless Stations Station List will display all the station in your wireless network and the status of their connection Below shows the menu items for Wireless LAN Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 77 Dr ay Te k General Setup SeCUIILY Access Control Station List 3 6 2 General Setup By clicking the General Settings a new web page will appear so that you could configure the SSID and the wireless channel Please refer to the following figure for more information Wireless LAN gt gt General Setup General Setting IEEE 302 11 Enable Wireless LAN Mode Mixed 11b 11g 11n SSID DrayTek Channel Channel 6 2437MHz Packet OVERDRIVE C Tx Burst Note The same technology must also be supported in clients to boost WLAN performance C Hide SSID C Long Preamble Hide SSID prevent SSID from being scanned Long Preamble necessary for some older 802 11b devices only lowers performance Enable Wireless LAN Check the box to enable wireless function Mode At present the router can connect to Mixed 11b 11g 11g Only 1
194. et please select PPPoE from the Internet Access menu The following web page will be shown Internet Access gt gt PPPoE PPPoE Client Mode PPPoE Setup PPP MP Setup PPPoE Link Enable Disable PRP Authentication PAP or CHAP ISP Access Setup Always On ISP Name Idle Timeout _ second s Username fs IP Address Assignment Method WAN IP Alias e C or Fixed IF Yes No Dynamic IP WAN Connection Detection Fixed IP Address fs Mode ARP Detect Ping IP fs Default MAC Address TTL Specify a MAC Address MAC Address Bridge Mode 50 zF haa D3 Fs L Enable Bridge Mode WAN physical type Copper WAN Backup Setup Dial Backup Mode 30 USB Modern Go to 3G USB Modem Backup Setup Enable Disable Click Enable for activating this function If you click Disable this function will be closed and all the settings that you adjusted in this page will be invalid ISP Access Setup Enter your allocated username password and authentication parameters according to the information provided by your ISP Username Type in the username provided by ISP in this field Password Type in the password provided by ISP in this field Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup You can type in four sets of time schedule for your request All the schedules can be set previously in Application gt gt Schedule web page and you can use the number that you have set in that web page WAN Connection Such function allows you t
195. ettings so that Router A can direct the packets destined to the remote network to Router B via the VPN connection 4 TCP IP Network Settings My WAN IP 0 0 0 0 RIP Direction Remote Gateway IP ooon first subnet to remote network you hawe to o Remote Network IP 192 168 2 0 Remote Network Mask 255 255 255 0 lore L Change default route to this YPN tunnel Only single WAN supports this 4 Settings in Router B in the remote office 1 Goto VPN and Remote Access and select Remote Access Control to enable the necessary VPN service and click OK 2 Then for using PPP based services such as PPTP L2TP you have to set general settings in PPP General Setup Dray Te k 274 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide VPN and Remote Access gt gt PPP General Setup PPP General Setup PPP MP Protocol IP Address Assignment for Dial In Users Dial In PPP DAP or CHAP Y When DHCP Disable set Authentication Start IP Address 192 168 2 200 ra aed a MPPE Optional MPPE Mutual Authentication PAP Yes No For using IPSec based service such as IPSec or L2TP with IPSec Policy you have to set general settings in IPSec General Setup such as the pre shared key that both parties have known VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec General Setup YPN IKE IPSec General Setup Dial in Set up for Remote Dial in users and Dynamic IP Client LAN to LAN IKE Authentication Method Confirm Pre Shared key IPSec Security Method Medium AH
196. ever the protocol types greater than 100 are reserved and undefined at this time Therefore the router should have ability to detect and reject this kind of packets Warning Messages We provide Syslog function for user to retrieve message from Vigor router The user as a Syslog Server shall receive the report sending from Vigor router which is a Syslog Client All the warning messages related to DoS Defense will be sent to user and user can review it through Syslog daemon Look for the keyword DoS in the message followed by a name to indicate what kind of attacks is detected System Maintenance gt gt SysLog Mail Alert Setup SysLog Mail Alert Setup SysLog Access Setup Mail Alert Setup Enable V Enable Send a test e mail Server IP Address 192 168 1 5 SMTP Server Destination Port 514 Mail To Enable syslog message Return Path n _ Firewall Log O Authentication VPN Log User Name User Access Log Password Call Log Enable E Mail Alert WAN Log DoS Attack Router DSL information IM P2P Controls oo 1483 1 z WAN itut bef E el g Getowwry IP Fixed TX Packets ae oj Vigor Senes A 4 2 gt 16 4 4 f 4 LAN Status TX Packets RX Pockets WAN D Fred Ry Packets aay a ls s ge x p TER AEF PuewellLog VPN Loe UerAcceeloe Calller WAN Los Oten Neheurk lefocrmban WelTiee Traffe Groh Tiree Herat Message hn 1 00042 Vigoc Des aya flood Dlock 10 192 160 1 155 10605 gt 192 160 1 1 23 PR Sip
197. evice Status Connection Status Disk Connected Disconnect USB Disk Write Protect Status No Disk Capacity 2009 MB Free Capacity 1615 MB Refresh USB Disk Users Connected Refresh Index Service IP Address Port Username Note If the write protect switch of USB disk is turned on the USB disk is in READ ONLY mode No data can be written to it 2 Setup a user account for the FTP service by using USB Application gt gt USB User Management Click Enable to enable FTP Samba User account Here we add a new account userl and assign authorities Read Write and List to it USB Application gt gt USB User Management Profile Index 1 FTP Samba User Enable Disable Password Stair 11 Characters Access Rule File lRead O write Delete Directory MIList CO create Remove Mote The folder name can only contain the following characters 4 4 a z 0 9 _ ea and space Click OK to save the configuration Dray Te k 306 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 3 Make sure the FTP service is running properly Please open a browser and type ftp 192 168 1 1 Use the account user1 to login Log On As Either the server does not allow anonyrnoous logins or the e mail address was not accepted FTF server 192 168 1 1 After vou log on you can add this server to vaur Favorites and return to it easily FTP does not encrypt or encode passwords or data before sending them to the server To prot
198. ey eMule Shareaza kaza BearShare iMesh KCeasy FilePipe BearShare Limewire Shareaza Foxy KCeasy Lopster Nap WinLop BitTorrent BitSpirit BitComet Type a name for the CSM profile Click it to choose all of the items in this page Uncheck all the selected boxes The profiles configured here can be applied in the Firewall gt gt General Setup and Firewall gt gt Filter Setup pages as the standard for the host s to follow The items categorized under IM CSM gt gt APP Enforcement Profile Profile Index 1 Profile Name IM P2P Select All Clear All CIMSN O ahooImM LJ Q0 TM CliChat O Aliww eMessenger ICQ Java IMUnitive MessengerFX O webIM URLs Misc IM Application CAm Cl Jabber GoogleTalk Oco C GoogleChat Web IM more than one address The items categorized under Misc CSM gt gt APP Enforcement Profile Profile Index 1 Profile Name IM P2P Select All Clear All Omms CrTsp C FeiDian O uuUSee Cl SopCast OuDLivex O FlashVideo O SilverLight Vigor2110 Series User s Guide WebMSN meebo eBuddy ILovelM ICQ Flash goowy IMhaha getMessenger Wablet mabber MSN2GO0 KoollM MessengerAdictos WebYahooIM Misc Streaming Li TVAnts C PPStream CO NSPlayer CIPCAST CI TVvuPlayer CO mMySee O Slingbox Llevobp 155 YoIP CO Skype C Kubao ClGizmo I SIP RTP C TelTel C TeamSpeak C PPTV CI TV Koo
199. f both the Primary IP and Secondary IP Address fields are left empty the router will assign its own IP address to local users as a DNS proxy server and maintain a DNS cache If the IP address of a domain name is already in the DNS cache the router will resolve the domain name immediately Otherwise the router forwards the DNS query packet to the external DNS server by establishing a WAN e g DSL Cable connection There are two common scenarios of LAN settings that stated in Chapter 5 For the configuration examples please refer to that chapter to get more information for your necessity 3 3 NAT Usually the router serves as an NAT Network Address Translation router NAT is a mechanism that one or more private IP addresses can be mapped into a single public one Public IP address is usually assigned by your ISP for which you may get charged Private IP addresses are recognized only among internal hosts When the outgoing packets destined to some public server on the Internet reach the NAT router the router will change its source address into the public IP address of the router select the available public port and then forward it At the same time the router shall list an entry in a table to memorize this address port mapping relationship When the public server response the incoming traffic of course is destined to the router s public IP address and the router will do the inversion based on its table Therefore the internal host
200. f you want to edit delete an existed service type please select the radio button of that one and click Edit Edit for modification 4 7 4 APP QoS The QoS function is used to do bandwidth management for the services with certain IP or port number However there is no effect of bandwidth management on the service such as IM or P2P without fixed IP or port number APP QoS employs the function of APP Enforcement to detect several types of software in application layer By combining the function of QoS Vigor router can perform the bandwidth management for the application of VoIP Streaming IM and P2P Bandwidth Management gt gt APP QoS Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Internet General Setup F Enable the QoS Control UT Index Class Name Reserved bandwidth Ratio Class 1 VolP 50 S Class 2 Streaming 9 Class 3 IM Cance uhi Ae ei 5012110 Packet 4 VoIP amp Stream amp IM High Pp ae J wt on Queue 4 Schedule peoasenns Low Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 173 Dray Te k Click Bandwidth Management gt gt APP QoS to open the following page Bandwidth Management gt gt APP QoS APP Qos Enable Disable O Use Default Setting Default YoIP gt Streaming gt IM gt PZF Enable Application Qos Class a vot m Mote Please remember to adjust Inbound Outbound bandwidth of your network in Quailty of Service Bb ph amp This will help QoS to work more efficient
201. figure port mappings on the router Subsequently such a facility forwards packets from the external ports of the router to the internal ports used by the application D F ay Ti e k 54 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 3 5 VoIP Vigor2110 Series Advanced Settings ST a General Services L Connect to the Internet using select the services running on your network that Internet users can ACCESE wd IF Broadband Connection on A outer O Ftp Esample menmegr 192 168 29 11 13135 60654 UDF A menmegr 192 168 29 11 7824 13251 UDP This connection allows you to connect to the Internet through a menmsgr 192 169 29 11 8729 63231 TCP shared connection on another computer ee Show icon in notification area when connected ro Edit me L ae The reminder as regards concern about Firewall and UPnP Can t work with Firewall Software Enabling firewall applications on your PC may cause the UPnP function not working properly This is because these applications will block the accessing ability of some network ports Security Considerations Activating the UPnP function on your network may incur some security threats You should consider carefully these risks before activating the UPnP function gt Some Microsoft operating systems have found out the UPnP weaknesses and hence you need to ensure that you have applied the latest service packs and patches gt Non privileged users can c
202. file For troubleshooting needs you can specify to record information for URL Content Filter by checking the Log box It will be sent to Syslog server Please refer to section Syslog Mail Alert for more detailed information Select one of the Web Content Filter profile settings created in CSM gt gt Web Content Filter for applying with this router Please set at least one profile for anti virus in CSM gt gt Web Content Filter web page first Or choose Create New from the drop down list in this page to create a new profile For troubleshooting needs you can specify to record information for Web Content Filter by checking the Log box It will be sent to Syslog server Please refer to section Syslog Mail Alert for more detailed information Click Edit to open the following window However it is strongly recommended to use the default settings here E http 192_ 168_1_ 5 docfipfgenady htm Microsoft Internet Explorer Firewall gt gt General Setup Advance Setting Codepage ANSI 1252 Latin Window size 65535 Session timeout 1440 Minute Codepage This function is used to compare the characters among different languages Choose correct codepage can help the system obtaining correct ASCII after decoding data from URL and enhance the correctness of URL Content Filter The default value for this setting is ANSI 1252 Latin I If you do not choose any codepage no decoding job of URL will be processed Please use the
203. filter Call Filter Data Filter Stateful Packet Inspection SPI tracks packets and denies unsolicited incoming data Selectable Denial of Service DoS Distributed DoS DDoS attacks protection IP Filters Depending on whether there is an existing Internet connection or in other words the WAN link status is up or down the IP filter architecture categorizes traffic into two Call Filter and Data Filter Call Filter When there is no existing Internet connection Call Filter is applied to all traffic all of which should be outgoing It will check packets according to the filter rules If legal the packet will pass Then the router shall initiate a call to build the Internet connection and send the packet to Internet Data Filter When there is an existing Internet connection Data Filter is applied to incoming and outgoing traffic It will check packets according to the filter rules If legal the packet will pass the router The following illustrations are flow charts explaining how router will treat incoming traffic and outgoing traffic respectively Outgoing Traffic Dray Tek 126 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Stateful Packet Inspection SPI Stateful inspection is a firewall architecture that works at the network layer Unlike legacy static packet filtering which examines a packet based on the information in its header stateful inspection builds up a state machine to track each connection tr
204. for the CSM profile Priority It determines the action that this router will apply Both Pass The router will let all the packages that match with the conditions specified in URL Access Control and Web Feature below passing through When you choose this setting both configuration set in this page for URL Access Control and Web Feature will be inactive Both Block The router will block all the packages that match with the conditions specified in URL Access Control and Web Feature below When you choose this setting both configuration set in this page for URL Access Control and Web Feature will be inactive Either URL Access Control First When all the packages matching with the conditions specified in URL Access Control and Web Feature below such function can determine the priority for the actions executed For this one the router will process the packages with the conditions set below for URL first then Web feature second Either Web Feature First When all the packages matching with the conditions specified in URL Access Control and Web Feature below such function can determine the priority for the actions executed For this one the router will process the packages with the conditions set below for web feature first then URL second Pass Both Pass Both Block Either URL Access Control First Either Web Feature First Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 157 Dr ay Te k Log URL Access Control D
205. fore you click OK you have to insert a USB diskette into the USB interface of the Vigor router Otherwise you cannot save the configuration Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 87 Dray Tek 3 7 3 File Explorer To review the content of USB diskette via USB port of the router please open USB Application Explorer to browse the files USB Application gt gt File Explorer File Explorer Current Path RECYCLER 4 Upload File Select a file Upload Mote The folder can not be deleted when it is not empty id Refresh Click this icon to refresh files list t Back Click this icon to return to the upper directory Create Click this icon to add a new folder Current Path Display current folder Upload Click this button to upload the selected file to the USB diskette The uploaded file in the USB diskette can be shared for other user through FTP Dray Tek 88 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 3 7 4 USB Disk Status This page is to monitor the status for the users who accessing into FTP or Samba server USB diskette via the Vigor router If you want to remove the diskette from USB port in router please click Disconnect USB Disk first And then remove the USB diskette later USB Application gt gt USB Disk Status USB Mass Storage Device Status Connection Status Wo Disk Connected Disk Capacity 0 MB Free Capacity 0D MB Refresh USB Disk Users Connected Refresh Index Service IP Address Por
206. fresh Sessions Action blocked 298 Unblock Current Peak Speed Current means current transmission rate and receiving rate for WAN interface Peak means the highest peak value detected by the router in data transmission Speed means line speed specified in WAN gt gt General Setup If you do not specify any rate at that page here will display Auto for instead Dray Tek 266 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 4 15 7 Traffic Graph Click Diagnostics and click Traffic Graph to pen the web page Choose WAN1 Bandwidth Sessions daily or weekly for viewing different traffic graph Click Refresh to renew the graph at any time Diagnostics gt gt Traffic Graph Show Chart WAN1 Bandwidth Daily Refresh Min s Refresh The horizontal axis represents time Yet the vertical axis has different meanings For WANI Bandwidth chart the numbers displayed on vertical axis represent the numbers of the transmitted and received packets in the past For Sessions chart the numbers displayed on vertical axis represent the numbers of the NAT sessions during the past 4 15 8 Ping Diagnosis Click Diagnostics and click Ping Diagnosis to pen the web page Diagnostics gt gt Ping Diagnosis Ping Diagnosis ping to Host IP ip address O Host IP Gateway cu Result ONS Clear Ping to Use the drop down list to choose the destination that you want to ping IP Address Type in the IP address of the Host IP that you
207. ghest transmission opportunity Specify the value ranging from 0 to 65535 ACM It is an abbreviation of Admission control Mandatory It can restrict stations from using specific category class if it is checked Note Vigor2110 provides standard WMM configuration in the web page If you want to modify the parameters please refer to the Wi Fi WMM standard specification AckPolicy Uncheck default value the box means the AP router will answer the response request while transmitting WMM packets through wireless connection It can assure that the peer must receive the WMM packets Check the box means the AP router will not answer any response request for the transmitting packets It will have better performance with lower reliability Dray Tek 240 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 4 12 9 AP Discovery Vigor router can scan all regulatory channels and find working APs in the neighborhood Based on the scanning result users will know which channel is clean for usage Also it can be used to facilitate finding an AP for a WDS link Notice that during the scanning process about 5 seconds no client is allowed to connect to Vigor This page is used to scan the existence of the APs on the wireless LAN Yet only the AP which is in the same channel of this router can be found Please click Scan to discover all the connected APs Wireless LAN gt gt Access Point Discovery Access Point List BSSID See Statistics Channe
208. gor router is NAT It creates a private subnet of your own As mentioned previously the router will talk to other public hosts on the Internet by using public IP address and talking to local hosts by using its private IP address What NAT does is to translate the packets from public IP address to private IP address to forward the right packets to the right host and vice versa Besides Vigor router has a built in DHCP server that assigns private IP address to each local host See the following diagram for a briefly understanding Internet Public IP Address Private Subnet Router IP Addres In some special case you may have a public IP subnet from your ISP such as 220 135 240 0 24 This means that you can set up a public subnet or call second subnet that each host is equipped with a public IP address As a part of the public subnet the Vigor router will serve for IP routing to help hosts in the public subnet to communicate with other public hosts or servers outside Therefore the router should be set as the gateway for public hosts Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 41 Dray Te k Public IP Address 220 135 240 207 Private Subn Router IP Internet What is Routing Information Protocol RIP Vigor router will exchange routing information with neighboring routers using the RIP to accomplish IP routing This allows users to change the information of the router such as IP address and the routers will automatically inform for each other
209. gt gt IPSec Peer Identity This group of fields is a must for IPSec Tunnels and L2TP with IPSec Policy when you specify the remote node Check the Medium DES 3DES or AES box as the security method Medium Authentication Header AH means data will be authenticated but not be encrypted By default this option is invoked You can uncheck it to disable it High Encapsulating Security Payload ESP means payload data will be encrypted and authenticated You may select encryption algorithm from Data Encryption Standard DES Triple DES 3DES and AES Local ID Specify a local ID to be used for Dial in setting in the LAN to LAN Profile setup This item is optional and can be used only in IKE aggressive mode 191 Dray Tek 4 9 6 LAN to LAN Here you can manage LAN to LAN connections by maintaining a table of connection profiles You may set parameters including specified connection direction dial in or dial out connection peer ID connection type VPN connection including PPTP IPSec Tunnel and L2TP by itself or over IPSec and corresponding security methods etc The router supports 2 VPN tunnels simultaneously and provides up to 32 profiles The following figure shows the summary table VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN LAN to LAN Profiles Index Name eee e R Ele so RR i ee i ei I Set to Factory Default Name Status Status Click to clear all indexes a ea fae Ea Bae x Eset ee
210. h as PPTP L2TP L2TP over IPSec VPN and Remote Access gt gt PPP General Setup PPP General Setup PPP MP Protocol IP Address Assignment for Dial In Users ial When DHCP Disable set Dial In PPP PAP or CHAP Y Authentication Start IP Address 192 168 1 200 alae aes MPPE Optional MPPE Mutual Authentication PAP Yes No Dray Te k 184 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Dial In PPP Select this option to force the router to authenticate dial in Authentication PAP Only users with the PAP protocol PAP or CHAP Selecting this option means the router will attempt to authenticate dial in users with the CHAP protocol first If the dial in user does not support this protocol it will fall back to use the PAP protocol for authentication Dial In PPP Encryption This option represents that the MPPE encryption method will MPPE Optional MPPE be optionally employed in the router for the remote dial in user If the remote dial in user does not support the MPPE encryption algorithm the router will transmit no MPPE encrypted packets Otherwise the MPPE encryption scheme will be used to encrypt the data Optional MPPE w Optional MPPE Require MPPEMO 26 bit Maximum MPPEM128 bit Require MPPE 40 128bits Selecting this option will force the router to encrypt packets by using the MPPE encryption algorithm In addition the remote dial in user will use 40 bit to perform encryption pr
211. h is already available for directly connected PC peripherals with the existing Windows Plug and Play system For NAT routers the major feature of UPnP on the router is NAT Traversal This enables applications inside the firewall to automatically open the ports that they need to pass through a router It is more reliable than requiring a router to work out by itself which ports need to be opened Further the user does not have to manually set up port mappings or a DMZ UPnP is available on Windows XP and the router provide the associated support for MSN Messenger to allow full use of the voice video and messaging features Applications gt gt UPnP UPnP Enable UPnP Service C Enable Connection control Service C Enable Connection Status Service Note If you intend running UPnP service inside your LAN you should check the appropriate service above to allow control as well as the appropriate UPnP settings Enable UPNP Service Accordingly you can enable either the Connection Control Service or Connection Status Service After setting Enable UPNP Service setting an icon of IP Broadband Connection on Router on Windows XP Network Connections will appear The connection status and control status will be able to be activated The NAT Traversal of UPnP enables the multimedia features of your applications to operate This has to manually set up port mappings or use other similar methods The screenshots below show examples of this facilit
212. he IP address of the PPTP L2TP server if you enable PPTP L2TP client mode ISP Access Setup Username Type in the username provided by ISP in this field Password Type in the password provided by ISP in this field Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup You can type in four sets of time schedule for your request All the schedules can be set previously in Application gt gt Schedule web page and you can use the number that you have set in that web page WAN Backup Setup 3G USB Modem If you install a 3G USB modem on the router please Enable the Dial Backup Mode to perform file backup via USB device After choosing Enable please click the 3G USB Modem link to access into the following page for configuring detailed settings Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 107 Dray Te k WAN gt Internet Access 3G USB Modem Setup PPP Client Mode Enable Disable Modem Initial String Default ATAFEOV 14120280 150 05 Modem Dial String Default ATOT 99 PPP Username Cptinal PPP Password Po Optional PPP Authentication Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup PPP Setup IP Address Assignment Method IPCP Dray Tek PPP Client Mode Click Enable to activate this mode for WAN2 SIM PIN code Type PIN code of the SIM card that will be used to access Internet Modem Initial String Such value is used to initialize USB modem Please use the default value If you have any question please contact to your ISP APN Name APN Acces
213. he IP address of the primary DNS Secondary DNS Displays the IP address of the secondary DNS LAN Status IP Address Displays the IP address of the LAN interface TX Packets Displays the total transmitted packets at the LAN interface RX Packets Displays the total number of received packets at the LAN interface WAN Status Line Displays the physical connection Ethernet of this interface Name Displays the name set in WAN1 WAN web page Mode Displays the type of WAN connection e g PPPoE Up Time Displays the total uptime of the interface IP Displays the IP address of the WAN interface GW IP Displays the IP address of the default gateway TX Packets Displays the total transmitted packets at the WAN interface TX Rate Displays the speed of transmitted octets at the WAN interface RX Packets Displays the total number of received packets at the WAN interface RX Rate Displays the speed of received octets at the WAN interface Note The words in green mean that the WAN connection of that interface is ready for accessing Internet the words in red mean that the WAN connection of that interface is not ready for accessing Internet Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 21 Dray Tek 2 7 Saving Configuration Each time you click OK on the web page for saving the configuration you can find messages showing the system interaction with you Ready indicates the system is ready for you to input settings Settings Saved means your sett
214. he current running firmware version or firmware related information from this presentation system Status Model Name Firmware Version Build Date Time Vigor2110Vn 3 3 6 Feb 23 2011 12 13 49 LAN WAN 1 MAC Address 00 S0 7F A3 D3 F8 Link Status Connected ist IP Address 192 168 1 1 MAC Address 00 50 7F A3 D3 F9 ist Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Connection Static IP DHCP Server Yes IP Address 172 16 3 102 DNS 8 8 8 8 Default Gateway 172 16 1 1 VoIP Wireless LAN Port Profile Reg In Out MAC Address O00 50 7F 43 D3 Fa Phone 1 No 0 0 Frequency Domain FCC Phone No 0 0 Firmware Version 2 3 2 0 ONLY Phone 2 can access the PSTN line during ssid DrayTek power failure Model Name Firmware Version Display the model name of the router Display the firmware version of the router Build Date Time Display the date and time of the current firmware build LAN MAC Address Display the MAC address of the LAN Interface 1 IP Address Display the IP address of the LAN interface 1 Subnet Mask Display the subnet mask address of the LAN interface DHCP Server Display the current status of DHCP server of the LAN interface DNS Display the assigned IP address of the primary DNS WAN Link Status Display current connection status MAC Address Display the MAC address of the WAN Interface Dray Tek 90 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Connection IP Address Default Gateway Wireless L
215. he router As stated before the NAT facility can map one or more IP addresses and or service ports into different specified services In other words the NAT function can be achieved by using port mapping methods Below shows the menu items for NAT 4 3 1 Port Redirection Port Redirection is usually set up for server related service inside the local network LAN such as web servers FTP servers E mail servers etc Most of the case you need a public IP address for each server and this public IP address domain name are recognized by all users Since the server is actually located inside the LAN the network well protected by NAT of the router and identified by its private IP address port the goal of Port Redirection function is to Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 119 Dray Tek forward all access request with public IP address from external users to the mapping private IP address port of the server Internet Destined to 220 135 240 207 Port 213 The port redirection can only apply to incoming traffic To use this function please go to NAT page and choose Port Redirection web page The Port Redirection Table provides 20 port mapping entries for the internal hosts NAT gt gt Port Redirection Port Redirection Setto Factory Default Service Name Public Port Private IP Status as a Pegs Pes EA es Peay alle 3 4 S G l 3 9 10 lt lt 1 10 11 20 gt gt Next gt gt Pre
216. his page at one time Similarly if you want to invoke the peer MAC address remember to check Enable box in the front of the MAC address after typing Click Enable to make this router serving as an access point click Disable to cancel this function It allows user to send hello message to peers Yet it is valid only when the peer also supports this function This page allows users to set advanced settings such as operation mode channel bandwidth guard interval and aggregation MSDU for wireless data transmission Wireless LAN gt gt Advanced Setting HT Physical Mode Operation Mode Channel Bandwidth Guard Interval Aggregation MSDUCA MSDU4 Operation Mode Channel Bandwidth Guard Interval Dray Tek Mixed Mode Green Field O 20 20 40 long auto Disable Enable Mixed Mode the router can transmit data with the ways supported in both 802 1 1a b g and 802 11n standards However the entire wireless transmission will be slowed down if 802 11 g or 802 11b wireless client is connected Green Field to get the highest throughput please choose such mode Such mode can make the data transmission happening between 11n systems only In addition it does not have protection mechanism to avoid the conflict with neighboring devices of 802 1 1a b g 20 the router will use 20Mhz for data transmission and receiving between the AP and the stations 20 40 the router will use 20Mhz or 40Mhz f
217. hone Numer 1111 Display Hare Dawid SIP URI 4391 i iptel org Teal Gut Account Detaut Loop through Hone Backup Phone Nurber JE Clear Cancel VolP gt gt SIP Accounts RIP Acpunt Imd Na 1 Profile Name draytel 1 11 char max Register Ato Call without Registration SIP Port 5060 Domam Realm draytel_org 63 char ma Prony draytel org 63 char max Act as outbound proxy Driplay Name Jonn 23 char max Account Number Name 1234 63 char max Authentication ib 63 chiar mem Password ease 63 char max piry Time t hour w sec NAT Traversal Support None Ring Port lw Phone 1 Phone 2 King Pattem l OK Cancel e John calls David He picks up the phone and dials 1111 DialPlan Phone Number for David VolF gt DialFlan Setup Phone Boak indes Mn 1 mi Ereatle Phone Nurmb r Display Name SIP URL Dial Gut Account Loop thrauqh John 1234 i draytelorg Default Backup Phone Number ok Clear Cance VolP gt gt SIP Accounts AIP Account Index Ma 1 Protile Marn iptal 1 VfL char max Register Aun Call without Registration SIP Port JHO Domain Realm ipbel org LAA char mas Y Proxy ipbel org 63 char mas C Act 28 culbourds pirnany Deipliny earn David 93 char max Acoount Number Nome Cl Authentication gt Password Exgury Tire HAT Traversal Support Ring Port Ring Pattani David calls John 4321 6a char mae I OUr Mone m m Phon
218. ich either PSK Pre Shared Key entered manually in this field below or automatically negotiated via 802 1x authentication Either 8 63 ASCII characters such as 012345678 or 64 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox such as 0x321253abcde Type Select from Mixed WPA WPA2 or WPA2 only Pre Shared Key PSK Either 8 63 ASCII characters such as 012345678 or 64 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox such as 0x321253abcde WEP 64 Bit For 64 bits WEP key either 5 ASCII characters such as 12345 or 10 hexadecimal digitals leading by Ox such as 0x4142434445 128 Bit For 128 bits WEP key either 13 ASCII characters such as ABCDEFGHIJKLM or 26 hexadecimal digits leading by 0x such as 0x4142434445464748494A4B4C4D b4 Bit All wireless devices must support the same WEP encryption bit size and have the same key Four Keys can be entered here but only one key can be selected at a time The keys can be entered in ASCII or Hexadecimal Check the key you wish to use Encryption Mode 3 6 4 Access Control For additional security of wireless access the Access Control facility allows you to restrict the network access right by controlling the wireless LAN MAC address of client Only the valid MAC address that has been configured can access the wireless LAN interface By clicking the Access Control a new web page will appear as depicted below so that you could edit the clients MAC addresses to control their access rights
219. ick this radio button to block the connection of the IP MAC which is not listed in IP Bind List This table is the LAN ARP table of this router The information for IP and MAC will be displayed in this field Each pair of IP and MAC address listed in ARP table can be selected and added to IP Bind List by clicking Add below IP Address Type the IP address that will be used for the specified MAC address Mac Address Type the MAC address that is used to bind with the assigned IP address It is used to refresh the ARP table When there is one new PC added to the LAN you can click this link to obtain the newly ARP table information It displays a list 1for the IP bind to MAC information 118 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Add It allows you to add the one you choose from the ARP table or the IP MAC address typed in Add and Edit to the table of IP Bind List Edit It allows you to edit and modify the selected IP address and MAC address that you create before Delete You can remove any item listed in IP Bind List Simply click and select the one and click Delete The selected item will be removed from the IP Bind List Note Before you select Strict Bind you have to bind one set of IP MAC address for one PC If not no one of the PCs can access into Internet And the web configurator of the router might not be accessed 4 3 NAT Usually the router serves as an NAT Network Address Translation router NAT is a mechanism
220. ide 137 Dray Te k will be However if the network is not stable small value will be proper Session timeout Setting timeout for sessions can make the best utilization of network resources However Queue timeout is configured for TCP protocol only session timeout is configured for the data flow which matched with the firewall rule DrayTek Banner Please uncheck this box and the following screen will not be shown for the unreachable web page The default setting is Enabled The requested Web page has been blocked by Web Content Filter Please contact your system administrator for further information Powered by Draytek Strict Security Checking All the packets while transmitting through Vigor router will be filtered by firewall settings configured by Vigor router When the resource is inadequate the packets will be blocked if Strict Security Checking is enabled If Strict Security Checking is not enabled then the packets will pass through the router APP Enforcement Check this box to execute the critical checking for all the files transferred via IM P2P Dray Tek 138 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Example As stated before all the traffic will be separated and arbitrated using on of two IP filters call filter or data filter You may preset 12 call filters and data filters in Filter Setup and even link them in a serial manner Each filter set is composed by 7 filter rules which can be further defined
221. ies User s Guide 239 Dray Tek 4 14 9 Firmware Upgrade Before upgrading your router firmware you need to install the Router Tools The Firmware Upgrade Utility is included in the tools The following web page will guide you to upgrade firmware by using an example Note that this example is running over Windows OS Operating System Download the newest firmware from DrayTek s web site or FTP site The DrayTek web site is www draytek com or local DrayTek s web site and FTP site is ftp draytek com Click System Maintenance gt gt Firmware Upgrade to launch the Firmware Upgrade Utility system Maintenance gt gt Firmware Upgrade Web Firmware Upgrade Select a firmware file i rose Click Upgrade to upload the file Upgrade TFTP Firmware Upgrade from LAN Current Firmware Version 3 3 6 Firmware Upgrade Procedures Click OK to start the TFTP server Open the Firmware Upgrade Utility or other S party TFTP client software Check that the firmware filename is correct Click Upgrade on the Firmware Upgrade Utility to start the upgrade After the upgrade is compelete the TFTP server will automatically stap running Do you want to upgrade firmware mn OO ho oe Click OK The following screen will appear Please execute the firmware upgrade utility first System Maintenance gt gt Firmware Upgrade AN TFTP server is running Please execute a Firmware Upgrade Utility software to Upgrade router s firmware This server
222. if the Enable option for PPTP Link is selected Internet Access gt gt PPTP PPTP Client Mode E PPP Setup PPTP Link Enable Disable PPP Authentication PPTP Server Always On ISP Access Setup Idle Timeout ao second s none 123 IP Address Assignment Method IPCP Fixed IP Yes No Dynamic IP Fixed IP Address fo WAN IP Network Settings WAN Backup Setup 3G USB Modem Obtain an IP address automatically Specify an IP address IP Address 192 168 5 29 Subnet Mask 2 Check if PPTP Server Username and Password are set correctly must identify with the values from your ISP Dial Backup Mode Disable Go to 3G USB Modem Backup Setup 3 Check if WAN IP Network Settings are set properly If you select Specify an IP address you have to type in the values of IP Address and Subnet Mask manually Be sure the values that you type identify with the values from your ISP 6 5 Problems for 3G Network Connection When you have trouble in using 3G network transmission please check the following Check if USB LED lights on or off You have to wait about 15 seconds after inserting 3G USB Modem into your Vigor2110 Later the USB LED will light on which means the installation of USB Modem is successful If the USB LED does not light on please remove and reinsert the modem again If it still fails restart Vigor2110 USB LED lights on but the network connection does not work Check the PIN Code of SIM card
223. igor2110 Series User s Guide DNS Server Configuration Vigor2110 Series User s Guide If you want to use another DHCP server in the network other than the Vigor Router s you can let Relay Agent help you to redirect the DHCP request to the specified location Enable Server Let the router assign IP address to every host in the LAN Disable Server Let you manually assign IP address to every host in the LAN Relay Agent 1 subnet 2 subnet Specify which subnet that DHCP server is located the relay agent should redirect the DHCP request to Start IP Address Enter a value of the IP address pool for the DHCP server to start with when issuing IP addresses If the 1st IP address of your router is 192 168 1 1 the starting IP address must be 192 168 1 2 or greater but smaller than 192 168 1 254 IP Pool Counts Enter the maximum number of PCs that you want the DHCP server to assign IP addresses to The default is 50 and the maximum is 253 Gateway IP Address Enter a value of the gateway IP address for the DHCP server The value is usually as same as the Ist IP address of the router which means the router is the default gateway DHCP Server IP Address for Relay Agent Set the IP address of the DHCP server you are going to use so the Relay Agent can help to forward the DHCP request to the DHCP server DNS stands for Domain Name System Every Internet host must have a unique IP address also they may have a human friendly
224. ill wait for WPS requests from wireless clients about two minutes The WPS LED on the router will blink fast when WPS is in progress It will return to normal condition after two minutes You need to setup WPS within two minutes Please input the PIN code specified in wireless client you wish to connect and click Start PIN button The WPS LED on the router will blink fast when WPS is in progress It will return to normal condition after two minutes You need to setup WPS within two minutes WDS means Wireless Distribution System It is a protocol for connecting two access points AP wirelessly Usually it can be used for the following application Provide bridge traffic between two LANs through the air Extend the coverage range of a WLAN To meet the above requirement two WDS modes are implemented in Vigor router One is Bridge the other is Repeater Below shows the function of WDS bridge interface Vigor2110 Series User s Guide LANS 235 Dray Tek The application for the WDS Repeater mode 1s depicted as below oS SS WDS Link Host with Host with _ Host with bridge Interface 1 repeater Interface bridge Interface 2 F B mg me b D E aeann manmne anm T The major difference between these two modes is that while in Repeater mode the packets received from one peer AP can be repeated to another peer AP through WDS links Yet in Bridge mode packets received from a WDS link will only be forwarde
225. in Edit Filter Rule will ask you specify IP or IP range for WAN or LAN or any IP address If you choose LAN as the Interface here and choose LAWN as the direction setting in Edit Filter Rule then all the IP addresses specified with LAN interface will be opened for you to choose in Edit Filter Rule page Determine the address type for the IP address Select Single Address if this object contains one IP address only Select Range Address if this object contains several IPs within a range Select Subnet Address if this object contains one subnet for IP address Select Any Address if this object contains any IP address Select Mac Address if this object contains Mac address Range Address Any Address single Address Range Address subnet Address Mac Address Type the MAC address of the network card which will be controlled Type the start IP address for Single Address type Type the end IP address if the Range Address type is selected 144 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Subnet Mask Type the subnet mask if the Subnet Address type 1s selected Invert Selection If it is checked all the IP addresses except the ones listed above will be applied later while it is chosen Below is an example of IP objects settings Objects Setting gt gt IP Object IP Object Profiles Index Name ik RD Department a Finanical Dept ei HF Department 4 4 5 2 IP Group This page allows you to bind several IP objects into one IP
226. ing Diagnosis Click Diagnostics and click Ping Diagnosis to pen the web page Diagnostics gt gt Ping Diagnosis Ping Diagnosis Note If you want to ping a LAN PC or you don t want to specify which WAN to ping through please select Unspecified Ping ta Host IF v IP Address Run Result Clear Ping to Use the drop down list to choose the destination that you want to ping IP Address Type in the IP address of the Host IP that you want to ping Run Click this button to start the ping work The result will be displayed on the screen Clear Click this link to remove the result on the window Dray Tek 94 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 3 9 4 Trace Route Click Diagnostics and click Trace Route to open the web page This page allows you to trace the routes from router to the host Simply type the IP address of the host in the box and click Run The result of route trace will be shown on the screen Diagnostics gt gt Trace Route Trace Route Protocol Host IP Address OoOo Fun Result Clear Protocol Use the drop down list to choose the interface that you want to ping through Host IP Address It indicates the IP address of the host Run Click this button to start route tracing work Clear Click this link to remove the result on the window Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 95 Dray Te k This page 1s left blank D F ay Ti e k 96 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Admin Mode Oper
227. ing IP address must be 220 135 240 2 or greater but smaller than 220 135 240 254 IP Pool Counts Enter the number of IP addresses in the pool The maximum is 10 For example if you type 3 and the 2nd IP address of your router is 220 135 240 1 the range of IP address by the DHCP server will be from 220 135 240 2 to 220 135 240 11 MAC Address Enter the MAC Address of the host one by one and click Add to create a list of hosts to be assigned deleted or edited IP address from above pool Set a list of MAC Address for 2 DHCP server will help router to assign the correct IP address of the correct subnet to the correct host So those hosts in 2 subnet won t get an IP address belonging to 1 subnet Disable deactivates the RIP protocol It will lead to a stoppage of the exchange of routing information between routers Default FIF Protocol Control BEEE 1st Subnet 2nd Subnet 1st Subnet Select the router to change the RIP information of the Ist subnet with neighboring routers 2nd Subnet Select the router to change the RIP information of the 2nd subnet with neighboring routers DHCP stands for Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol The router by factory default acts a DHCP server for your network so it automatically dispatch related IP settings to any local user configured as a DHCP client It is highly recommended that you leave the router enabled as a DHCP server if you do not have a DHCP server for your network 112 V
228. ings are saved once you click Finish or OK button D ro y Ti e k 28 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide User Mode Operation This chapter will guide users to execute simple configuration through user mode operation As for other examples of application please refer to chapter 5 1 Open a web browser on your PC and type http 192 168 1 1 The window will ask for typing username and password 2 Do not type any word both username and password are Null for user operation on the window and click Login on the window Now the Main Screen will appear Be aware that User mode will be displayed on the bottom left side Dray Tek www draytek com MViGor277Oseres DODA Firewall Router lt lt p Auto Logout Quick Start Wizard Online Status System Status Model Name Firmware Version Build Date Time Vigor2110Vn Internet Access Feb 23 2011 12 13 49 LAN NAT LAN WAN 1 MAC Address 00 50 7F A3 D3 F8 Link Status Connected Applications PP ist IP Address 192 168 1 1 MAC Address 00 50 7F A3 D3 F9 VoIP Wireless LAN USB Application System Maintenance Diagnostics 3 1 Internet Access ist Subnet Mask DHCP Server DNS Port Profile Phonel Phone 255 255 255 0 Yes 8 8 8 8 YoIP Reg In Out No 0 0 No 0 0 ONLY Phone 2 can access the PSTN line during power failure Connection IP Address Default Gateway MAC Address Frequency Domain Firmware Version SSID Static I
229. ings for accessing Internet successfully For user mode operation do not type any word on the window and click Login for the simple web pages for configuration Yet for admin mode operation please type admin admin on Username Password and click Login for full configuration 2 2 Accessing Web Page 1 Make sure your PC connects to the router correctly g Notice You may either simply set up your computer to get IP dynamically i from the router or set up the IP address of the computer to be the same subnet as the default IP address of Vigor router 192 168 1 1 For the detailed information please refer to the later section Trouble Shooting of the guide 2 Open a web browser on your PC and type http 192 168 1 1 The following window will be open to ask for username and password Copyright DrayTek Corp All Rights Reserved 3 For user mode operation do not type any word on the window and click Login for the simple web pages for configuration Yet for admin mode operation please type admin admin on Username Password and click Login for full configuration i Notice If you fail to access to the web configuration please go to Trouble Shooting for detecting and solving your problem Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 15 Dr ay Te k 5 The web page can be logged out according to the chosen condition The default setting is Auto Logout which means the web configuration system will logout after 5 mi
230. inside it may occupy user s system For example if you add key words such as sex Vigor router will limit web access to web 29 99 sites or web pages such as www sex com www backdoor net images sex p 386 html Or you may simply specify the full or partial URL such as www sex com or sex com Also the Vigor router will discard any request that tries to retrieve the malicious code Click CSM and click URL Content Filter Profile to open the profile setting page CSM gt gt URL Content Filter Profile URL Content Filter Profile Table Setto Factory Default Profile Mame Profile Mame 1 De Z b 3 4 amp Administration Message Max 255 characters lt hody gt lt center gt lt br gt lt p gt The requested Web page has been blocked by URL Content Filter lt p gt Please contact your system administrator for further information lt center gt lt body gt You can set eight profiles as URL content filter Simply click the index number under Profile to open the following web page Dray Tek 156 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide CSM gt gt URL Content Filter Profile Profile Index 1 Priority Both Pass Log 1 URL Access Control Enable URL Access Control Prevent web access from IP address Action Group Object Selections OO w Web Feature JEnable Restrict Web Feature Action Cookie Proxy J Upload File Extension Profile Profile Name Type a name
231. into SIP URL without any reason Busy means the incoming calls will be forwarded into SIP URL only when the local system is busy No Answer means if the incoming calls do not receive any response they will be forwarded to the SIP URL by the time out Busy or No Answer means if the incoming calls will be forwarded into SIP URL when the local system is busy or do not receive any response Disable Mo Answer Busy or Mo Answer SIP URL Type in the SIP URL e g aaa draytel org or abc iptel org as the site for call forwarded Time Out Set the time out for the call forwarding The default setting is 30 sec Set a period of peace time without disturbing by VoIP phone call During the period the one who dial in will listen busy tone yet the local user will not listen any ring tone Index 1 15 in Schedule Enter the index of schedule profiles to control the call barring according to the preconfigured schedules Refer to section Application gt gt Schedule for detailed configuration Index 1 60 in Phone Book Enter the index of phone book profiles Refer to section VoIP gt gt DialPlan gt gt Phone Book for detailed configuration Check this box to hide the caller ID on the display panel of the phone set Check this box to invoke this function A notice sound will appear to tell the user new phone call is waiting for your response Click hook flash to pick up the waiting phone call Check this box to invoke this fu
232. ior to using 128 bit for encryption In other words if 128 bit MPPE encryption method is not available then 40 bit encryption scheme will be applied to encrypt the data Maximum MPPE This option indicates that the router will use the MPPE encryption scheme with maximum bits 128 bit to encrypt the data Mutual Authentication The Mutual Authentication function is mainly used to PAP communicate with other routers or clients who need bi directional authentication in order to provide stronger security for example Cisco routers So you should enable this function when your peer router requires mutual authentication You should further specify the User Name and Password of the mutual authentication peer Start IP Address Enter a start IP address for the dial in PPP connection You should choose an IP address from the local private network For example if the local private network is 192 168 1 0 255 255 255 0 you could choose 192 168 1 200 as the Start IP Address 4 9 3 IPSec General Setup In IPSec General Setup there are two major parts of configuration There are two phases of IPSec gt Phase 1 negotiation of IKE parameters including encryption hash Diffie Hellman parameter values and lifetime to protect the following IKE exchange authentication of both peers using either a Pre Shared Key or Digital Signature x 509 The peer that starts the negotiation proposes all its policies to the remote peer and then remote peer tries
233. irmware update is finished Dray Tek 292 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 5 7 Request a certificate from a CA server on Windows CA Server CAServerA CA Server B User imports the certificate as local certificate to Vigor Router via Web GUI AD User requests a certificate issued by CA Server A and Saves it 1 Go to Certificate Management and choose Local Certificate Certificate Management gt gt Local Certificate X 509 Local Certificate Configuration Name Subject Status Modify GENERATE IMPORT FEFRESH 2509 Local Certificate Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 293 Dr ay Te k 2 You can click GENERATE button to start to edit a certificate request Enter the information in the certificate request Certificate Management gt gt Local Certificate Generate Certificate Request Subject Alternative Name Type IP Address ka IF Subject Name Country C State ST Location L Orginization 0 Orginization Unit o Common Name CN Email E Key Type ROA Key Size 1024 Bit Generate 3 Copy and save the X509 Local Certificate Requet as a text file and save it for later use Certificate Management gt gt Local Certificate X509 Local Certificate Configuration Name Subject Status Modify Local C TWYST HC L HC O Draytek O Requesting GENERATE IMPORT REFRESH 509 Local Certificate MITBQICCARNC AG dual ELNAKGALUEBHNCYF cx ca BoGNVE AGTARHD NOs yCOYDyOoH EwJ IQZEQMASGALUECHM
234. is between 7 and 9 that number can apply the prefix number settings here Max Len Set the maximum length of the dial number for applying the prefix number settings Route Choose the one that you want to enable the prefix number settings from the saved SIP accounts Please set up one SIP account first to make this interface available Call Barring Call barring is used to block phone calls coming from the one that is not welcomed VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup Call Barring Setup Setto Factory Default Index Call Direction Barring Type Barring Number URL URI Route Status x gt a e Veo e e e e ma mia A A P w z an 4 w w Advanced Block Anonymous Block Unknown Domain Block IP Address Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 61 Dray Te k Click any index number to display the dial plan setup page VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup Call Barring Index No 1 Enable Call Direction IT ka Barring Type specific URVURL Route Note Wildcard is supported Enable Click this to enable this entry Call Direction Determine the direction for the phone call IN incoming call OUT outgoing call IN amp OUT both incoming and outgoing calls Barring Type Determine the type of the VoIP phone call URI URL or number specific URVURL Specific URVURL Specific Number Specific URI URL or This field will be changed based on the type you selected for Specific Number
235. is set by telnet command Default Click this button to reset to factory setting PPP MP Setup PPP Authentication Select PAP only or PAP or CHAP for PPP If you want to connect to Internet all the time you can check Always On Idle Timeout Set the timeout for breaking down the Internet after passing through the time without any action IP Address Usually ISP dynamically assigns IP address to you each time you Assignment Method connect to it and request In some case your ISP provides service IPCP to always assign you the same IP address whenever you request In this case you can fill in this IP address in the Fixed IP field Please contact your ISP before you want to use this function WAN IP Alias If you have multiple public IP addresses and would like to utilize them on the WAN interface please use WAN IP Alias You can set up to 8 public IP addresses other than the current one you are using Notice that this setting is available for WAN1 only F hitp 192 168 1 5 WAN IP Alias Microsoft Internet Explorer 71 X WAN IP Alias Multi NAT Index Enable Aux WAN IP Join NAT IP Pool Y 172 156 3 2 29 Y Fixed IP Click Yes to use this function and type in a fixed IP address in the box of Fixed IP Address Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 101 Dray Te k Default MAC Address You can use Default MAC Address or specify another MAC address by typing on the boxes of MAC Address for the router Specify
236. iscard the subsequent TCP SYN packets for a period defined in Timeout The goal for this is prevent the TCP SYN packets attempt to exhaust the limited resource of Vigor router By default the threshold and timeout values are set to 50 packets per second and 10 seconds respectively Check the box to activate the UDP flood defense function Once detecting the Threshold of the UDP packets from the Internet has exceeded the defined value the Vigor router will start to randomly discard the subsequent UDP packets for a period defined in Timeout The default setting for threshold and timeout are 150 packets per second and 10 seconds respectively Check the box to activate the ICMP flood defense function Similar to the UDP flood defense function once if the 140 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Enable PortScan detection Block IP options Block Land Block Smurf Block trace router Block SYN fragment Block Fraggle Attack Block TCP flag scan Block Tear Drop Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Threshold of ICMP packets from Internet has exceeded the defined value the router will discard the ICMP echo requests coming from the Internet The default setting for threshold and timeout are 50 packets per second and 10 seconds respectively Port Scan attacks the Vigor router by sending lots of packets to many ports in an attempt to find ignorant services would respond Check the box to activate the Port Scan detection Whenever
237. istrator PC host as router s system time Use Internet Time Select to inquire time information from Time Server on the Internet using assigned protocol Server IP Address Type the IP address of the time server Time Zone Select the time zone where the router is located Enable Daylight Saving Check the box to enable the daylight saving Such feature is available for certain area Automatically Update Select a time interval for updating from the NTP server Interval Click OK to save these settings Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 257 Dray Te k 4 14 7 Management This page allows you to manage the settings for access control access list port setup and SMP setup For example as to management access control the port number is used to send receive SIP message for building a session The default value is 5060 and this must match with the peer Registrar when making VoIP calls System Maintenance gt gt Management Management Setup Management Access Control User Define Ports Default Ports Telnet Port Default 23 Ol Allow management from the Internet HTTP Port a0 Default 80 FTP Server HTTPS Port 445 Default 443 HTTP Server HTTPS Server Telnet Server SSH Server Disable PING from the Internet Access List List IF hh Router Name Allow management from the Internet Disable PING from the Internet Access List Default Ports User Defined Ports Enable SNMP Agent Get Community Set Com
238. it sync field However some original 11b wireless network devices only support long preamble Check it to use Long Preamble if needed to communicate with this kind of devices 3 6 3 Security By clicking the Security Settings a new web page will appear so that you could configure the settings of WEP and WPA Wireless LAN gt Security Settings Security Settings Mode WPA Encryption Mode TKIP for WPA AES for WPA2 Type 8 63 ASCII character or 64 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox for example cfigsO1a 2 or Ox655abcd WEP Encryption Mode For 64 bit WEP key Type 5 ASCII character or 10 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox for example AB312 or 0x4142333132 For 128 bit WEP key Type 13 ASCII character or 26 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox for example 0123456789abc or 0x30313233343536373839414243 Mode There are several modes provided for you to choose Disable Disable Turn off the encryption mechanism WEP Accepts only WEP clients and the encryption key should be entered in WEP Key WPA PSK Accepts only WPA clients and the encryption key should be entered in PSK WPA2 PSK Accepts only WPA2 clients and the encryption key should be entered in PSK Mixed WPA WPA2 PSK Accepts WPA and WPA2 clients simultaneously and the encryption key should be entered in PSK Dray Tek 80 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide WPA The WPA encrypts each frame transmitted from the radio using the key wh
239. ivate the function of identification Modem Dial String2 Such value is used to dial through USB mode Please use the default value If you have any question please contact to your ISP PPP Username Type the PPP username optional PPP Password Type the PPP password optional PPP Authentication Select PAP only or PAP or CHAP for PPP 36 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide WAN IP Network Settings Vigor2110 Series User s Guide WAN Connection Detection Such function allows you to verify whether network connection is alive or not through ARP Detect or Ping Detect Mode Choose ARP Detect or Ping Detect for the system to execute for WAN detection Ping IP If you choose Ping Detect as detection mode you have to type IP address in this field for pinging TTL Time to Live Displays value for your reference TTL value is set by telnet command Default Click this button to reset to factory setting This group allows you to obtain an IP address automatically and allows you type in IP address manually WAN IP Alias If you have multiple public IP addresses and would like to utilize them on the WAN interface please use WAN IP Alias You can set up to 8 public IP addresses other than the current one you are using F hitp 192 168 1 5 WAN IP Alias Microsoft Internet Explorer a O f WAN IP Alias Multi NAT Index Enable Aux WAN IP Join NAT IP Pool Y 72 Le 3 ees Y Obtain an IP addr
240. ive 2006 95 EC by complying with the requirements set forth in EN60950 1 Regulatory Information Federal Communication Commission Interference Statement This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions may cause harmful interference to radio communications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one of the following measures Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected Consult the dealer or an experienced radio TV technician for help This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device may accept any interference received including interference that may c
241. k The following two blocks should be typed your account Login Name test and Password test Applications gt gt Dynamic DNS Setup gt gt Dynamic DNS Account Setup Index 1 Enable Dynamic DNS Account Service Provider Service Type Domain Name Login Name Password O Wildcards Ol Backup Mx Mail Extender Enable Dynamic DNS Account Service Provider Service Type Domain Name Login Name Password dyndns org www dyndns arg ka chronies e mas 64 characters max 23 characters ____ Check this box to enable the current account If you did check the box you will see a check mark appeared on the Active column of the previous web page in step 2 Select the service provider for the DDNS account Select a service type Dynamic Custom or Static If you choose Custom you can modify the domain that is chosen in the Domain Name field Type in one domain name that you applied previously Use the drop down list to choose the desired domain Type in the login name that you set for applying domain Type in the password that you set for applying domain 4 Click OK button to activate the settings You will see your setting has been saved The Wildcard and Backup MX features are not supported for all Dynamic DNS providers You could get more detailed information from their websites Disable the Function and Clear all Dynamic DNS Accounts In the DDNS setup menu uncheck Enable Dynamic DNS Se
242. k OK 2 Then for using PPP based services such as PPTP L2TP you have to set general settings in PPP General Setup VPN and Remote Access gt gt PPP General Setup PPP General Setup PPP MP Protocol IP Address Assignment for Dial In Users ial When DHCP Disable set Dial In PPP BAP of CHAP E Authentication Start IP Address 192 168 1 200 a MPPE Optional MPPE w Mutual Authentication PAP Yes No For using I PSec based service such as IPSec or L2TP with IPSec Policy you have to set general settings in IKE IPSec General Setup such as the pre shared key that both parties have known Dray Tek 278 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec General Setup YPN IKE IPSec General Setup Dial in Set up for Remote Dial in users and Dynamic IP Client LAN to LAN IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key Confirm Pre Shared Key IPSec Security Method Medium AH Data will be authentic but will not be encrypted High ESP MIDES M spes Aes Data will be encrypted and authentic Go to Remote Dial In User Click on one index number to edit a profile 4 Set Dial In settings to as shown below to allow the remote user dial in to build VPN connection If an PSec based service is selected you may further specify the remote peer IP Address IKE Authentication Method and IPSec Security Method for this Dial In connection Otherwise it will apply the settings defined in IPSec General
243. k bps G 723 6 4kbps Single Codec If the box is checked only the selected Codec will be applied Packet Size The amount of data contained in a single packet The default value is 20 ms which means the data packet will contain 20 ms voice information Packet Size Voice Active Detector This function can detect if the voice on both sides is active or not If not the router will do something to save the bandwidth for other using Click On to invoke this function click Off to close the function D ro y Ti e k 216 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 4 11 3 Phone Settings This page allows user to set phone settings for Phone 1 and Phone 2 respectively However it changes slightly according to different model you have VoIP gt gt Phone Settings Index Port Call Feature Tone Gain Mic Speaker Default SIP Account DTMF Relay 1 Phonel O CT User Defined 5 5 InBand 2 Phones CWT User Defined 55 InBand ONLY Phone 2 can access the PSTN line during power failure RIP CO Symmetric RTP Dynamic RTP Port Start 10050 Dynamic RTP Port End 15000 RTP TOS IP precedence 5 ka fioro O Phone List Port Phonel and Phone2 allow you to set general settings for PSTN phones Call Feature A brief description for call feature will be shown in this field for your reference Tone Display the tone settings that configured in the advanced settings page of Phone Index Gain Display the volume gain settings for Mic Speaker tha
244. l lilt ll Congestion tone Yolume Gain DTMIF Mic Gainf1 103 DTMF Mode InBand Payload Type RFC2833 96 127 i Speaker Gainf1 105 MISC Dial Tone Power Level 1 50 Ring Frequency 10 SOH2 Region Select the proper region which you are located The common settings of Caller ID Type Dial tone Ringing tone Busy tone and Congestion tone will be shown automatically on the page If you cannot find out a suitable one please choose User Defined and fill out the corresponding values for dial tone ringing tone busy tone and congestion tone by yourself for VoIP phone Dray Tek 220 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Volume Gain MISC DTMF Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Advance settings Phi Tone Settings Region User Defined l _ Joloventa Mic Gain Crach Speaker d lovakia Hungary MISC switzerland France Dial Tone UK CCA Ring Freg China Taiwan Mlalta Also you can specify each field for your necessity It is recommended for you to use the default settings for VoIP communication Mic Gain 1 10 Speaker Gain 1 10 Adjust the volume of microphone and speaker by entering number from 1 10 The larger of the number the louder the volume is Dial Tone Power Level This setting is used to adjust the loudness of the dial tone The smaller the number is the louder the dial tone is It is recommended for you to use the default setting Ring Frequency This setting is u
245. l SSID Scan Note During the scanning process 5 seconds no station is allowed to connect with the router Add to WDS Settings AF s MAC address Scan Statistics Add to Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 7 00 0 00 Bridge O Repeater It is used to discover all the connected AP The results will be shown on the box above this button It displays the statistics for the channels used by APs Wireless LAN gt gt Site Survey Statistics Recommended channels for usage 12345678910111213 AP number v s Channel 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 Channel Cancel If you want the found AP applying the WDS settings please type in the AP s MAC address on the bottom of the page and click Bridge or Repeater Next click Add to Later the MAC address of the AP will be added to Bridge or Repeater field of WDS settings page 241 Dray Tek 4 12 10 Station List Station List provides the knowledge of connecting wireless clients now along with its status code There is a code summary below for explanation For convenient Access Control you can select a WLAN station and click Add to Access Control below Wireless LAN gt gt Station List Station List Status MAC Address Associated with Status Codes Connected No encryption Connected WEP Connected WPA Connected WPA2 Blocked by Access Control Connecting Fail to pass WPA PSE authentication Te Or UMS Mote After
246. led information from their websites 4 Click OK button to activate the settings You will see your setting has been saved The Wildcard and Backup MX features are not supported for all Dynamic DNS providers You could get more detailed information from their websites Disable the Function and Clear all Dynamic DNS Accounts In the DDNS setup menu uncheck Enable Dynamic DNS Setup and push Clear All button to disable the function and clear all accounts from the router Dray Tek 176 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Delete a Dynamic DNS Account In the DDNS setup menu click the Index number you want to delete and then push Clear All button to delete the account 4 8 2 Schedule The Vigor router has a built in real time clock which can update itself manually or automatically by means of Network Time Protocols NTP As a result you can not only schedule the router to dialup to the Internet at a specified time but also restrict Internet access to certain hours so that users can connect to the Internet only during certain hours say business hours The schedule is also applicable to other functions You have to set your time before set schedule In System Maintenance gt gt Time and Date menu press Inquire Time button to set the Vigor router s clock to current time of your PC The clock will reset once if you power down or reset the router There is another way to set up time You can inquiry an NTP server a time server on the Internet to s
247. len 20 40 5 P4375 bS emp Good Elec d T 0s 192 168 1 115 192 1681 t PR Hicap en 2 GD emp 0S lan 1 0000H Vigne Dray Tek 142 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 4 5 Objects Settings For IPs in a range and service ports in a limited range usually will be applied in configuring router s settings therefore we can define them with objects and bind them with groups for using conveniently Later we can select that object group that can apply it For example all the IPs in the same department can be defined with an IP object a range of IP address 4 5 1 IP Object You can set up to 192 sets of IP Objects with different conditions Objects Setting gt gt IP Object IP Object Profiles Setto Factory Default Name ile 2 3 4 a G g 10 1i 12 13 14 15 16 Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Click the number under Index column for settings in detail Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 143 Dray Te k Objects Setting gt gt IP Object Profile Index 1 Name Interface Name Interface Address Type Start IP Address End IP Address Subnet Mask Invert Selection Address Type MAC Address Start IP Address End IP Address Dray Tek RO Department Any 192 168 1 64 192 166 1275 ii Type a name for this profile Maximum 15 characters are allowed Choose a proper interface A Hi V LAMAR TAPI WAT For example the Direction setting
248. ll appear to warn you USE Application gt gt USB User Management USB User Management Setto Factory Default Index Username Home Folder Index Username Home Folder POPP Pee FREEEREBE Click index number to access into configuration page Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 85 Dray Te k USB Application gt gt USB User Management Profile Index 1 FTP Samba User OQeEnable Disable Password Maximum 11 Characters Confirm Password fs Home Folder fs Access Rule File ClRead CO write Delete Directory ClList create L Remove Mote The folder name can only contain the following characters A Z a z 0 9 _ 7 and space FTP Samba User Enable Click this button to activate this profile account for FTP service or Samba User service Later the user can use the username specified in this page to login into FTP server Disable Click this button to disable such profile Username Type the username for FTP Samba users for accessing into FTP server USB diskette Be aware that users cannot access into USB diskette in anonymity Later you can open FTP client software and type the username specified here for accessing into USB storage diskette Note Admin could not be typed here as username for the word is specified for accessing into web pages of Vigor router only Also it is reserved for FTP firmware upgrade usage Password Type the password for FTP Samba users for accessing FTP
249. ll display all the station in your wireless network and the status of their connection Below shows the menu items for Wireless LAN ial 1 m Fia 7 i a a EE i T E ML WE m Meee E Top Era a Er Vii ait al a f EA TE ee E Dray Te K 226 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 4 12 2 General Setup By clicking the General Settings a new web page will appear so that you could configure the SSID and the wireless channel Please refer to the following figure for more information Wireless LAN gt gt General Setup General Setting IEEE 807 11 Enable Wireless LAN Mode Mixed 11b 1ligt lin Index 1 153 in Schedule Setup Only schedule profiles that have the action Force Down are applied to the WLAN all other actions are ignored Hide Isolate Isolate Isolate Enable ssip or LAN Member VPN O Daytek CC o o 2 0 Po 3 0 Po 4 0 Po Hide SSID Prevent SSID from being scanned Isolate Member Wireless clients stations with the same SSID cannot access for each other Isolate LAN Wireless clients stations with the same SSID cannot access wired PCs on LAN Isolate VPNiisolate wireless with remote dial in and LAN to LAN VPN Channel Channel 6 2437 MHz Long Preamble Long Preamble necessary for some old 802 11 b devices only lower performance Packet O VERDRIVE C Tx Burst Note The same technology must also be supported in clients to boost WLAN performance
250. lls Accumulation for the times of in call Out Calls Accumulation for the times of out call Miss Calls Accumulation for the times of missing call Speaker Gain The volume of present call Log Display logs of VoIP calls 4 12 Wireless LAN This function is used for n models only 4 12 1 Basic Concepts Over recent years the market for wireless communications has enjoyed tremendous growth Wireless technology now reaches or is capable of reaching virtually every location on the surface of the earth Hundreds of millions of people exchange information every day via wireless communication products The Vigor n model a k a Vigor wireless router is designed for maximum flexibility and efficiency of a small office home Any authorized staff can bring a built in WLAN client PDA or notebook into a meeting room for conference without laying a clot of LAN cable or drilling holes everywhere Wireless LAN enables high mobility so WLAN users can simultaneously access all LAN facilities just like on a wired LAN as well as Internet access The Vigor wireless routers are equipped with a wireless LAN interface compliant with the standard IEEE 802 11n draft 2 protocol To boost its performance further the Vigor Router is also loaded with advanced wireless technology to lift up data rate up to 300 Mbps Hence you can finally smoothly enjoy stream music and video Note The actual data throughput will vary according to the network condition
251. low LAN gt gt VLAN Configuration LAN Configuration Enable P1 P2 P3 P4 LANO O d VLANI d d VLAN O C O d YLANG d d L d To remove VLAN uncheck the needed box and click OK to save the results Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 117 Dr ay Te k 4 2 5 Bind IP to MAC This function is used to bind the IP and MAC address in LAN to have a strengthening control in network When this function is enabled all the assigned IP and MAC address binding together cannot be changed If you modified the binding IP or MAC address it might cause you not access into the Internet Click LAN and click Bind IP to MAC to open the setup page LAN gt gt Bind IP to MAC Bind IP to MAC Mote IP MAC binding presets DHCP Allocations If you select Strict Bind unspecified LAN clients cannot access the Internet Enable Disable Strict Bind ARP Table Select All Sort Refresh IP Bind List Select All Sort IF Address 192 168 1 1 192 168 1 10 Add and Edit IP Address fe Mac Address WoW oo Enable Disable Strict Bind ARP Table Add and Edit Refresh IP Bind List Dray Tek Mac Address Index IF Address Mac Address O0 S0 7F DD 15 18 00 0E 46 24 D5 41 Click this radio button to invoke this function However IP MAC which is not listed in IP Bind List also can connect to Internet Click this radio button to disable this function All the settings on this page will be invalid Cl
252. lue is available for this profile Service Group Object Use the drop down list to choose the one that you want Specify the action for fragmented packets And it is used for Data Filter only Don t care No action will be taken towards fragmented packets Unfragmented Apply the rule to unfragmented packets Fragmented Apply the rule to fragmented packets Too Short Apply the rule only to packets that are too short to contain a complete header Specifies the action to be taken when packets match the rule Block Immediately Packets matching the rule will be dropped immediately Pass Immediately Packets matching the rule will be passed immediately Block If No Further Match A packet matching the rule and that does not match further rules will be dropped Pass If No Further Match A packet matching the rule and that does not match further rules will be passed through If the packet matches the filter rule the next filter rule will branch to the specified filter set Select next filter rule to branch from the drop down menu Be aware that the router will apply the specified filter rule for ever and will not return to previous filter rule any more The number typed here is the total sessions of the packets that do not match the filter rule configured in this page The default setting is 12000 135 Dray Tek MAC Bind IP When the IP Object Profile with specified MAC Address and IP address for Address Type
253. ly recommended to use the default settings here Firewall gt Edit Filter Set gt gt Edit Filter Rule Filter Set 1 Rule 1 Advance Setting Codepage ANSI 252 Latin v Window size Session timeout Minute DrayTek Banner Strict Security Checking L APP Enforcement Codepage This function is used to compare the characters among different languages Choose correct codepage can help the system obtaining correct ASCII after decoding data from URL and enhance the correctness of URL Content Filter The default value for this setting is ANSI 1252 Latin I If you do not choose any codepage no decoding job of URL will be processed Please use the drop down list to choose a codepage If you do not have any idea of choosing suitable codepage please open Syslog From Codepage Information of Setup dialog you will see the recommended codepage listed on the dialog box f DrayTek Syslog 3 9 197 168 1 1 z AN Information WAMI IF Fixed 172 16 213 LAN Status T Packets Re Packets Wahl IP Fixed 28489 15285 Tool Setup Telnet Read ont Setup Codepage Information Codepage To Select Windows Verdon 5 01 2600 RECOMMENDED CODEP AGE O50 ANS LOEM Traditional Chinese Bigo O0al 21 O0a6 Fe 0089 63 O0aa 61 O0ad 2d O0ae 52 O0b2 32 00b3 33 0069 31 OO0ba ot Window size It determines the size of TCP protocol 0 65535 The more the value is the better the performance Vigor2110 Series User s Gu
254. m can provide the most accurate URL matching L1 the router will check the URL that the user wants to access via WCF If the URL has been accessed previously it will be stored for a short time about 1 second in the router to be accessed quickly if required Such item can provide accurate URL matching with faster rate L2 the router will check the URL that the user wants to access via WCF If the data has been accessed previously the IP addresses of source and destination IDs will be memorized for a short time about 1 second in the router When the user tries to access the same destination ID the router will check it by comparing the record stored If it matches the page will be retrieved quickly Such item can provide URL matching with the fastest rate L1 L2 Cache the router will check the URL with fast processing rate combining the feature of L1 and L2 Eight profiles are provided here as Web content filters Simply click the index number under Profile to open the following web page The items listed in Categories will be changed according to the different service providers If you have and activate another web content filter license the items will be changed simultaneously All of the configuration made for web content filter will be deleted automatically Therefore please backup your data before you change the web content filter license Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 161 Dray Tek CSM gt gt Web Content Filte
255. ming Packet inside the tunnel Some programs might send multicast packets via VPN connection Pass Click this button to let multicast packets pass through the router Block This is default setting Click this button to let multicast packets be blocked by the router Specify the allowed call direction of this LAN to LAN profile Both initiator responder Dial Out initiator only Dial In responder only Always On Check to enable router always keep VPN connection Idle Timeout The default value is 300 seconds If the connection has been idled over the value the router will drop the connection This function is to help the router to determine the status of IPSec VPN connection especially useful in the case of abnormal VPN IPSec tunnel disruption For details please refer to the note below Check to enable the transmission of PING packets to a specified IP address PING to the IP Enter the IP address of the remote host that located at the other end of the VPN tunnel Enable PING to keep alive is used to handle abnormal IPSec VPN connection disruption It will help to provide the state of a VPN connection for router s judgment of redial Normally if any one of VPN peers wants to disconnect the connection it should follow a serial of packet exchange procedure to inform each other However if the remote peer disconnect without notice Vigor router will by no where to know this situation To resolve this dilemma b
256. mmunication Mic Gain 1 10 Speaker Gain 1 10 Adjust the volume of microphone and speaker by entering number from 1 10 The larger of the number the louder the volume is Dial Tone Power Level This setting is used to adjust the loudness of the dial tone The smaller the number is the louder the dial tone is It is recommended for you to use the default setting Ring Frequency This setting is used to drive the frequency of the ring tone It is recommended for you to use the default setting DTMF Mode There are four DTMF modes for you to choose InBand Choose this one then the Vigor will send the DTMF tone as audio directly when you press the keypad on the phone OutBand Choose this one then the Vigor will capture the keypad number you pressed and transform it to digital form then send to the other side the receiver will generate the tone according to the digital form it receive This function is very useful when the network traffic congestion occurs and it still can remain the accuracy of DTMF tone SIP INFO Choose this one then the Vigor will capture the DTMF tone and transfer it into SIP form Then it will be sent to the remote end with SIP message DTMF mode InGand oC InBand QutBand RF C2033 SIP INFO cisco format SIP IMFO nortel format Payload Type rfc2833 Choose a number from 96 to 127 the default value was 101 This setting 1s available for the OutBand RFC2833 mode 74 Vigor2110 Series User
257. munity Dray Tek FTP Port 21 Default 21 SSH Port 22 Default 225 SNMP Setup COl Enable SNMP Agent Get Community subnet Mask Set Community Manager Host IP fe Trap Community Notification Host IP fe Trap Timeout seconds Type in the router name provided by ISP Enable the checkbox to allow system administrators to login from the Internet There are several servers provided by the system to allow you managing the router from Internet Check the box es to specify Check the checkbox to reject all PING packets from the Internet For security issue this function is enabled by default You could specify that the system administrator can only login from a specific host or network defined in the list A maximum of three IPs subnet masks is allowed List IP Indicate an IP address allowed to login to the router Subnet Mask Represent a subnet mask allowed to login to the router Check to use standard port numbers for the Telnet and HTTP servers Check to specify user defined port numbers for the Telnet HTTP and FTP servers Check it to enable this function Set the name for getting community by typing a proper character The default setting is public Set community by typing a proper name The default setting is 258 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide private Manager Host IP Set one host as the manager to execute SNMP function Please type in IP address to specify certain host Trap Community Set trap comm
258. n and Max Len fields should be between O e25 ee 2 Wildcard 7 is supported Enable Check this box to invoke this setting Match Prefix The phone number set here is used to add strip or replace the OP number Mode None No action Add When you choose this mode the OP number will be added with the prefix number for calling out through the specific VoIP interface Strip When you choose this mode the OP number will be deleted by the prefix number for calling out through the specific VoIP interface Take the above picture Prefix Table Setup web page as an example the OP number of 886 will be deleted completely for the prefix number is set with 886 Replace When you choose this mode the OP number will be replaced by the prefix number for calling out through the specific VoIP interface Take the above picture Prefix Table Setup web page as an example the prefix number of 03 will be replaced by 8863 For example dial number of 031111111 Dray Tek 60 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide will be changed to 88631111111 and sent to SIP server Mode Replace OP Number The front number you type here is the first part of the account number that you want to execute special function according to the chosen mode by using the prefix number Min Len Set the minimal length of the dial number for applying the prefix number settings Take the above picture Prefix Table Setup web page as an example if the dial number
259. name Password Confirm Password Home Folder Access Rule File Directory O Enable Disable Maximum 11 Characters P lRead O write Delete J List create L Remove Mote The folder name can only contain the folowing characters A Z a z 0 9 _ e3 and space FTP Samba User Username Password Confirm Password Home Folder Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Enable Click this button to activate this profile account for FTP service or Samba User service Later the user can use the username specified in this page to login into FTP server Disable Click this button to disable such profile Type the username for FTP users for accessing into FTP server USB disk Be aware that users cannot access into USB disk in anonymity Later you can open FTP client software and type the username specified here for accessing into USB storage disk Note Admin could not be typed here as username for the word is specified for accessing into web pages of Vigor router only Also it is reserved for FTP firmware upgrade usage Type the password for FTP Samba users for accessing FTP server Later you can open FTP client software and type the password specified here for accessing into USB storage disk Type the password again to make confirmation It determines the range for the client to access into The user can enter a directory name in this field Then after clicking OK the route
260. namic IP Client LAN to LAMY IKE Authentication Method IPSec Security Method Medium 4H Data will be authentic but will not be encrypted High ESP MIoES Mapes AES Data will be encrypted and authentic IKE Authentication This usually applies to those are remote dial in user or node Method LAN to LAN which uses dynamic IP address and IPSec related VPN connections such as L2TP over IPSec and IPSec tunnel Pre Shared Key Currently only support Pre Shared Key authentication Pre Shared Key Specify a key for IKE authentication Confirm Pre Shared Key Retype the characters to confirm the pre shared key IPSec Security Method Medium Authentication Header AH means data will be authenticated but not be encrypted By default this option is active High Encapsulating Security Payload ESP means payload data will be encrypted and authenticated You may select encryption algorithm from Data Encryption Standard DES Triple DES 3DES and AES Dray Tek 186 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 4 9 4 IPSec Peer Identity To use digital certificate for peer authentication in either LAN to LAN connection or Remote User Dial In connection here you may edit a table of peer certificate for selection As shown below the router provides 32 entries of digital certificates for peer dial in users VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec Peer Identity 509 Peer ID Accounts Setto Factory Default Index Name Status Index Mame St
261. nction Click hook flash to initiate another phone call When the phone call connection succeeds hang up the phone The other two sides can communicate then You can set SIP accounts up to six groups on SIP Account 219 Dray Tek page Use the drop down list to choose one of the profile names for the accounts as the default one for this phone setting Play dial tone only when account registered Check this box to invoke the function T 38 Fax Function Error Correction Mode REDUNDANCY REDUN DANE Y Pou In addition you can press the Advanced button to configure tone settings volume gain MISC and DTMF mode Advanced setting is provided for fitting the telecommunication custom for the local area of the router installed Wrong tone settings might cause inconvenience for users To set the sound pattern of the phone set simply choose a proper region to let the system find out the preset tone settings and caller ID type automatically Or you can adjust tone settings manually if you choose User Defined TOn1 TOffl TOn2 and TOff2 mean the cadence of the tone pattern TOn1 and TOn2 represent sound on TOffl and TOff2 represent the sound off VoIP gt gt Phone Settings Advance Settings gt gt Tone Settings Region User Defined Low Freq High Freq Toni T off 1 Ton 2 T off 2 Hz Hz msec msec msec msec 440 s50 Dial tone 00 r5 00 O0 f5 Ringing tone 400 Busy tone 400 Hil Hil Hil Mi
262. nd install it into your PC for matching with Packet OVERDRIVE refer to the following picture of Vigor N61 wireless utility window choose Enable for TxBURST on the tab of Option igor N61 802 11n Wireless USB Adapter Utility General Setting Advance Setting Auto launch when Windows start up C Disable Radio C Remember mini status position Fragmentation Threshold C Auto hide mini status RTS Threshold C Set mini status always on top Frequency 802 11b gn 24GH v C Enable IP Setting and Proxy Setting in Profile Ad hoc Channel 1 v Cl Group Roaming rec Power Save Mode v l Tx Burst i WLAN type to connect Infrastructure and Ad hoc network Infrastructure network only O Adhoc network only C Automatically connect to non preferred networks Check it to prevent from wireless sniffing and make it harder for unauthorized clients or STAs to join your wireless LAN Depending on the wireless utility the user may only see the information except SSID or just cannot see any thing about Vigor wireless router while site surveying The system allows you to set four sets of SSID for different usage In default the first set of SSID will be enabled You can hide it for your necessity 79 Dray Tek Long Preamble This option is to define the length of the sync field in an 802 11 packet Most modern wireless network uses short preamble with 56 bit sync field instead of long preamble with 128 b
263. net Explorer Address Type subnet Address Start IP Address 0 0 0 0 End IP Address Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 Address Type Determine the address type for the source address For Single Address you have to fill in Start IP address For Range Address you have to fill in Start IP address and End IP address For Subnet Address you have to fill in Start IP address and Subnet Mask DiffServ CodePoint All the packets of data will be divided with different levels and will be processed according to the level type by the system Please assign one of the levels of the data for processing with QoS control Service Type It determines the service type of the data for processing with QoS control It can also be edited You can choose the predefined service type from the Service Type drop down list Those types are predefined in factory Simply choose the one that you want for using by current QoS By the way you can set up to 20 rules for one Class If you want to edit an existed rule please select the radio button of that one and click Edit to open the rule edit page for modification Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 171 Dray Te k Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Class Index 1 Name WO Status Local Address Remote Address OnT ABTU Service Type CodePoint 1 Active Any Any IP precedence 2 TFTPLUBP 69 Edit the Service Type for Class Rule To add a new service type edit or delete an existed
264. nking Press the hole and keep for more than 5 seconds When you see the ACT LED begins to blink rapidly than usual release the button Then the router will restart with the factory default configuration PWR Connecter for a power adapter ON OFF Power Switch Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 7 Dray Te k 1 3 Hardware Installation Before starting to configure the router you have to connect your devices correctly 1 Connect Line port to land line jack with a RJ 11 cable Vn model 2 Connect this device to a modem with a RJ 45 cable 3 Connect one port of 4 port switch to your computer with a RJ 45 cable This device allows you to connect 4 PCs directly 4 Connect Phone port to a conventional analog telephone Connect detachable antennas to the router for Vigor2110 series n model 6 Connect one end of the power cord to the power port of this device Connect the other end to the wall outlet of electricity 7 Power on the router 8 Check the ACT and WAN LAN LEDs to assure network connections Land line jack POTS Analog Phone Analog Phone Power Adapter i i r pe PWR Baly Power Switch Caution 1 Each of the Phone ports can be connected to an analog phone only Do not connect the phone ports to the land line jack Such connection might damage your router 2 When the power is shutdown VoIP phone will be disconnected However a phone set connected to Phone 2 port can be used as the traditional
265. nnecting USB printer to share printer or USB storage device for sharing files Vigor2110 series provides two level management to simplify the configuration of network connection The user mode allows user accessing into WEB interface via simple configuration However if users want to have advanced configurations they can access into WEB interface through admin mode 1 1 Web Configuration Buttons Explanation Several main buttons appeared on the web pages are defined as the following ols Save and apply current settings Cancel Cancel current settings and recover to the previous saved settings __ Clear Clear all the selections and parameters settings including selection from drop down list All the values must be reset with factory default settings ue Add new settings for specified item Eat Edit the settings for the selected item Delete Delete the selected item with the corresponding settings Note For the other buttons shown on the web pages please refer to Chapter 4 for detailed explanation Vigor2110 Series User s Guide l Dray Tek 1 2 LED Indicators and Connectors Before you use the Vigor router please get acquainted with the LED indicators and connectors first 1 2 1 For Vigor2110 Dray Tek LED ACT Activity CSM WAN LAN 1 2 3 4 off USB VPN Qos DoS WCF Interface WAN LAN 1 4 USB Status Explanation Blinking The router is powered on and running normally Off The r
266. normally WLAN Ia through WAN ia I ANICA USB O Il Phonel Phone2 E 1 Phone Phone2 Line WPS Blinking A phone call comes Line A PSTN phone call comes in and out However when the phone call 1s disconnected the LED will be off about six seconds later Off There is no PSTN phone call On The WPSison Z o o WPS On The WPS is on On Off The WPS is off sT n ff Blinking Waiting for wireless client sending requests for connection about two minutes WPS Button O Press this button for 2 seconds to wait for client device making network connection through WPS When the LED lights up the WPS will be on The WPS is off Blinking Waiting for wireless client sending requests for connection about two minutes Interface Description Press the button once to enable WLAN LED on or WLAN disable WLAN LED off wireless connection WAN Connector for accessing the Internet LAN 1 4 Connecters for local networked devices USB Connecter for USB storage Pen Driver Mobile HD or printer Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Dray Tek i odd amp ptt Ooddan 46 6 Phanaz Pisna 1 SSP SS ee Interface Description Line Connector for PSTN life line Phone2 Phonel Connecter of analog phone for VoIP communication Factory Reset Restore the default settings Usage Turn on the router ACT LED is bli
267. ns Limit to open the web page Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 163 Dray Tek Bandwidth Management gt gt Sessions Limit Sessions Limit Enable Limitation List Index Start IF Specific Limitation starte Maximum Sessions Disable Default Max Sessions Default Max P2P Sessions bo Max Sessions Max PEP Sessions end P Maximum P2P Sessions Administration Message Max 256 characters You Have reached the maximum number of permitted Internet sessiaons lt p gt Please close one aor more applications to allow further Internet access lt psContact your system administrator for further information Time Schedule Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup iz Mote Action and Idle Timeout settings will be ignored To activate the function of limit session simply click Enable and set the default session limit Enable Disable Default Max Sessions Default Max P2P Sessions Limitation List Start IP End IP Maximum Sessions Maximum P2P Sessions Add Dray Tek Click this button to activate the function of limit session Click this button to close the function of limit session Defines the default session number used for each computer in LAN Defines the default session number used for P2P application Displays a list of specific limitations that you set on this web page Defines the start IP address for limit session Defines the end IP address for limit sessi
268. nt Filter When such page appears you can enable or disable these services for your necessity Then click Finish Note The service will be activated and applied as the default rule configured in Firewall gt gt General Setup Now the web page will display the service that you have activated according to your selection s The valid time for the free trial of these services is one month Service Activation Wizard Server Enabled DrayTek Service Activation Service Name Start Date Expire Date Status Web Content filter 2011 06 23 2012 06 23 BFM Please check if the license fits with the service provider of your signature To ensure normal operation for your router update your signature again is recommended Copyright amp DrayTek Corp All Rights Reserved Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 25 Dray Tek Later if you need to extend the license valid time you can also use the Service Activation Wizard again to reach your goal by clicking the radio button of Formal edition with license key and clicking Next Service Activation Wizard Select the service type that you want to activate This wizard is used for activating Web Content Filter Please choose the edition you need CO Free trial edition Formal edition with license key Service Activation Wizard Select the service type that you want to activate Please choose the item you want to use WCF service Web Content Filter BPjM BPJM is the web cont
269. nutes without any operation Change the setting for your necessity Auto Logout iv Auto Logout Off 1 min 3 min 5 min 10 min 2 3 Changing Password No matter user mode operation or admin mode operation please change the password for the original security of the router l Dray Tek Open a web browser on your PC and type http 192 168 1 1 A pop up window will open to ask for username and password Please type admin admin on Username Password for admin mode Otherwise do not type any word both username and password are Null for user mode on the window and click Login on the window Now the Main Screen will appear BOON 21 Ti O Sees DrayTek Bre nd Fi draytek Broadband Firewall R uter www draytek com Auto Logout System Status Quick Start Wizard Model Name Vigor2110Vn Service Activation Wizard Firmware Version 33 3 6 Online Status Build Date Time Feb 23 2011 12 13 49 Internet Access CAN ooo 4 WANI _ LAN MAC Address OO 50 7F A3 D3 F8 Link Status Connected ist IP Address 192 168 1 1 MAC Address 00 50 7F 43 D3 F9 said ist Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Connection Static IP Firewall DHCP Server Yes IP Address 172 16 3 102 Objects Setting DNS i 8 8 8 8 Default Gateway 172 16 1 1 CSM i l Bandwidth Management a ee ji Wireless LAN _ Applications Port Profile Reg In Out MAC Address O0 50 7F 43 D3 F8 Phonel No o o Freq
270. o verify whether network connection is Detection alive or not through ARP Detect or Ping Detect Mode Choose ARP Detect or Ping Detect for the system to execute for WAN detection Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 31 Dray Te k Enable Bridge Mode WAN Backup Setup Dray Tek WAN gt Internet Access 3G USB Modem Setup PPP Client Mode SIM PIN code Modem Initial String APN Name Modem Initial Stringz Ping IP If you choose Ping Detect as detection mode you have to type IP address in this field for pinging TTL Time to Live Displays value for your reference TTL value is set by telnet command Check this box to invoke the Bridge function for WAN connection The router will work as a bridge modem Dial Backup Mode If you install a 3G USB modem on the router choose the 3G USB Modem to perform WAN backup via USB device Then click the 3G USB Modem Backup link to access into the following page for configuring detailed settings O Enable Disable AT amp FEOVT AT amp 028 0 1 S0 0 Default ATaFEOV 1x 18D2 amp C150 0 i ok _ Modem Dial String ia Default ATOT 99 COMA ATDT 7 7 TD PPP Wsername PPP Password SCOMA ATDOT 96 144 P Optional PS Cptionaly PPP suthentication PAP of CHAP 4 WAN Connection Detection Mode Ping IP TTL ARP Detect PPP Client Mode Click Enable to activate this mode for WAN2 SIM PIN code Type PIN code of the SIM card that will be used to
271. ocal host You should click the appropriate index number to edit or clear the corresponding entry Comment Specify the name for the defined network service Local IP Address Display the private IP address of the local host offering the service Status Display the state for the corresponding entry X or V is to represent the Inactive or Active state To add or edit port settings click one index number on the page The index entry setup page will pop up In each index entry you can specify 10 port ranges for diverse services Dray Tek 50 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide NAT gt gt Open Ports gt gt Edit Open Ports Index No 1 Enable Open Ports vu Comment P2 WAN IP 172 16 53 229 Local Computer 192 168 1 10 f Protocol Start Port End Part Protocol Start Port End Port 1 TCP Ww 4700 6 500 4700 Ta 10 iia ig UU ULL Ps Enable Open Ports Check to enable this entry Comment Make a name for the defined network application service WAN IP Specify the WAN IP address that will be used for this entry This setting is available when WAN IP Alias is configured Local Computer Enter the private IP address of the local host or click Choose PC to select one Choose PC Click this button and subsequently a window having a list of private IP addresses of local hosts will automatically pop up Select the appropriate IP address of the local host in the list Protocol Specify the transport layer protocol It co
272. ocol It is a communication protocol which is mainly used for managing the membership of Internet Protocol multicast groups Applications gt gt IGMP IGMP LJ Enable IGMP Proxy IGMP Proxy is to act as a multicast proxy for hosts on the LAN side Enable IGMP Proxy if you will access any multicast group But this function take no affect when Bridge Mode is enabled LJ Enable IGMP Snooping Enable IGMP Snooping multicast traffic is only forwarded to ports that have members of that group Disable IGMP snooping multicast traffic is treated in the same manner as broadcast traffic Refresh Working Multicast Groups Index Group ID Pi Pp P3 P4 Enable IGMP Proxy Check this box to enable this function The application of multicast will be executed through WAN port In addition such function is available in NAT mode Enable IGMP Snooping Check this box to enable this function Multicast traffic will be forwarded to ports that have members of that group Disabling IGMP snooping will make multicast traffic treated in the same manner as broadcast traffic Group ID This field displays the ID port for the multicast group The available range for IGMP starts from 224 0 0 0 to 239 255 255 254 P1 to P4 It indicates the LAN port used for the multicast group Refresh Click this link to renew the working multicast group status If you check Enable IGMP Proxy you will get the following page All the multicast groups will be listed and all th
273. ode is for the second one Disable Security There are three types for security Disable WEP and Pre shared key The setting you choose here will make the following WEP or Pre shared key field valid or not Choose one of the types for the router WEP Check this box to use the same key set in Security Settings page If you did not set any key in Security Settings page this check box will be dimmed Pre shared Key Type There are several types for you to choose Default setting is DrayTek WPA WPA and WPA2 are used for WDS devices e g AP700 For example if you have a wireless AP and a Vigor2110n wireless router you can set the encryption mode as WPA or WPA2 to establish your WDS system between AP and the router Key Type 8 63 ASCII characters or 64 hexadecimal digits Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 231 Dr ay Te k Bridge Repeater Access Point Function Status 4 12 7 Advanced Setting leading by 0x If you choose Bridge as the connecting mode please type in the peer MAC address in these fields Four peer MAC addresses are allowed to be entered in this page at one time Yet please disable the unused link to get better performance If you want to invoke the peer MAC address remember to check Enable box in the front of the MAC address after typing If you choose Repeater as the connecting mode please type in the peer MAC address in these fields Four peer MAC addresses are allowed to be entered in t
274. of connecting wireless clients now along with its status code There is a code summary below for explanation For convenient Access Control you can select a WLAN station and click Add to Access Control below Wireless LAN gt gt Station List Station List Status MAC Address Associated with Status Codes C Connected No encryption E Connected WEP P Connected WPA A Connected WPA2 B Blocked by Access Control M Connecting F Fail to pass WPA PSEK authentication Mote After a station connects to the router successfully it may be turned off without notice In that case it will still be on the list until the connection expires Addto Access Control Client s MAC address T Acd Refresh Click this button to refresh the status of station list Add Click this button to add current typed MAC address into Access Control Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 83 Dray Te k 3 7 USB 3 7 1 USB General Settings Application USB diskette can be regarded as a server By way of Vigor router clients on LAN can access write and read data stored in USB diskette After setting the configuration in USB Application you can type the IP address of the Vigor router and username password created in USB Application gt gt USB User Management on the client software Thus the client can use the FTP site USB diskette or share the Samba service through Vigor router Application mi pai EI DE e a Ti i aes ha
275. ofiles Refer to section VoIP gt gt DialPlan gt gt Phone Book for detailed configuration Check this box to hide the caller ID on the display panel of the phone set Check this box to invoke this function A notice sound will appear to tell the user new phone call is waiting for your response Click hook flash to pick up the waiting phone call Check this box to invoke this function Click hook flash to initiate another phone call When the phone call connection succeeds hang up the phone The other two sides can communicate then You can set SIP accounts up to six groups on SIP Account page Use the drop down list to choose one of the profile names for the accounts as the default one for this phone setting Play dial tone only when account registered Check this box to invoke the function In addition you can press the Advanced button to configure tone settings volume gain MISC and DTMF mode Advanced setting is provided for fitting the telecommunication custom for the local area of the router installed Wrong tone settings might cause inconvenience for users To set the sound pattern of the phone set simply choose a proper region to let the system find out the preset tone settings and caller ID type automatically Or you can adjust tone settings manually if you choose User Defined TOn1 TOff1 TOn2 and TOff2 mean the cadence of the tone pattern TOn1 and TOn2 represent sound on TOffl and TOff2 represent the sound off Dray T
276. on Defines the available session number for each host in the specific range of IP addresses If you do not set the session number in this field the system will use the default session limit for the specific limitation you set for each index Defines the available session number for P2P application Adds the specific session limitation onto the list above 164 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Edit Delete Allows you to edit the settings for the selected limitation Remove the selected settings existing on the limitation list Administration Message Type the words which will be displayed when reaches the maximum number of Internet sessions permitted Index 1 15 in Schedule You can type in four sets of time schedule for your request Setup All the schedules can be set previously in Application gt gt Schedule web page and you can use the number that you have set in that web page 4 7 2 Bandwidth Limit The downstream or upstream from FTP HTTP or some P2P applications will occupy large of bandwidth and affect the applications for other programs Please use Limit Bandwidth to make the bandwidth usage more efficient In the Bandwidth Management menu click Bandwidth Limit to open the web page Bandwidth Management gt gt Bandwidth Limit Bandwidth Limit Enable Apply to 2nd Subnet Disable Default Tx Limit kbps Default RX Limit Kbps Limitation List Index Start IF TX limit EZ limit Shared S
277. on status Display the MAC address of the WAN Interface Display the connection type Display the IP address of the WAN interface Display the assigned IP address of the default gateway Display the MAC address of the wireless LAN It can be Europe 13 usable channels USA 11 usable channels etc The available channels supported by the wireless products in different countries are various It indicates information about equipped WLAN miniPCi card This also helps to provide availability of some features that are bound with some WLAN miniPCi Display the SSID of the router 250 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 4 14 2 TR 069 This device supports TR 069 standard It is very convenient for an administrator to manage a TR 069 device through an Auto Configuration Server e g VigorACS system Maintenance gt gt TR 069 Setting ACS and CPE Settings ACS Server On ACS Server WRAL Username Password CPE Client Internet PT Enable Disable URL Port Usemame Password Periodic Inform Settings Disable Enable Interval Time STUN Settings Disable Enable Server Address Server Port http 72 16 3 1028069 ewm CRN AMI _ poss figor o peeessse _ _ _ _ _ ___ second s po bare Minimum Keep Alive Period eos second s Maximum Keep Alive Period fs second s ACS Server On ACS Server CPE Client Periodic Inform Settings STUN Settings Vigor2110
278. on to refresh the information listed below View Click this button to view the detailed settings for certificate request After clicking Generate the generated information will be displayed on the window below Certificate Management gt gt Local Certificate X509 Local Certificate Configuration Name Subject Status Modify Local C TW ST HC L HC O Draytek O Requesting GENERATE IMPORT REFRESH 509 Local Certificate MITBQICCARNC Ab iwajELMARGALUEBRMNCYF cet cad gh BagTakhD Ms wl oypDyooH EwJ IQzEQUASGALUECHMHRHJhexRlacELMARGALIUECXMCUROx I AgEgkqhkiGo3wiB COEWESNIcHEycnRacHIhexRlaysjhb20uwqezsuwbord Kod ThycNacERBROADGYOUANIGJ LoGRALMIdTsqtFoTFEpYyt iqedVIGusktqGce kEtwiayTUShHovkpasccrqJBGrikTUBzE alz tonEccOhe LPSOlGssSoychwoaOTBmMOEDELOWHWwWCalAZGoGvIiODNCT Eo wo de motOtf4x 4400n7 24qci1COB 11 4ea6hLace layn zhrgnQ1lOnouF aghbsscga Danboky hEiGIWORBAQUF AsObgacgs sdwiee 1toqn4Uese BJsYeuTJHatSsseUnardD fefCmGorSs Syo Hpsthsmsthuswoekc cess gLtHhr6iceMoTooFx LWdakPUSLar yBREEg 9st ecarpDal rC9ewCraltekUmPqWoiyt qe best TESGvVULilxmvaBbye LhAWFSEEVLU7g Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 201 Dray Te k 4 10 2 Trusted CA Certificate Trusted CA certificate lists three sets of trusted CA certificate Certificate Management gt gt Trusted CA Certificate X509 Trusted CA Certificate Configuration Mame Subject Status Modify Trusted CA 1 m Trusted CA 2 zen a Trusted CA 3 m IMPORT REFRESH To import a pre
279. onnect to Internet WAM 1 Select one of the following Internet Access types provided by your ISP PPPoE PPTP L2TP Static IP DHCP 2 4 1 PPPoE PPPoE stands for Point to Point Protocol over Ethernet It relies on two widely accepted standards PPP and Ethernet It connects users through an Ethernet to the Internet with a common broadband medium such as a single DSL line wireless device or cable modem All the users over the Ethernet can share a common connection PPPoE 1s used for most of DSL modem users All local users can share one PPPoE connection for accessing the Internet Your service provider will provide you information about user name password and authentication mode If your ISP provides you the PPPoE connection please select PPPoE for this router The following page will be shown Quick Start Wizard PPPoE Client Mode WAM 1 Enter the user name and password provided by your ISP User Name 123 User Name Assign a specific valid user name maximum 63 characters provided by the ISP Password Assign a valid password provided by the ISP Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 19 Dray Te k Confirm Password Retype the password Click Next for viewing summary of such connection Quick Start Wizard Please confirm your settings WAR Interface WANI Physical Mode Ethernet Physical Type Auto negotiation Internet Access PPPoE Click Back to modify changes if necessary Otherwise click Finish to save
280. ontrol some router functions including removing and adding port mappings The UPnP function dynamically adds port mappings on behalf of some UPnP aware applications When the applications terminate abnormally these mappings may not be removed Voice over IP network VoIP enables you to use your broadband Internet connection to make toll quality voice calls over the Internet There are many different call signaling protocols methods by which VoIP devices can talk to each other The most popular protocols are SIP MGCP Megaco and H 323 These protocols are not all compatible with each other except via a soft switch server The Vigor V models support the SIP protocol as this is an ideal and convenient deployment for the ITSP Internet Telephony Service Provider and softphone and is widely supported SIP is an end to end signaling protocol that establishes user presence and mobility in VoIP structure Every one who wants to talk using his her SIP Uniform Resource Identifier SIP Address The standard format of SIP URI is sip user password host port Some fields may be optional in different use In general host refers to a domain The userinfo includes the user field the password field and the sign following them This is very similar to a URL so some may call it SIP URL SIP supports peer to peer direct calling and also calling via a SIP proxy server a role similar to the gatekeeper in H 323 networks
281. or setting the phone book VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup Phone Book index Phone sey smur Dalou oop Phone status Number i Default Hone 2 Default None W 3 Default None 4 Default None 5 Default None 6 Default Hone Default None x g Default None 9 Default None 10 Default None TL Default None Nie Default None 13 Default None X 14 Default None 15 Default Mone X 16 Default None ats Default None 18 Default None 19 Default Hone 20 Default None W lt 1 20 21 40 41 60 gt gt Next gt gt Status Y Active k Inactive 7 Empty Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 205 Dr ay Te k Click any index number to display the dial plan setup page VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup Phone Book Index No 1 Enable Phone Number Display Name SIP URL Dial Out Account Loop through Backup Phone Number Enable Phone Number Display Name SIP URL Dial Out Account Loop through Backup Phone Number Dray Tek Folly fed puler com Default Mone _ _ J Click this to enable this entry The speed dial number of this index This can be any number you choose using digits 0 9 and The Caller ID that you want to be displayed on your friend s screen This let your friend can easily know who s calling without memorizing lots of SIP URL Address Enter your friend s SIP Address Choose one of the SIP ac
282. or data transmission and receiving according to the station capability Such channel can increase the performance for data transit It is to assure the safety of propagation delays and reflections for the sensitive digital data If you choose auto as guard interval the AP router will choose short guard interval increasing the wireless performance or long guard interval for data transmit 238 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide based on the station capability Aggregation MSDU Aggregation MSDU can combine frames with different sizes It is used for improving MAC layer s performance for some brand s clients The default setting is Enable 4 12 8 WMM Configuration WMM is an abbreviation of Wi Fi Multimedia It defines the priority levels for four access categories derived from 802 1d prioritization tabs The categories are designed with specific types of traffic voice video best effort and low priority data There are four accessing categories AC BE AC BK AC VI and AC VO for WMM APSD automatic power save delivery is an enhancement over the power save mechanisms supported by Wi Fi networks It allows devices to take more time in sleeping state and consume less power to improve the performance by minimizing transmission latency Such function is designed for mobile and cordless phones that support VoIP mostly Wireless LAN gt gt WMM Configuration WM Configuration WMM Capable APSD Capable Setto Factory Default
283. or2110 Series User s Guide 6 Trouble Shooting This section will guide you to solve abnormal situations if you cannot access into the Internet after installing the router and finishing the web configuration Please follow sections below to check your basic installation status stage by stage Checking if the hardware status is OK or not Checking if the network connection settings on your computer are OK or not Pinging the router from your computer Checking if the ISP settings are OK or not Backing to factory default setting if necessary If all above stages are done and the router still cannot run normally it is the time for you to contact your dealer for advanced help 6 1 Checking If the Hardware Status Is OK or Not Follow the steps below to verify the hardware status 1 Check the power line and WLAN LAN cable connections Refer to 1 3 Hardware Installation for details 2 Turn on the router Make sure the ACT LED blink once per second and the correspondent LAN LED is bright 3 If not it means that there is something wrong with the hardware status Simply back to 1 3 Hardware Installation to execute the hardware installation again And then try again Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 309 Dray Te k 6 2 Checking If the Network Connection Settings on Your Computer Is OK or Not Sometimes the link failure occurs due to the wrong network connection settings After trying the above section if the link i
284. orresponding webpage with the characters listed on Group Object Selections If the web pages do not match with the specified feature set here they will be processed with the categories listed on the box below Block restrict accessing into the corresponding webpage with the characters listed on Group Object Selections If the web pages do not match with the specified feature set here they will be processed with the categories listed on the box below 162 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Action Pass allow accessing into the corresponding webpage with the categories listed on the box below Block restrict accessing into the corresponding webpage with the categories listed on the box below If the web pages do not match with the specified feature set here it will be processed with reverse action 4 7 Bandwidth Management Below shows the menu items for Bandwidth Management Bandwidth Management n E De ey ee m e by Hisse e sf 4 7 1 Sessions Limit A PC with private IP address can access to the Internet via NAT router The router will generate the records of NAT sessions for such connection The P2P Peer to Peer applications e g BitTorrent always need many sessions for procession and also they will occupy over resources which might result in important accesses impacted To solve the problem you can use limit session to limit the session procession for specified Hosts In the Bandwidth Management menu click Sessio
285. outer is powered off On The profile s of CSM Content Security Management for IM P2P URL Web Content Filter application can be enabled from Firewall gt gt General Setup Such profile must be established under CSM menu The WAN port is connected Blinking It will blink while transmitting data The port is connected The port is disconnected The QoS function is active O The DoS DDoS function is active one It will blink while detecting an attack The profile s of CSM Content Security Management for Web Content Filter application can be enabled from Firewall gt gt General Setup Such profile must be established under CSM menu Description Connector for accessing the Internet Connecters for local networked devices Connecter for USB storage device Pen Driver Mobile HD or printer Vigor2110 Series User s Guide ITU a m Interface Description Factory Reset Restore the default settings Usage Turn on the router ACT LED is blinking Press the hole and keep for more than 5 seconds When you see the ACT LED begins to blink rapidly than usual release the button Then the router will restart with the factory default configuration PWR Connector for a power adapter ON OFF Power Switch Vigor2110 Series User s Guide J Dray Te k 1 2 2 For Vigor2110n LED Status Explanation ACT Blinking The router is powered on and running Activity on WLAN Off
286. ovides several frames for users to define keywords and each frame supports multiple keywords The keyword could be a noun a partial noun or a complete URL string Multiple keywords within a frame are separated by space comma or semicolon In addition the maximal length of each frame is 32 character long After specifying keywords the Vigor router will decline the connection request to the website whose URL string matched to any user defined keyword It should be noticed that the more simplified the blocking keyword list is the more efficiently the Vigor router performs 158 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 3 http 192 168_ 1_5 Group Object Edit Microsoft Internet Explorer Object Group Edit Keyword Object None or Keyword Object None or Keyword Object None or Keyword Object None v or Keyword Object None or Keyword Object None or Keyword Object None v or Keyword Object None v or Keyword Group None or Keyword Group None or Keyword Group None or Keyword Group None or Keyword Group None or Keyword Group None v or Keyword Group None or Keyword Group None Web Feature Enable Restrict Web Feature Check this box to make the keyword being blocked or passed Action This setting is available only when Either URL Access Control First or Either Web Feature Firs is selected Pass allows accessing into the corresponding webpage with the keywords listed on the b
287. ox below Pass Allow accessing into the corresponding webpage with the keywords listed on the box below Block Restrict accessing into the corresponding webpage with the keywords listed on the box below If the web pages do not match with the specified feature set here it will be processed with reverse action Cookie Check the box to filter out the cookie transmission from inside to outside world to protect the local user s privacy Proxy Check the box to reject any proxy transmission To control efficiently the limited bandwidth usage it will be of great value to provide the blocking mechanism that filters out the multimedia files downloading from web pages Upload Check the box to reject any file upload job File Extension Profile Choose one of the profiles that you configured in Object Setting gt gt File Extension Objects previously for passing or blocking the file downloading File Extension Profile None Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 159 Dr ay Te k 4 6 3 Web Content Filter Profile There are three ways to activate WCF on vigor router using Service Activation Wizard by means of CSM gt gt Web Content Filter Profile or via System Maintenance gt gt lt Activation Service Activation Wizard allows you to use trial version or update the license of WCF directly without accessing into the server MyVigor located on http myvigor draytek com However if you use the Web Content Filter Profile page to
288. pecific Limitation state d a Each O Shared Tx Limit o Kbps Rx Limits Kbps Time Schedule Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Note Action and Idle Timeout settings will be ignored To activate the function of limit bandwidth simply click Enable and set the default upstream and downstream limit Enable Click this button to activate the function of limit bandwidth Apply to 2 Subnet Check this box to apply the bandwidth limit to the second subnet specified in LAN gt gt General Setup Disable Click this button to close the function of limit bandwidth Default TX limit Define the default speed of the upstream for each computer in Vigor2110 Series User s Guide LAN 16s Dray Tek Default RX limit Define the default speed of the downstream for each computer in LAN Allow auto adjustment to Router will detect if there is enough bandwidth remained for make the best utilization of using according to the bandwidth limit set by the user If yes available bandwidth the router will adjust the available bandwidth for users to enhance the total utilization Limitation List Display a list of specific limitations that you set on this web page Start IP Define the start IP address for limit bandwidth End IP Define the end IP address for limit bandwidth Each Shared Select Each to make each IP within the range of Start IP and End IP having the same speed defined in TX limit and RX limit fields select
289. play the ending date of WCF license activated successfully Activate Click this link to access into http myvigor draytek com for activating WCF function Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 261 Dray Tek 4 15 Diagnostics Diagnostic Tools provide a useful way to view or diagnose the status of your Vigor router Below shows the menu items for Diagnostics Diagnostics 4 15 1 Dial out Trigger Click Diagnostics and click Dial out Trigger to open the web page The internet connection e g PPPoE is triggered by a package sending from the source IP address Diagnostics gt gt Dial out Trigger Dial out Triggered Packet Header Refresh HEX Format 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 0000 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 Decoded Format 0 0 0 0 gt 0 0 0 0 Pr 0 len O 0 Decoded Format It shows the source IP address local destination IP remote address the protocol and length of the package Refresh Click it to reload the page Dray Te K 262 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 4 15 2 Routing Table Click Diagnostics and click Routing Table to open the web page Diagnostics gt gt View Routing Table Current Running Routing Table Fey connected 5 static R RI
290. plorer File Explorer Current Path RECYCLERS 4 Upload File Select a file Upload Mote The folder can not be deleted when itis not empty Click this icon to refresh files list Refresh Click this icon to return to the upper directory Back p Click this icon to add a new folder Create Current Path Display current folder Upload Click this button to upload the selected file to the USB storage disk The uploaded file in the USB storage disk can be shared for other user through FTP Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 247 Dr ay Te k 4 13 4 Disk Status This page is to monitor the status for the FTP users who accessing into FTP server USB disk via the Vigor router USB Application gt gt USB Disk Status USB Mass Storage Device Status Connection Status No Disk Connected Disk Capacity 0 MB Free Capacity O0 MB Refresh USB Disk Users Connected Refresh Index Service IP Address Port Username Note If the write protect switch of USB disk is turned on the USB disk is in READ ONLY mode No data can be written to it Connection Status If there is no USB disk connected to Vigor router No Disk Connected will be shown here Once the USB disk has been found the connection status will display Disk Connected Disconnect USB Disk click this button to disconnect the USB disk with the router Write Protect Status If the USB cannot be written with any files this field
291. r Profile Profile Index 1 Profile Name Default Black White List C Enable Action Action Groups Child Protection Select All Clear All Select All Clear All Profile Name Log White Black List Dray Tek Group Object Selections a Categories V Alcohol amp Tobacco Hate amp Intolerance V Porn amp Sexually School Cheating Child Abuse Images Compromised Finance LI News Politics Restaurants amp Dining Cl General Ol Image Sharing Private IP Addresses Criminal Activity W Illegal Drug Violence V Sex Education Dating amp Personals Government Non profits amp NGOs Real Estate Shopping L cults l Network Errors LJ Uncategorised Sites Type a name for such profile V Gambling Fl Nudity M Weapons M Tasteless J Education Cl Health amp Medicine Personal Sites Cl Religion LJ Translators Greeting cards Parked Domains None There is no log file will be recorded for this profile Pass Only the log about Pass will be recorded in Syslog Block Only the log about Block will be recorded in Syslog All All the actions Pass and Block will be recorded in Syslog Enable Activate white black list function for such profile Group Object Selections Click Edit to choose the group or object profile as the content of white black list Pass allow accessing into the c
292. r com You should visit their websites to register your own domain name for the router Enable the Function and Add a Dynamic DNS Account i 2 Dray Tek Assume you have a registered domain name from the DDNS provider say hostname dyndns org and an account with username test and password fest In the DDNS setup menu check Enable Dynamic DNS Setup Applications gt gt Dynamic DNS Setup Dynamic DNS Setup Setto Factory Default Enable Dynamic ONS Setup Force Update Auto Update interval 14400 Mings 1 14400 Accounts Index Domain Name Active 1 X 2 H a H Clear All Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles and recover to factory settings Enable Dynamic DNS Setup Check this box to enable DDNS function Auto Update interval Set the time for the router to perform auto update for DDNS service Index Click the number below Index to access into the setting page of DDNS setup to set account s Domain Name Display the domain name that you set on the setting page of DDNS setup Active Display 1f this account is active or inactive 52 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide View Log Force Update Display DDNS log status Force the router updates its information to DDNS server 3 Select Index number to add an account for the router Check Enable Dynamic DNS Account and choose correct Service Provider dyndns org type the registered hostname hostname and domain name suffix dyndns org in the Domain Name bloc
293. r is AnnexA or AnnexB For ADSL model only Qos 07 Ways for firmware upgrade ISDN 08 Why is SNMP removed in firmware 2 5 6 and above for Vigor2200 Series routers Firewall IP Filter 09 failed to upgrade Vigor Router s firmware from my Mac machine constantly what should 2 do Printer Servet 10 How to upgrade firmware of Vigor Router remotely USB ISDN TA eR FAQ Printer Server 01 How do configure LPR printing on Windows2000 P 02 How do configure LPR printing on Windows9S8 Me 03 How do configure LPR printing on Linux boxes 04 Why there are some strange print out when try to print my documents through Vigor210 03 What types of printers are compatible with Vigor router 06 What are the limitations in the USB Printer Port of Vigor Router 07 What is the printing buffer size of Vigor Router 08 How do configure LPR printing on Mac OSX 09 How do configure LPR printing on My Windows Vista Note 2 Vigor router supports printing request from computers via LAN ports but not WAN port Dray Tek 14 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 2 Configuring Basic Settings For using the router properly it is necessary for you to change the password of web configuration for security and adjust primary basic settings 2 1 Two Level Management This chapter explains how to setup a password for an administrator user and how to adjust basic advanced sett
294. r long Set PCs on LAN to work at certain time interval only You may choose up to 4 schedules out of the 15 schedules pre defined in Applications gt gt Schedule setup The default setting of this filed is blank and the function will always work Set the direction of packet flow LAN gt WAN WAN gt LAN It is for Data Filter only For the Call Filter this setting is not available since Call Filter is only applied to outgoing traffic Click Edit to access into the following dialog to choose the source destination IP or IP ranges 133 Dray Tek Service Type Dray Tek E http 192 168 1 5 IP Address Edit Microsoft Internet Explorer IP Address Edit Address Type Group and Objects vi Start IP Address End IP Address Subnet Mask Invert Selection IP Group or IP Object v or IP Object None 1 RD Department or IP Object 2 Finanical Dept 3 HR Department To set the IP address manually please choose Any Address Single Address Range Address Subnet Address as the Address Type and type them in this dialog In addition if you want to use the IP range from defined groups or objects please choose Group and Objects as the Address Type Group and Objects Any Address single Address Range Address subnet Address Group and Objects From the IP Group drop down list choose the one that you want to apply Or use the IP Object drop down list to choose the object that you want Cli
295. r performance in the overcrowded network This is especially essential to those are low tolerant of loss delay or jitter delay variation Another reason is due to congestions at network intersections where speeds of interconnected circuits mismatch or traffic aggregates packets will queue up and traffic can be throttled back to a lower speed If there s no defined priority to specify which packets should be discarded or in another term dropped from an overflowing queue packets of sensitive applications mentioned above might be the ones to drop off How this will affect application performance There are two components within Primary configuration of QoS deployment D ro y Ti e k 166 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Classification Identifying low latency or crucial applications and marking them for high priority service level enforcement throughout the network Scheduling Based on classification of service level to assign packets to queues and associated service types The basic QoS implementation in Vigor routers is to classify and schedule packets based on the service type information in the IP header For instance to ensure the connection with the headquarter a teleworker may enforce an index of QoS Control to reserve bandwidth for HTTPS connection while using lots of application at the same time One more larger scale implementation of QoS network is to apply DSCP Differentiated Service Code Point and IP Precedenc
296. r remote user s answer ALERTING Indicates that a call is coming ACTIVE Indicates that the VoIP connection is launched Indicates the voice codec employed by present channel The present in call or out call peer ID the format may be IP or Domain The format is represented as hours minutes seconds Total number of transmitted voice packets during this connection session Total number of received voice packets during this connection session 75 Dray Tek Rx Losts Total number of lost packets during this connection session Rx Jitter The jitter of received voice packets In Calls Accumulation for the times of in call Out Calls Accumulation for the times of out call Miss Calls Accumulation for the times of missing call Speaker Gain The volume of present call Log Display logs of VoIP calls 3 6 Wireless LAN This function is used for n models 3 6 1 Basic Concepts Over recent years the market for wireless communications has enjoyed tremendous growth Wireless technology now reaches or is capable of reaching virtually every location on the surface of the earth Hundreds of millions of people exchange information every day via wireless communication products The Vigor n model a k a Vigor wireless router is designed for maximum flexibility and efficiency of a small office home Any authorized staff can bring a built in WLAN client PDA or notebook into a meeting room for conference without laying a clo
297. r will create the specific new folder in the USB diskette In addition if the user types here he she can access into all of the disk folders and files in USB diskette Note When write protect status for the USB disk is ON you cannot type any new folder name in this field Only can be used in such case You can click to open the following dialog to add any new folder which can be specified as the Home Folder 245 Dray Tek E http 192 168_ 1_5 doc ftpuserfolder htm Microsoft Internet Explorer USB User Management Choose Folder Folder Name Create New Home Folder Folder Name test Create Note The folder name can only contain the following characters A Z a z 0 9 _ j and space Only 11 characters are allowed Access Rule It determines the authority for such profile Any user who uses such profile for accessing into USB disk must follow the rule specified here File Check the items Read Write and Delete for such profile Directory Check the items List Create and Remove for such profile Before you click OK you have to insert a USB disk into the USB interface of the Vigor router Otherwise you cannot save the configuration Dray Tek 246 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 4 13 3 File Explorer To review the content of USB diskette via USB port of the router please open USB Application Explorer to browse the files USB Application gt gt File Ex
298. r2110 Series User s Guide Loop through Backup Phone Number Vigor2110 Series User s Guide the same SIP server sometimes the VoIP phone call connection may not succeed By using the specified dial out account the successful connection can be assured The selection should be as the following Loop through Backup Phone Number When the VoIP phone is obstructs or the Internet breaks down for some reasons the backup phone will be dialed out to replace the VoIP phone number At this time the phone call will be changed from VoIP phone into PSTN call according to the loop through direction chosen Note that during the phone switch the blare of phone will appear for a short time And when the VoIP phone is switched into the PSTN phone the telecom co might charge you for the connection fee Please type in backup phone number PSTN for this VoIP phone setting 59 Dray Tek Digit Map For the convenience of user this page allows users to edit prefix number for the SIP account with adding number stripping number or replacing number It is used to help user having a quick and easy way to dial out through VoIP interface VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup Digit Map Setup Enable hlatch Prefix lode OP Number Min Len Route o s OOL UOL JE o a 5 4 r ti lt 73CS d O ooo Loo S SE zo Oo i e de O OoOo E ee so oOo O n de lb 2 O 1 The length for Min Le
299. ray Tek None There is no log file will be recorded for this profile Pass Only the log about Pass will be recorded in Syslog Block Only the log about Block will be recorded in Syslog All All the actions Pass and Block will be recorded in Syslog Enable URL Access Control Check the box to activate URL Access Control Note that the priority for URL Access Control is higher than Restrict Web Feature If the web content match the setting set in URL Access Control the router will execute the action specified in this field and ignore the action specified under Restrict Web Feature Prevent web access from IP address Check the box to deny any web surfing activity using IP address such as http 202 6 3 2 The reason for this is to prevent someone dodges the URL Access Control You must clear your browser cache first so that the URL content filtering facility operates properly on a web page that you visited before Action This setting is available only when Either URL Access Control First or Either Web Feature First is selected Pass Allow accessing into the corresponding webpage with the keywords listed on the box below Block Restrict accessing into the corresponding webpage with the keywords listed on the box below If the web pages do not match with the keyword set here it will be processed with reverse action Action Block a55 Block Group Object Selections The Vigor router pr
300. ress for the DHCP server The value is usually as same as the 1st IP address of the router which means the router is the default gateway DHCP Server IP Address for Relay Agent Set the IP address of the DHCP server you are going to use so the Relay Agent can help to forward the DHCP request to the DHCP server DNS stands for Domain Name System Every Internet host must have a unique IP address also they may have a human friendly easy to remember name such as www yahoo com The DNS server converts the user friendly name into its equivalent IP address Force DNS manual setting Force Vigor router to use DNS servers in this page instead of DNS servers given by the Internet Access server PPPoE PPTP L2TP or DHCP server Primary IP Address You must specify a DNS server IP address here because your ISP should provide you with usually more than one DNS Server If your ISP does not provide it the router will automatically apply default DNS Server IP address 194 109 6 66 to this field Secondary IP Address You can specify secondary DNS server IP address here because your ISP often provides you more than one DNS Server If your ISP does not provide it the router will automatically apply default secondary DNS Server IP address 194 98 0 1 to this field The default DNS Server IP address can be found via Online Status System Status System Uptime 5 11 9 LAN Status IP Address 192 168 1 5 44 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide I
301. rotecting your system To access into MyVigor for getting more information please create an account for My Vigor 5 9 1 Creating an Account via Vigor Router 1 Click CSM gt gt Web Content Filter Profile The following page will appear CSM gt gt Web Content Filter Profile Web Filter License Activate Status Not Activated Setup Query Server auto selected Find more Setup Test Server auto selected Find more Web Content Filter Profile Table Setto Factory Default Profile Name Profile Name ile Default 5 2 b Or Click System Maintenance gt gt lt Activation to open the following page System Maintenance gt gt Activation Activate via interface Web Filter License Activate Status Not Activated Authentication Message WebFilter service not activate 2010 07 27 05 44 03 2 Click the Activate link A login page for MyVigor web site will pop up automatically This service is available for MyVigor member only Please login to access MyVigor If you are not one of the members of MyVigor please create an account first LOGIN Auth Code si AYi GXZ If you cannot read the word click here Forget password Don t have a MyViger Account Create an account now If you are having difficulty logging in contact our customer service Customer Service 889 3 597 2727 oF email to webmastenadraytek com Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 299 Dray Tek 3 Click the link of Create an
302. rst It is active only when both sides of Access Point and Station in wireless client invoke this function at the same time That is the wireless client must support this feature and invoke the function too Note Vigor N61 wireless adapter supports this function Therefore you can use and install it into your PC for matching with Packet OVERDRIVE refer to the following picture of Vigor N61 wireless utility window choose Enable for TxBURST on the tab of Option igor N61 802 11n Wireless USB Adapter Utility Configuration Status General Setting Advance Setting Auto launch when Windows start up C Disable Radio C Remember mini status position Fragmentation Threshold 2346 C Auto hide mini status RTS Threshold 2347 C Set mini status always on top Berea 802 11b gin 24GH C Enable IP Setting and Proxy Setting in Profile Ad hoc Channel fi v C Group Roaming edule Power Save Mode Tx Burst WLAN type to connect Infrastructure and Ad hoc network Infrastructure network only adhoc network only C Automatically connect to non preferred networks Rate Control It controls the data transmission rate through wireless connection Upload Check Enable and type the transmitting rate for data upload Default value is 30 000 kbps Download Type the transmitting rate for data download Default value is 30 000 kbps Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 229 Dray Te k
303. rt Education Partners Contact Us Home gt Support gt Downloads Downloads Firmware Downloads Model Name Firmware Version Release Date Firmware Vigor120 series Ew A 26 06 2009 Driver Vigor2100 series 2 6 2 26 02 2008 Utility Vigor2104 series n PF gi gt 13 02 2008 7 Utility Introduction Vigor2110 series 3 3 0 25 06 2009 Datasheet Vigor2200 X W E 2 3 11 22 09 2004 R amp TTE Certification Vigor2200Eplus 2 5 7 18 02 2009 Vigor2200USB 2 3 10 16 03 2005 3 Access into Support gt gt Downloads Please find out Utility menu and click it About DrayTek Products Support Education Partners Contact Us Home gt Support gt Utility Downloads Tools Name Release Date Version os Support Model E Router Tools 2009 06 18 4 2 0 MS Windows All Modules Driver Syslog Tools 2009 06 18 4 2 0 MS Windows XP All Modules MS Vista Utility VigorPro Alert Notice 2009 06 03 1 1 0 MS Windows XP VigorPro 100 series Utility Introduction Tools Multi MS Vista VigorPro 5500 series language VigorPro 5510 series Datasheet a R amp TTE Certification Smart VPN Client 2009 05 25 3 6 3 MS Windows XP All Modules Multi MS Vista language Smart Monitor 2009 03 25 2 0 MS Windows XP Vigor2950 series 4 Click on the link of Router Tools to download the file After downloading the files please decompressed the file onto your host 5 Double click on the icon of router tool The setup wizard will appear fe Setup DrayTek Router Tools 4 2
304. rver IP Address Primary IP Address I Secondary IP Address Dial Backup Mode 3G USE Modem Go to 3G USB Modem Backup Setup Access Control Keep WAN Connection WAN Physical Type WAN Connection Detection Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Click Enable for activating this function If you click Disable this function will be closed and all the settings that you adjusted in this page will be invalid Normally this function is designed for Dynamic IP environments because some ISPs will drop connections if there is no traffic within certain periods of time Check Enable PING to Keep alive box to activate this function PING to the IP If you enable the PING function please specify the IP address for the system to PING it for keeping alive PING Interval Enter the interval for the system to execute the PING operation Choose Auto negotiation as the physical type for your router Such function allows you to verify whether network connection is alive or not through ARP Detect or Ping Detect Mode Choose ARP Detect or Ping Detect for the system to execute for WAN detection Ping IP If you choose Ping Detect as detection mode you have to type IP address in this field for pinging TTL Time to Live Displays value for your reference TTL value is set by telnet command 35 Dray Tek RIP Protocol Enable Bridge Mode WAN Backup Setup Dray Tek WAN gt Internet Access 3G USB Modem Setup PPP Cli
305. ry Last Name Ted EScomptetion Company Name Tech Ltd Email Address mary_ted tech com Please note that a valid E mail address is required to receive the Subscription Code You will need this code to activate your account Tel 0 fell Country SWITZERLAND Career Supervisor vi 6 Choose proper selection for your computer and click Continue Create an account Please enter personal profile How did you find out about this website Grareement What kind of anti virus do you use Antivir v rene would like to subscribe to the MyVigor e letter Information would like to receive DrayTek product news Please select the mail server for receiving the Global Server W Scompierion DrayTe k 300 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 7 Now you have created an account successfully Click START Create an account Please enter personal profile Completion EAsreement A confirmation email has been sent to mary_ted tech com Please click on the activation link in the email Personal Information to activate your account E Preferences START 8 Check to see the confirmation email with the title of New Account Confirmation Letter from myvigor draytek com wkk This is an automated message trom myvigor draytek com Thank you Mary for creating an account Please click on the activation lnk below to activate your account Link Activate my Account 9 Click the Activate my Accoun
306. ry Default Click to clear all indexes Index Click the number below Index to access into the setting page of Remote Dial in User User Display the username for the specific dial in user of the LAN to LAN profile The symbol represents that the profile is empty Status Display the access state of the specific dial in user The symbol V and X represent the specific dial in user to be active and inactive respectively Click each index to edit one remote user profile Each Dial In Type requires you to fill the different corresponding fields on the right If the fields gray out it means you may leave it untouched The following explanation will guide you to fill all the necessary fields Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 189 Dray Te k VPN and Remote Access gt gt Remote Dial in User Index No 1 User account and Authentication Username 999 C Enable this account Idle Timeout a00 second s IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key a y T A C Digital Signature x 5095 L2TP with IPSec Policy O Specify Remote Node Remote Client IP or Peer ISON Number IPSec Security Method Cd Mediums Netbios Naming Packet Pass Block peer entapieiiay Ed Multicast via VPN OpPass Block for some IGMP IP Camera DHCP Relay etc 3 O Assign Static IP Address ooo _ _ Allowed Dial In Type User account and Enable this account Check the box to enable this function Authentication Idle Timeout If the dial in user is idle o
307. s Guide 3 5 4 Status From this page you can find codec connection and other important call status for each port VoIP gt gt Status Status Port Phonel Phone Log Date ri Add yy yy oO O0 o0 O0 0 00 00 00 O0 O00 O0 O0 OO0 O0 O0 O00 O0 O0 OO0 O0 Refresh Seconds Port Status Codec PeerID Elapse Tx Pkts Rx Pkts Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 0 m7oO oOo coo oo 8 Time ihh rti 35 OO 00 oo 00 oo 00 oo oo oo 00 OO Oo oo oo 00 oo Status Codec PeerlID OO od ag O0 o0 O0 OO OO Refresh Seconds Elapse Tx Rx Rx he In Out Miss Speaker hh mm ss Pkts Pkts Losts ms Calls Calls Calls Gain 00 00 0a 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 oo o0 00 f o f o 0 0 0 0 a 5 Duration In Out Miss Account ID Peer ID hh mm ss 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 Specify the interval of refresh time to obtain the latest VoIP calling information The information will update immediately when the Refresh button is clicked Fefresh Seconds It shows current connection status for the port of Phonel and Phone2 It shows the VoIP connection status IDLE Indicates that the VoIP function is idle HANG UP Indicates that the connection is not established busy tone CONNECTING Indicates that the user is calling out WAIT_ANS Indicates that a connection is launched and waiting fo
308. s Point Name is provided by your ISP for identifying different access points Simply click Apply to apply such name Finally you have to click OK to save the setting Apply Activate the function of identification Modem Dial String Such value is used to dial through USB mode Please use the default value If you have any question please contact to your ISP PPP Username Type the PPP username optional PPP Password Type the PPP password optional PPP Authentication Select PAP only or PAP or CHAP for PPP Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup You can type in four sets of time schedule for your request All the schedules can be set previously in Application gt gt Schedule web page and you can use the number that you have set in that web page PPP Authentication Select PAP only or PAP or CHAP for PPP Idle Timeout Set the timeout for breaking down the Internet after passing through the time without any action Fixed IP Usually ISP dynamically assigns IP address to you each time you connect to it and request In some case your ISP provides service to always assign you the same IP address whenever you request In this case you can fill in this IP address in the Fixed IP field Please contact your ISP before you want to use this function Click Yes to use this function and type in a fixed IP address in the box 108 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Fixed IP Address Type a fixed IP address WAN IP Network Obtain an
309. s and environmental factors including volume of network traffic network overhead and building materials In an Infrastructure Mode of wireless network Vigor wireless router plays a role as an Access Point AP connecting to lots of wireless clients or Stations STA All the STAs will share the same Internet connection via Vigor wireless router The General Settings will set up the information of this wireless network including its SSID as identification located channel etc Dray Tek 224 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Internet SSID Draytek Channel 6 Mode WEP only Multiple SSIDs Vigor router supports four SSID settings for wireless connections Each SSID can be defined with different name and download upload rate for selecting by stations connected to the router wirelessly Security Overview Real time Hardware Encryption Vigor Router is equipped with a hardware AES encryption engine so it can apply the highest protection to your data without influencing user experience Complete Security Standard Selection To ensure the security and privacy of your wireless communication we provide several prevailing standards on market WEP Wired Equivalent Privacy is a legacy method to encrypt each frame transmitted via radio using either a 64 bit or 128 bit key Usually access point will preset a set of four keys and it will communicate with each station using only one out of the four keys WPA Wi Fi Protected Access the
310. s are OK or NoOt cccceceecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeees 313 6 5 Problems for 3G Network Connection ccccccccecccseesseeceeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeessaeeseeeeeeessaaaeeseeeees 315 6 6 Backing to Factory Default Setting If Necessary 0 2 2 ccceccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenees 316 Sim ge ela tzlolil aie ie ole B gt deere nen ete eee eee eee E ese Ome easement eee 317 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide ix Dray Te k Preface Vigor2110 series is a broadband router It integrates IP layer QoS NAT session bandwidth management to help users control works well with large bandwidth By adopting hardware based VPN platform and hardware encryption of AES DES 3DS the router increases the performance of VPN greatly and offers several protocols such as IPSec PPTP L2TP with up to 2 VPN tunnels The object based design used in SPI Stateful Packet Inspection firewall allows users to set firewall policy with ease CSM Content Security Management provides users control and management in IM Instant Messenger and P2P Peer to Peer more efficiency than before By the way DoS DDoS prevention and URL Web content filter strengthen the security outside and control inside Object based firewall is flexible and allows your network be safe In addition through VoIP function the communication fee for you and remote people can be reduced In addition Vigor2110 series supports USB interface for co
311. s get IP automatically Please refer to the section 6 2 Please follow the steps below to ping the router correctly For Windows l 2 4 Open the Command Prompt window from Start menu gt Run Type command for Windows 95 98 ME or emd for Windows NT 2000 XP Vista The DOS command dialog will appear w Command Prompt Microsoft Windows AFP Version 5 1 2688 lt C gt Copyright 1985 2001 Microsoft Corp D Documents and Settings fae ping 192 168 1 1 Pinging 192 168 1 1 with 32 bytes of data Reply from 192 168 1 1 bytes 32 time lt ims TTL 255 Reply from 192 168 1 1 bytes 32 time lt ims Reply from 192 168 1 1 bytes 32 time lt ims Reply from 192 168 1 1 bytes 32 time lt ims TTL 255 Ping statistics for 192 168 1 1 Packets Sent 4 Received 4 Lost A loss Approximate round trip times in milli seconds Minimum ms Maximum ms Average Ams D Documents and Settings fae gt _ Type ping 192 168 1 1 and press Enter If the link is OK the line of Reply from 192 168 1 1 bytes 32 time lt Ims TTL 255 will appear If the line does not appear please check the IP address setting of your computer For Mac OS Terminal 1 2 e 4 Dray Tek Double click on the current used Mac OS on the desktop Open the Application folder and get into Utilities Double click Terminal The Terminal window will appear Type ping 192 168 1 1 and press Enter If the link is OK the line of 64 byt
312. s stilled failed please do the steps listed below to make sure the network connection settings is OK For Windows The example is based on Windows XP As to the examples for other operation systems please refer to the similar steps or find support notes in www draytek com 1 Goto Control Panel and then double click on Network Connections Webwork Connections 2 Right click on Local Area Connection and click on Properties Disable Status Repair Bridge Connections Create Sharkcut Rename Properties 3 Select Internet Protocol TCP IP and then click Properties ethO Properties General Authentication Advanced Connect using BS ASUSTek Broadcom 440 10 100 Ir Configure This connection uses the following items El Client tor Microsoft Networks a File and Printer Sharing for Microsoft Networks fm 0s Packet Scheduler Internet Protocol TCP IP Description Transmission Control Protocol lnternet Protocol The default wide area network protocol that provides communication across diverse interconnected networks Show icon in notification area when connected Notify me when this connection has limited or no connectivity Dray Te k 310 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 4 Select Obtain an IP address automatically and Obtain DNS server address automatically Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties General Alternate Configuration You can get IP settings assigned automatic
313. saved trusted CA certificate please click IMPORT to open the following window Use Browse to find out the saved text file Then click Import The one you imported will be listed on the Trusted CA Certificate window Then click Import to use the pre saved file Certificate Management gt gt Trusted CA Certificate Import X509 Trusted CA Certificate Select a trusted C certificate file Sd re Click Import to upload the certification For viewing each trusted CA certificate click View to open the certificate detail information window If you want to delete a CA certificate choose the one and click Delete to remove all the certificate information E http ff192 168 1_5 Certificate Information Microsoft Internet Explorer Certificate Detail Information Certificate Name Trusted C i Valid From Valid To Close Dray Tek 202 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 4 10 3 Certificate Backup Local certificate and Trusted CA certificate for this router can be saved within one file Please click Backup on the following screen to save them If you want to set encryption password for these certificates please type characters in both fields of Encrypt password and Retype password Also you can use Restore to retrieve these two settings to the router whenever you want Certificate Management gt gt Certificate Backup Certificate Backup Restoration Encrypt password 0000 Confirm password 000 Click to download
314. sed to drive the frequency of the ring tone It is recommended for you to use the default setting DTMF Mode There are four DTMF modes for you to choose InBand Choose this one then the Vigor will send the DTMF tone as audio directly when you press the keypad on the phone OutBand Choose this one then the Vigor will capture the keypad number you pressed and transform it to digital form then send to the other side the receiver will generate the tone according to the digital form it receive This function is very useful when the network traffic congestion occurs and it still can remain the accuracy of DTMF tone SIP INFO Choose this one then the Vigor will capture the 221 Dray Tek Dray Tek DTMF tone and transfer it into SIP form Then it will be sent to the remote end with SIP message InBand QutBand RF C2833 SIP INFO cisco format SIP IMFO nortel format Payload Type rfc2833 Choose a number from 96 to 127 the default value was 101 This setting 1s available for the OutBand RFC2833 mode 222 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 4 11 4 Status From this page you can find codec connection and other important call status for each port VoIP gt gt Status Status Port Phonel Phone Through Log Date toni dd yyy 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 Status Codec PeerIiD To PSTN 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 E 0 Time hH rti 33 Oo Refr
315. seesenseeeoaseeeensesensesoenees 97 AW Aene ICC CSS errara E EA EE E E 97 4 1 1 Basics of Internet Protocol IP N tWOrk cccccccseeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeseeeaseeesseeenens 97 AO PPPOE aaan a E E A 99 Add Staic or Dynamic IP sersan EE a E EE AD ENEE 102 A el 0220 ane eee R E ee eee 107 IN siren cee see alte sessed eee ic ces pagliaasgn E dae ainsaideeenhedeceesaasauseaeecduaouracaetees 109 BZN ASICS Ol LAN eessen E E EEE EE E E INEN n ES 109 4 2 2 General SCtUP cc ceeecccccccceseeeseeeeeeeeeseeeesseeeeeeeesseeeesseceeeeesssaeaseeeeeeesssaeaeeceesessaaagseaes 111 4 2 3 Static Route ccccccscsssscceecccceeesseceeeceeeeeusseeeeeecceeeaauseeceeeceseeeausaeeeeeeesseaaasaeeeeeesssseaagsees 114 TE NIN eeen EE ey seeddedagannesacbortesseceapaicusarsaesttersentec ene sneeneatan haeiceees 117 42 im 11910 Mh magi OV G sirr en ne on ane eee 118 ASIN AD ccaat aastesacemopecens E E E 119 AON POM PG Cll COM serrian anero rnd pis aai a Sasa e 119 A o DMAH S e nae n E E E EE 122 Ad ODEN POE eee e aE ere T eee ioa EO eee ere 124 AA FOWA aresna EE 125 4 4 1 Basics for II CW Alin eactaniandacnied cemtinceptundendmeebadadsnaehondintacin denckiausmennietientatantatecimienenien 125 ler Wag 210 fo E 0 a ee ne E EA E ee E EE ee eee 128 Dray Tek vi Vigor2110 Series User s Guide BA Fiter SOUS seeno i ii iaa ia aia iia 132 4 4 4 DoS Defense ices earners tives eter transom careqa cstv anclaatanareenc ans dtestnesegegitaiesean nioas
316. selected Keyword objects in OBICEI this box 4 5 7 File Extension Object This page allows you to set eight profiles which will be applied in CSM gt gt URL Content Filter All the files with the extension names specified in these profiles will be processed according to the chosen action Profile 1 with name of default is the default profile some files with the file extensions specified in this profile will be ignored and not be scanned by Vigor router Objects Setting gt gt File Extension Object File Extension Object Profiles Setto Factory Default Profile Mame Profile Mame 1 J G 3 L 4 a Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 151 Dray Te k Click the number under Profile column for configuration in details Objects Setting gt gt File Extension Object Setup File Extensions Profile Index 1 Categories Image Celect All C bmp C dib C1 gif C jpeg jpg C jpg2 CO jp2 Clear All LI pet LI pex L pic Pipic Peng O tif LC tiff Video Select All Llasf Lavi O mov Cl mpe Cl mpeg Ci mpg C mp4 Clear All LI gt LJ arm O wmy 1 3gp O1 3gpp C 3gpp2 1 392 Audio Select All LJ aac LI aiff Lau O mpa Oma O mse O ogg Clear All L ra LJ ram C vox O wav CO wma Java Select All Q class jad L jar O jav java LJ jcm LJ js Clear All Ojse Ojsp jtk Activex Select Al LI als Clapp Olaxs Coes Ololb C ole C tib Clear All Lviv LI vern Compression Select All L ac
317. server Later you can open FTP client software and type the password specified here for accessing into USB storage diskette Confirm Password Type the password again to make confirmation Home Folder It determines the range for the client to access into The user can enter a directory name in this field Then after clicking OK the router will create the specific new folder in the USB diskette In addition if the user types here he she can access into all of the disk folders and files in USB diskette Note When write protect status for the USB diskette is ON you cannot type any new folder name in this field Only can be used in such case You can click to open the following dialog to add any new folder which can be specified as the Home Folder Dray Tek 86 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Access Rule E http 192 168_ 1_5 doc ftpuserfolder htm Microsoft Internet Explorer USB User Management Choose Folder Folder Name Create New Home Folder Folder Name test Create Note The folder name can only contain the following characters A Z a z 0 9 _ w and space Only 11 characters are allowed It determines the authority for such profile Any user who uses such profile for accessing into USB diskette must follow the rule specified here File Check the items Read Write and Delete for such profile Directory Check the items List Create and Remove for such profile Be
318. service type please click the Edit link under Service Type field Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service General Setup Setto Factory Default UDP Index Status Bandwidth Direction Class Class Class Others Bandwidth Online 1 2 E Statistics Control WANI Enable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps Outbound 25 2596 25 25 Inactive Status Setup Backup WAN Enable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps Outbound 2596 25 25 25 Inactive Status Setup Class Rule Index Name Class 1 Class 2 Class 3 a T Service Type PTI ae Pm ae Edit Pr ee After you click the Edit link you will see the following page Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service User Defined Service Type Wo Name Protocol Port 1 Empty Dray Te k 172 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide For adding a new service type click Add to open the following page Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Service Type Edit Port Configuration Type Single Range Port Number a boo Service Name Type in a new service for your request Service Type Choose the type TCP UDP or TCP UDP for the new service Port Configuration Click Single or Range as the Type If you select Range you have to type in the starting port number and the end porting number on the boxes below Port Number Type in the starting port number and the end porting number here if you choose Range as the type By the way you can set up to 40 service types I
319. ss 3 25 lag Others 25 be C Enable UDP Bandwidth Control Limited_bandwidth Ratio 25 96 C Outbound TCP ACK Prioritize Cancel Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 283 Dr ay Te k 5 Return to previous page Enter the Name of Index Class 2 by clicking Edit link In this index the user will set reserved bandwidth for HTTPS And click OK Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Class Index 2 Harme HTTPS NWO Status Local Address Remote Address aes aad Service Type CodePoint 1 Active Any Any ANY TFTPLUDP 69 6 Click Setup link for WAN Bandwidth Management gt Quality of Service General Setup Setto Factory Default Class Class Class MUF Online Status Bandwidth Direction Others Bandwidth agate 1 2 d Statistics Control Enable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps Inbound 25 25 25 2556 Active stftus Setup p Class Rule Index Mame Rule Service Type Class 1 Edit Class 2 Edit Edit Class 3 Edit 7 Check Enable UDP Bandwidth Control on the bottom to prevent enormous UDP traffic of VoIP influent other application Click OK Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service General Setup Enable the QoS Control BOTH WARN Inbound Bandwidth 10000 kbps WAN Outbound Bandwidth 10000 kbps Index Class Name Reserved_bandwidth Ratio Class 1 E mail 25 k Class 2 HTTPS 25 lag Class 3 25 le Others 25 ke Enable WOP Bandwidth Control Limited_bandwidth Ratio 96 Outbound TCP ACK Prioritize 8 If the worker has connecte
320. ss TX rate Kbps RX rate Kbps Sessions Action Current f Peak Speed Current Peak Speed Current Peak WANI 172 16 3 102 1 114 Auto 13 7 445 Auto sae Total 1 114 Auto 13 445 Auto 19 147 Mote 1 Click Black to prevent specified PC from surfing Internet for 5 minutes 2 The IP blocked by the router will be shown in red and the session column will display the remaining time that the specified IP will be blocked 3 Kbps shared bandwidth residual bandwidth used Current Peak are average Enable Data Flow Check this box to enable this function Monitor Refresh Seconds Use the drop down list to choose the time interval of refreshing data flow that will be done by the system automatically Refresh Seconds Refresh Click this link to refresh this page manually Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 265 Dr ay Te k Index Display the number of the data flow IP Address Display the IP address of the monitored device TX rate kbps Display the transmission speed of the monitored device RX rate kbps Display the receiving speed of the monitored device Sessions Display the session number that you specified in Limit Session web page Action Block can prevent specified PC accessing into Internet within 5 minutes ge 11 Refresh sj w Sessions Action 7 Block Unblock the device with the IP address will be blocked in five minutes The remaining time will be shown on the session column ge Re
321. ss any number under Index to access into next page for configuring port redirection Dray Tek 120 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide NAT gt Port Redirection Index No 1 C Enable Mode Service Name Protacal WEAR IP Public Port Private IP Private Port All v Ili Note In Range Mode the End IP will be calculated automatically once the Public Port and Start IP have been entered Enable Mode Service Name Protocol WAN IP Public Port Private IP Private Port Check this box to enable such port redirection setting Two options Single and Range are provided here for you to choose To set a range for the specific service select Range In Range mode if the public port start port and end port and the starting IP of private IP had been entered the system will calculate and display the ending IP of private IP automatically Enter the description of the specific network service Select the transport layer protocol TCP or UDP Select the WAN IP used for port redirection There are eight WAN IP alias that can be selected and used for port redirection The default setting is All which means all the incoming data from any port will be redirected to specified range of IP address and port Specify which port can be redirected to the specified Private IP and Port of the internal host If you choose Range as the port redirection mode you will see two boxes on this field Simply type the required number on
322. ssword Dial Backup Mode 36 USB Modem Go to 3G USB Modem Backup Setup PPP Setup PPP Authentication PAP or CHAP Always On k1 seconds IP Address Assignment Method IPCP Fixed IP Yes No Dynamic IP Fixed IP Address fs WAN IP Network Settings Obtain an IP address automatically Specify an IP address IP Address 172 16 3 102 255 255 0 0 Idle Timeout Subnet Mask Enable PPTP Click this radio button to enable a PPTP client to establish a tunnel to a DSL modem on the WAN interface Enable L2TP Click this radio button to enable a L2TP client to establish a tunnel to a DSL modem on the WAN interface Disable Click this radio button to close the connection through PPTP Server Address Specify the IP address of the PPTP L2TP server if you enable PPTP L2TP client mode Username Type in the username provided by ISP in this field Password Type in the password provided by ISP in this field 3G USB Modem If you install a 3G USB modem on the router please Enable the Dial Backup Mode to perform file backup via USB device After choosing Enable please click the 3G USB Modem Backup link to access into the following page for configuring detailed settings 38 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide WAN gt Internet Access 3G USB Modem Setup PPP Client Mode O Enable Disable Modern Initial cat m AT amp FE0V1X1 amp D2 amp C150 0 Default ATRFEOV1X1 amp D2 amp C1S0 0 APN Name LA e
323. t Username Mote If the write protect switch of USB disk is turned on the USB disk is in READ ONLY mode Na data can be written to it Connection Status If there is no USB diskette connected to Vigor router No Disk Connected will be shown here Write Protect Status Display current status if such USB disk is protected data not allowed to be written in or not Disk Capacity It displays the total capacity of the USB diskette Free Capacity It displays the free space of the USB diskette Click Refresh at any time to get new status for free capacity Index It displays the number of the client which connecting to FTP server Username It displays the username that user uses to login to the FTP server IP Address It displays the IP address of the user s host which connecting to the FTP server When you insert USB diskette into the Vigor router the system will start to find out such device within several seconds Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 89 Dray Te k 3 8 System Maintenance For the system setup there are several items that you have to know the way of configuration Status Administrator Password Configuration Backup Syslog Time setup Reboot System Firmware Upgrade Below shows the menu items for System Maintenance System Maintenance 2 aa r D Ae A 3 8 1 System Status The System Status provides basic network settings of Vigor router It includes LAN and WAN interface information Also you could get t
324. t configured in the advanced settings page of Phone Index Default SIP Account You can click the number below the Index field to change SIP account for each phone port DTMF Relay Display DTMF mode that configured in the advanced settings page of Phone Index RTP Symmetric RTP Check this box to invoke the function To make the data transmission going through on both ends of local router and remote router not misleading due to IP lost for example sending data from the public IP of remote router to the private IP of local router you can check this box to solve this problem Dynamic RTP Port Start Specifies the start port for RTP stream The default value is 10050 Dynamic RTP Port End Specifies the end port for RTP stream The default value is 15000 RTP TOS It decides the level of VoIP package Use the drop down list to choose any one of them Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 217 Dray Tek IF precedence 1 IP precedence 2 IF precedence 3 IP precedence 4 IP precedence 5 IP precedence b IP precedence AF Class1 Low Drop AF Class Medium Drop AF Class High Drop AF Class Low Drop AF Class2 Medium Drop AF Class High Drop AF Class3 Medium Drop AF Class3 High Oropi AF Class4 Low Drop AF Class4 Medium Drop AF Classa Low Drop AF Class4 High Drop EF Class Detailed Settings for Phone Port Click the number link for Phone port you can access into
325. t list Subnet 2nd Subnet ist Subnet Mask Start IP Address For IP Routing Usage Enable Disable IP Pool Counts end IP Address Gateway IP Address 2nd Subnet Mask DHCP Server IP Address Jnd Subnet DHCP Server UF RAV AJAR DNS Server IP Address RIF Protocol Control C Force ONS manual setting Primary IP Address Secondary IP Address 1st IP Address Type in private IP address for connecting to a local private network Default 192 168 1 1 1st Subnet Mask Type in an address code that determines the size of the network Default 255 255 255 0 24 For IP Routing Usage Click Enable to invoke this function The default setting is Disable 2 IP Address Type in secondary IP address for connecting to a subnet Default 192 168 2 1 24 2 Subnet Mask An address code that determines the size of the network Default 255 255 255 0 24 2 DHCP Server You can configure the router to serve as a DHCP server for the 2nd subnet Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 111 Dray Te K RIP Protocol Control DHCP Server Configuration Dray Tek Z http 192 168 1 5 Router Web Configurator Microsoft Internet Explorer DER 2nd DHCP Server IP Pool Counts bo mas 10 Index Matched MAC Address given IP Address MAC Address ee ee Start IP Address Enter a value of the IP address pool for the DHCP server to start with when issuing IP addresses If the 2nd IP address of your router 1s 220 135 240 1 the start
326. t apply if the product is modified misused tampered with damaged by an act of God or subjected to abnormal working conditions The warranty does not cover the bundled or licensed software of other vendors Defects which do not significantly affect the usability of the product will not be covered by the warranty We reserve the right to revise the manual and online documentation and to make changes from time to time in the contents hereof without obligation to notify any person of such revision or changes Web registration is preferred You can register your Vigor router via http www draytek com Due to the continuous evolution of DrayTek technology all routers will be regularly upgraded Please consult the DrayTek web site for more information on newest firmware tools and documents http www draytek com i Dray Tek European Community Declarations Manufacturer DrayTek Corp Address No 26 Fu Shing Road HuKou Township HsinChu Industrial Park Hsin Chu Tatwan 303 Product Vigor2110 Series Router DrayTek Corp declares that Vigor2110 Series of routers are in compliance with the following essential requirements and other relevant provisions of R amp TTE Directive 1999 5 EEC The product conforms to the requirements of Electro Magnetic Compatibility EMC Directive 2004 108 EC by complying with the requirements set forth in EN55022 Class B and EN55024 Class B The product conforms to the requirements of Low Voltage LVD Direct
327. t link to enable the account that you created The following screen will be shown to verify the register process is finished Please click Login Register Search for this site Register Confirm Thank for your register in VigorPra Web Site The Register process is completed Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 301 Dray Tek 10 When you see the following page please type in the account and password that you just created in the fields of UserName and Password This service is available for MyVigor member only Please login to access MyVigor If you are not one of the members of MyVigor please create an account first LOGIN ena Auth Code Thel l4hei1C lf you cannot read the word Click here Forget password Don t have a MWyVider Account If you are having difficulty logging in contact our customer service Customer Service BEG 3 597 2727 of jidra email to webmasteri ek com Create an account now 11 Now click Login Your account has been activated You can access into My Vigor server to activate the service e g WCF that you want 5 9 2 Creating an Account via MyVigor Web Site 1 Access into http myvigor draytek com Find the line of Not registered yet Then click the link Click here to access into next page Dray Tek fi Home About Us Product My Information MyVigor website replaces the VigorPro site as DrayTek s portal site for the latest products and services in net
328. t of LAN cable or drilling holes everywhere Wireless LAN enables high mobility so WLAN users can simultaneously access all LAN facilities just like on a wired LAN as well as Internet access The Vigor wireless routers are equipped with a wireless LAN interface compliant with the standard IEEE 802 11n draft 2 protocol To boost its performance further the Vigor Router is also loaded with advanced wireless technology to lift up data rate up to 300 Mbps Hence you can finally smoothly enjoy stream music and video Note The actual data throughput will vary according to the network conditions and environmental factors including volume of network traffic network overhead and building materials In an Infrastructure Mode of wireless network Vigor wireless router plays a role as an Access Point AP connecting to lots of wireless clients or Stations STA All the STAs will share the same Internet connection via Vigor wireless router The General Settings will set up the information of this wireless network including its SSID as identification located channel etc D ro y Ti e k 76 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Internet SSID Draytek Channel 6 Mode WEP only gt Re B gt E T w Se os el L ae 192 168 1 1 Security Overview Real time Hardware Encryption Vigor Router is equipped with a hardware AES encryption engine so it can apply the highest protection to your data without influencing user experience
329. t server architecture the calling scenario being very similar to the current PSTN ISDN network After a call is setup the voice streams transmit via RTP Real Time Transport Protocol Different codecs methods to compress and encode the voice can be embedded into RTP packets Vigor V models provide various codecs including G 711 A u law G 723 G 726 and G 729 A amp B Each codec uses a different bandwidth and hence provides different levels of voice quality The more bandwidth a codec uses the better the voice quality however the codec used must be appropriate for your Internet bandwidth Usually there will be two types of calling scenario as illustrated below Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 203 Dray Tek Dray Tek Calling via SIP Servers First the Vigor V models of yours will have to register to a SIP Registrar by sending registration messages to validate Then both parties SIP proxies will forward the sequence of messages to caller to establish the session If you both register to the same SIP Registrar then it will be illustrated as below j ri B 4 E it Proxy Proxy a s at a com b com l Alice Bob sip alicewdraytel com sip bob draytel com The major benefit of this mode is that you don t have to memorize your friend s IP address which might change very frequently if it s dynamic Instead of that you will only have to using dial plan or directly dial your friend s account name if you
330. t you have set in that web page WAN Connection Detection Such function allows you to verify whether network connection is alive or not through ARP Detect or Ping Detect Mode Choose ARP Detect or Ping Detect for the system to execute for WAN detection Ping IP If you choose Ping Detect as detection mode you have to type IP address in this field for pinging TTL Time to Live Displays value for your reference TTL value is set by telnet command Enable Bridge Mode Check this box to invoke the Bridge function for WAN connection The router will work as a bridge modem Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Dray Tek WAN Backup Setup Dial Backup Mode If you install a 3G USB modem on the router choose the 3G USB Modem to perform WAN backup via USB device Then click the 3G USB Modem Backup link to access into the following page for configuring detailed settings WAN gt gt Internet Access Dray Tek 3G USB Modem Setup PPP Client Mode Enable Disable Madem Initial cen ues AT amp FEOVIM1 amp 028C1 S0 0 Default ATRFEOV1X18D28C1S0 0 i Stringz a Modem Dial String ITS Default ATOT 99 COMA ATDT 777 TD SCOMA ATOT 98 144 PPP Username pti PPP Password __ Cptional PPP Authenticatian PAP or CHAP Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup WAN Connection Detection Mode ARP Detect TTL at PPP Client Mode Click Enable to activate this mode for WAN2 SIM PIN code Type
331. tailed information URL Content Filter Select one of the URL Content Filter profile settings created in CSM gt gt URL Content Filter for applying with this router Please set at least one profile for choosing in CSM gt gt URL Content Filter web page first Or choose Create New from the drop down list in this page to create a new profile For troubleshooting needs you can specify to record information for URL Content Filter by checking the Log box It will be sent to Syslog server Please refer to section Syslog Mail Alert for more detailed information Web Content Filter Select one of the Web Content Filter profile settings created in CSM gt gt Web Content Filter for applying with this router Please set at least one profile for anti virus in CSM gt gt Web Content Filter web page first Or choose Create New from the drop down list in this page to create a new profile For troubleshooting needs you can specify to record information D ro y Ti e k 136 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide for Web Content Filter by checking the Log box It will be sent to Syslog server Please refer to section Syslog Mail Alert for more detailed information SysLog For troubleshooting needs you can specify the filter log and or CSM log here Check the corresponding box to enable the log function Then the filter log and or CSM log will be shown on Draytek Syslog window Advance Setting Click Edit to open the following window However it is strong
332. tart Port End Part Protocol Start Part End Port 4700 ne s MENA in UL UU I A Clear Cancel Check to enable this entry Make a name for the defined network application service Specify the WAN IP address that will be used for this entry This setting is available when WAN IP Alias is configured Enter the private IP address of the local host or click Choose PC to select one Click this button and subsequently a window having a list of private IP addresses of local hosts will automatically pop up Select the appropriate IP address of the local host in the list Specify the transport layer protocol It could be TCP UDP or none for selection Specify the starting port number of the service offered by the local host Specify the ending port number of the service offered by the local host 125 Dray Tek While the broadband users demand more bandwidth for multimedia interactive applications or distance learning security has been always the most concerned The firewall of the Vigor router helps to protect your local network against attack from unauthorized outsiders It also restricts users in the local network from accessing the Internet Furthermore it can filter out specific packets that trigger the router to build an unwanted outgoing connection Firewall Facilities The users on the LAN are provided with secured protection by the following firewall facilities User configurable IP
333. te 4 1 Internet Access Quick Start Wizard offers user an easy method to quick setup the connection mode for the router Moreover if you want to adjust more settings for different WAN modes please go to Internet Access group 4 1 1 Basics of Internet Protocol IP Network IP means Internet Protocol Every device in an IP based Network including routers print server and host PCs needs an IP address to identify its location on the network To avoid address conflicts IP addresses are publicly registered with the Network Information Centre NIC Having a unique IP address is mandatory for those devices participated in the public network but not in the private TCP IP local area networks LANs such as host PCs under the management of a router since they do not need to be accessed by the public Hence the NIC has reserved certain addresses that will never be registered publicly These are known as private IP addresses and are listed in the following ranges Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 97 Dr ay Te k From 10 0 0 0 to 10 255 255 255 From 172 16 0 0 to 172 31 255 255 From 192 168 0 0 to 192 168 255 255 What are Public IP Address and Private IP Address As the router plays a role to manage and further protect its LAN it interconnects groups of host PCs Each of them has a private IP address assigned by the built in DHCP server of the Vigor router The router itself will also use the default private IP address 192 168 1 1 to communicate
334. te IP of local router you can check this box to solve this problem Dynamic RTP Port Start Specifies the start port for RTP stream The default value is 10050 Dynamic RTP Port End Specifies the end port for RTP stream The default value is 15000 70 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide RTP TOS It decides the level of VoIP package Use the drop down list to choose any one of them Manual IPF precedence 1 IP precedence 2 IP precedence 3 IP precedence 4 IP precedence 5 IP precedence b IPF precedence AF Class Low Drop AF Class Medium Drop AF Class High Drop AP Classe Low Drop AP Class hledcium Drop AP Classe High Drop AF Classa Low Drop AP Class Medium Drop AF Classs High Drop AF Class4 Low Drop AP Class4 Medium Drop AF Class4 High Drop EF Class Detailed Settings for Phone Port Click the number link for Phone port you can access into the following page for configuring Phone settings VoIP gt gt Phone Settings Phonel Call Feature Default SIP Account LI Hotline Oe O Play dial tone only when account registered L Session Timer Sec C 7 38 Fax Function Error Correction Mode REDUNDANCY i Call Forwarding Disable SIP URL C DND Do Not Disturb Mode Index 1 603 in Phone Book as Exception List PPL ILL IL C CLIR hide caller ID Call Waiting Call Transfer Hotline Check the box to enable it Type in the SIP URL in the field for dialing automa
335. that one or more private IP addresses can be mapped into a single public one Public IP address is usually assigned by your ISP for which you may get charged Private IP addresses are recognized only among internal hosts When the outgoing packets destined to some public server on the Internet reach the NAT router the router will change its source address into the public IP address of the router select the available public port and then forward it At the same time the router shall list an entry in a table to memorize this address port mapping relationship When the public server response the incoming traffic of course is destined to the router s public IP address and the router will do the inversion based on its table Therefore the internal host can communicate with external host smoothly The benefit of the NAT includes Save cost on applying public IP address and apply efficient usage of IP address NAT allows the internal IP addresses of local hosts to be translated into one public IP address thus you can have only one IP address on behalf of the entire internal hosts Enhance security of the internal network by obscuring the IP address There are many attacks aiming victims based on the IP address Since the attacker cannot be aware of any private IP addresses the NAT function can protect the internal network On NAT page you will see the private IP address defined in RFC 1918 Usually we use the 192 168 1 0 24 subnet for t
336. the current settings and restart the Vigor router Click Finish Then the system status of this protocol will be shown 2 4 2 PPTP L2TP Click PPTP L2TP as the protocol Type in all the information that your ISP provides for this protocol Quick Start Wizard PPTP Client Mode WAR 1 Enter the user name password WAN IP configuration and PPTP server IP provided by your TSP User Name 123 Password Confirm Password WAR IP Configuration Obtain an IP address automatically Specify an IP address IP Address l Subnet Mask Gateway undefined Primary DNS undefined Second DNS undefined liil PPTP Server Click Next for viewing summary of such connection Dray Tek 20 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Quick Start Wizard Please confirm your settings WAR Interface WAR 1 Physical Mode Ethernet Physical Type Auto negotiation Internet Access PPTR Click Back to modify changes if necessary Otherwise click Finish to save the current settings and restart the Vigor router Click Finish Then the system status of this protocol will be shown 2 4 3 Static IP Click Static IP as the protocol Type in all the information that your ISP provides for this protocol Quick Start Wizard Static IP Client Mode WAM 1 Enter the Static IP configuration probided by your ISP WAN IF 172 16 33 229 Subnet Mask 255 255 0 0 Gateway 172 156 3 4 Primary DNS Secondary DNS Oooo optional After finishing th
337. tically when you pick up the phone set Session Timer Check the box to enable the function In the limited time that you set in this field if there is no response the connecting call will be closed automatically T 38 Fax Function Check the box to enable T 38 FAX Relay function Error Correction Mode Choose the mode for error correction Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 71 Dray Te k Call Forwarding DND Do Not Disturb mode CLIR hide caller ID Call Waiting Call Transfer Default SIP Account T 38 Fax Function Error Correction Mode REDUNDANCY v REDUNDANCY FEC There are four options for you to choose Disable is to close call forwarding function Always means all the incoming calls will be forwarded into SIP URL without any reason Busy means the incoming calls will be forwarded into SIP URL only when the local system is busy No Answer means if the incoming calls do not receive any response they will be forwarded to the SIP URL by the time out Disable Mo Answer SIP URL Type in the SIP URL e g aaa draytel org or abc iptel org as the site for call forwarded Time Out Set the time out for the call forwarding The default setting is 30 sec Set a period of peace time without disturbing by VoIP phone call During the period the one who dial in will listen busy tone yet the local user will not listen any ring tone Index 1 60 in Phone Book Enter the index of phone book pr
338. tion Application Notes 01 How to use Windows Disk Management to format the USB Disk 2009 09 09 Latest Application 02 How to make a call between ATA24 without IP PBX or SIP server 2009 08 25 General 03 Vigor Router to NETGEAR with IPSec tunnel 2009 07 20 Dual WAN 04 SSL VPN Tunnel 2009 07 16 05 How to Access the Computers and Shared Files via Samba Protocol 2009 06 18 a insin 06 SSL Web Proxy 2009 06 18 ibaa 07 How to use VNC and RDP via SSL VPN 2009 06 18 wi NS ViaarIGEN Hart tal AM VDM uath NAD Airnthantinatinn INNAING INA _ Click Support Area gt gt FAQ the following web page will be displayed a l a English Login Search Go About DrayTek Products Support Education Partners Contact Us Home gt Support gt FAQ FAQ Latest FAQ FAQ 01 What types of 3G modem cellphone are compatible with Vigor router 2009 10 01 Latest FAQ 02 How to use PRTG monitors network traffic Vigor Router 2009 09 22 Basic 03 What is Powerline Networking 2009 09 15 Advanced 04 What are the benefits of networking devices found at home 2009 09 15 NAT 05 What is the maximum wire length that powerline technology can communicate over 2009 09 15 bic 06 Is VigorPlug s powerline technology compatible with other home networking technologies 2009 09 15 cual including phone line powerline and RF Wireless 07 Will Powerline technology interfere with ADSL services 2009 09 15 VoIP
339. tion For WPS is supported in WPA PSK or WPA2 PSK mode if you do not choose such mode in Wireless LAN gt gt Security you will see the following message box Microsoft Internet Explorer Please click OK and go back Wireless LAN gt gt Security to choose WPA PSK or WPA2 PSK mode and access WPS again Below shows Wireless LAN gt gt WPS web page Wireless LAN gt gt WPS Wi Fi Protected Setup Enable WPS Wi Fi Protected Setup Information WPS Status Configured SSID DrayTek Authentication Mode Disable Device Configure Configure via Push Button Configure via Client PinCode Status The Authentication Mode is NOT WPA WPA S PSE Mote WPS can help your wireless client automatically connect to the Access point WPS is Disabled WPS is Enabled E Waiting for WPS requests from wireless clients Enable WPS Check this box to enable WPS setting WPS Status Display related system information for WPS If the wireless security encryption function of the router is properly configured you can see Configured message here SSID Display the SSID1 of the router WPS is supported by SSID1 Dray Te k 234 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Authentication Mode Configure via Push Button Configure via Client PinCode 4 12 6 WDS only Display current authentication mode of the router Only WPA2 PSK and WPA PSK support WPS Click Start PBC to invoke Push Button style WPS setup procedure The router w
340. tion or period for the schedule Specify which action Call Schedule should apply during the period of the schedule Force On Force the connection to be always on Force Down Force the connection to be always down Enable Dial On Demand Specify the connection to be dial on demand and the value of idle timeout should be specified in Idle Timeout field Disable Dial On Demand Specify the connection to be up when it has traffic on the line Once there is no traffic over idle timeout the connection will be down and never up again during the schedule Specify the duration or period for the schedule How often Specify how often the schedule will be applied Once The schedule will be applied just once Weekdays Specify which days in one week should perform the schedule Suppose you want to control the PPPoE Internet access connection to be always on Force On from 9 00 to 18 00 for whole week Other time the Internet access connection should be disconnected Force Down Office 11 12 1 10 Hour a I a Force On T 5 Mon Sun 9 00 am Dray Tek to 6 00 pm 178 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Make sure the PPPoE connection and Time Setup is working properly Configure the PPPoE always on from 9 00 to 18 00 for whole week Configure the Force Down from 18 00 to next day 9 00 for whole week gt oo YY Assign these two profiles to the PPPoE Internet access profile Now the PPPoE Internet connection will follow
341. to 3G USB Modem Setup Default MAC Address Specify a MAC Address MAC Address 313 PAP or CHAP w 1_ second s IP Address Assignment Method Yes No Dynamic IP Dray Tek For Static Users 1 Check if the Enable option for Broadband Access is selected Internet Access gt gt Static or Dynamic IP Static or Dynamic IP DHCP Client WAN IP Alias WAN IP Network Settings Broadband Access Enable Disable O Obtain an IP address automatically Keep WAN Connection Router Name rt Cd Enable PING to keep alive Domain Name Required for some ISPs PING to the IP 0 0 0 0 z Specify an IP address een 0 minute s IP Address 192 168 5 29 sun f acl WAN physical type Subnet Mask Gateway IP Address 192 168 5 1 Auto negotiation WAN Connection Detection Default MAC Address Mode ARP Detect Specify a MAC Address Ping IP fo MAC Address L js0 7F la 32 71 TTL DNS Server IP Address RIP Protocol Sees primary P Address Secondary IP Address f WAN Backup Setup 3G USB Modem Dial Backup Mode Disable Go to 3G USB Modem Setup 2 Check if WAN IP Network Settings is set appropriately 3 Check if IP Address Subnet Mask and Gateway are set correctly must identify with the values from your ISP if you choose Specify an IP address Dray Tek 314 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide For PPTP Users 1 Check
342. ts SIP Acrauait Inad M 1 1141 David aa iib armie ong Default Hane o c Profile Name draytel i 11 char max Register ALE M Call without Registration SIP Part 5060 Domai Dea drayielorg Pre Arava org I wet bound p Display Name dol char cunt NumbaerWame 1234 Autk cation IC Password Ring Part Ring Pattern 62 char mae lhiur versal Support None w Phone 1 Prane 2 fat John calls David He picks up the phone and dials 1111 DialPlan Phone Number for David Or He picks up the phone and dials 4321 David s Account Name VWolP gt gt DialPlan Setup Phoana Book Index wa 1 l Enable Bh Hunt ote Display Name John LE Fee i draytelorg Dual Acca Oetaul Loop through 4 io aw j E VolP SIP Accounts HIP ACOLLE Inana M 1 Profile Name drayt l 7 11 char max Register ALT ae all g a IP Pert 5060 i Aita draste org B P drayielorg CJ t ae bound p Cet play Hane David F EoCGuNe Nome d ddi har m Autari 6 ar Max Password 4 CF man Expiry 1hour e NAT Tr wi N w Bing Bart Phere 1 Fil Bing Patter Ae David calls John He picks up the phone and dials 2222 DialPlan Phone Number for John Or He picks up the phone and dials 1234 John s Account Name 289 Dray Tek 5 5 2 Peer to Peer Calling Example 3 Arnor and Paulin have Vigor routers respectively They can call each other without SIP Registrar First they must have each other s
343. ts Setting gt gt Service Type Object Setup Profile Index 1 Protocol TCP v e source Port hoo k Destination Port Name Type a name for this profile Protocol Specify the protocol s which this profile will apply to Source Destination Port Source Port and the Destination Port column are available for TCP UDP protocol It can be ignored for other protocols The Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 147 Dray Te k filter rule will filter out any port number when the first and last value are the same it indicates one port when the first and last values are different it indicates a range for the port and available for this profile when the first and last value are the same 1t indicates all the ports except the port defined here when the first and last values are different it indicates that all the ports except the range defined here are available for this service type gt the port number greater than this value is available lt the port number less than this value is available for this profile Below is an example of service type objects settings Objects Setting gt gt Service Type Object Service Type Object Profiles Index Name L SIP 2 RTP iF 4 5 4 Service Type Group This page allows you to bind several service types into one group Objects Setting gt gt Service Type Group Service Type Group Table Setto Factory Default Group Name Group Name 1 17
344. tting SIP account Display the profile name of the account Display the domain name or IP address of the SIP registrar server Display the domain name or IP address of the SIP proxy server Display the account name of SIP address before Display the selected Codec of this account Specify which port will ring when receiving a phone call Show the status for the corresponding SIP account R means such account is registered on SIP server successfully means the account is failed to register on SIP server Type in the IP address or domain of the STUN server Type in the gateway IP address The default value is 150 sec It is useful for a Nortel server NAT Traversal Support 213 Dray Tek Click the index number to configure an SIP account VoIP gt gt SIP Accounts SIP Account Index No 1 Profile Name Po 11 char max Register via L Call without Registration SIP Port Domain Realm 663 char ma Proxy 663 char ma LJ Act as outbound proxy Display Name fs 23 char max Account Number Name Se 63 char max CO Authentication ID Po 63 char max password PY 668 char mar NAT Traversal Support Ring Part Phonei C Phonez Ring Pattern Prefer Codec C Single Codec Packet Size Voice Active Detector Profile Name Assign a name for this profile for identifying You can type similar name with the domain For example if the domain name is draytel org then you might set draytel in this field Register via
345. tup and push Clear All button to disable the function and clear all accounts from the router Delete a Dynamic DNS Account In the DDNS setup menu click the Index number you want to delete and then push Clear All button to delete the account Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 53 Dray Tek 3 4 2 UPnP The UPnP Universal Plug and Play protocol is supported to bring to network connected devices the ease of installation and configuration which is already available for directly connected PC peripherals with the existing Windows Plug and Play system For NAT routers the major feature of UPnP on the router is NAT Traversal This enables applications inside the firewall to automatically open the ports that they need to pass through a router It is more reliable than requiring a router to work out by itself which ports need to be opened Further the user does not have to manually set up port mappings or a DMZ UPnP is available on Windows XP and the router provide the associated support for MSN Messenger to allow full use of the voice video and messaging features Applications gt gt UPnP UPnP Enable UPnP Service C Enable Connection control Service C Enable Connection Status Service Mote If you intend running UPnP service inside your LAN you should check the appropriate service above to allaw control as well as the appropriate UPnP settings Enable UPNP Service Accordingly you can enable either the Connection Control Ser
346. ublic hosts or servers outside Therefore the router should be set as the gateway for public hosts Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 109 Dr ay Te k Internet Public IP Address 220 135 240 207 Private Subn Router IP What is Routing Information Protocol RIP Vigor router will exchange routing information with neighboring routers using the RIP to accomplish IP routing This allows users to change the information of the router such as IP address and the routers will automatically inform for each other What is Static Route When you have several subnets in your LAN sometimes a more effective and quicker way for connection is the Static routes function rather than other method You may simply set rules to forward data from one specified subnet to another specified subnet without the presence of RIP What are Virtual LANs and Rate Control You can group local hosts by physical ports and create up to 4 virtual LANs To manage the communication between different groups please set up rules in Virtual LAN VLAN function and the rate of each Internet Dray Tek 110 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 4 2 2 General Setup This page provides you the general settings for LAN Click LAN to open the LAN settings page and choose General Setup LAN gt gt General Setup Ethernet TCP IP and DHCP Setup LAN IP Network Configuration DHCP Server Configuration For WAT Usage Enable Server Disable Server Ist IP Address Relay Agen
347. uency Domain FCC peers ssi Phone2 No 0 0 Firmware Version 2 3 2 0 4 ONLY Phone 2 can access the PSTN line during SSID DrayTek VolP Wireless LAN USB Application System Maintenance Diagnostics power failure Main screen for admin mode operation full configuration 16 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide BOON DITO Series Broadband FireWall R uter Auto Logout Quick Start Wizard Service Activation Wizard Online Status Internet Access LAN NAT Applications VoIP Wireless LAN USB Application System Maintenance Diagnostics Dray Tek www draytek com System Status Model Name Vigor2110Vn Firmware Version 3 3 6 Build Date Time Feb 23 2011 12 13 49 Ee 2 ae eee WANT MAC Address 00 S0 7F A3 D3 F8 Link Status Connected ist IP Address 192 168 1 1 MAC Address 00 50 7F A3 D3 F9 ist Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Connection Static IP DHCP Server Yes IP Address 172 16 3 102 DNS 6 8 8 8 Default Gateway 172 16 1 1 YoIP tt Wireless LAN Port Profile Reg In Out MAC Address O0 SO 7F 43 D3 F8 Phonel No 0 0 Frequency Domain FCC Phone2 No ozo Firmware Yersion 2 3 2 0 ONLY Phone 2 can access the PSTN line during SSID DrayTek power failure Main screen for user mode operation simple configuration Note The home page will change slightly in accordance with the type of the router you have 4 Goto System Maintenance page and choose Administrator Password
348. uld be TCP UDP or none for selection Start Port Specify the starting port number of the service offered by the local host End Port Specify the ending port number of the service offered by the local host Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 51 Dray Tek 3 4 Applications Below shows the menu items for Applications Applications famigmic OR a OPE Cisti A OUa LUS i Ke ia mah 3 4 1 Dynamic DNS The ISP often provides you with a dynamic IP address when you connect to the Internet via your ISP It means that the public IP address assigned to your router changes each time you access the Internet The Dynamic DNS feature lets you assign a domain name to a dynamic WAN IP address It allows the router to update its online WAN IP address mappings on the specified Dynamic DNS server Once the router is online you will be able to use the registered domain name to access the router or internal virtual servers from the Internet It is particularly helpful if you host a web server FTP server or other server behind the router Before you use the Dynamic DNS feature you have to apply for free DDNS service to the DDNS service providers The router provides up to three accounts from three different DDNS service providers Basically Vigor routers are compatible with the DDNS services supplied by most popular DDNS service providers such as www dyndns org www no ip com www dtdns com www changeip com www dynamic nameserve
349. ulevbisauseimesioeaien 140 Ai ODECE OCUN isptscatene age Satan esteas E E E O A EO 143 71 6 1B ca 6 ea E nee ree ee eee ee nee eee eee 143 2 AUN reece ens secetnec E E E E 145 4 5 3 Service Type ODJeCt cccccccsssssecceeccceesessseceeeccceseaseceeecseeseaaseeeeeeeseeeeaseeeesesssseaasseeeess 147 4 5 4 Service Type Grou cccccccsssssssceccccceeessseeeeeccceeaasseeeeeeeceeeeauseeeeeeesseeaaaaeeeeessssaasseeeeeess 148 45 5 Keyword OD CCE axe denctocoisesasdcedecsesagesaraeducenvacscagesendedeaveciendstarteasavaciecdeaeardsedatastegettatene 149 45 6 Keyword Gi OUD sazasicecctontessesasdcenstsenage tvasddcatsjendede send eduavecuendstae tease vaddedacoesauedsrentgettastsenes 150 4 5 7 File Extension ODJ Ct cccccccssssscceecccesessseeeeecceeeeseeeeeecceeeaaaseeeeeecseeaaseeeeeesssssasseeeneess 151 ACE ONERE en E E ashen scedesmenqnenemnaneduenacadereeses 153 4 6 1 APP Enforcement Profile cccccccccccseeeceeeeeceeeeeceeeeeseaceeseuceeseueesausessaeeessusessanseesaaees 154 4 6 2 URL Content Filter Profile eccccccccssseeceeeeeesseeeeeeeeeceeesaeeeceeeseeaeeeeessaeaeeeeeaeaneeess 156 4 6 3 Web Content Filter Profile ccccccceseececeeeeseeessseceeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeessaeeeseeceeeeessaeeeeseeeees 160 4 7 Bandwidth Management ccccccseeceeceeeeeeceeeeeeeaeeeeeeeueeesseueeeesegeeeesseeeeseaeeeessaneessnaeseesaess 163 AF NS SS ONS EMM eE E E EE E ER 163 Ar Bandwidti LII sensasie i 165 AT o QUAY OF DEVOE aei
350. ult SSID is Draytek We suggest you to change it LAN Check this box to make the wireless clients stations with the same SSID cannot access wired PCs on LAN Member Check this box to make the wireless clients stations with the same SSID not accessing for each other VPN Check this box to isolate the wireless clients with remote dial in and LAN to LAN VPN Means the channel of frequency of the wireless LAN The default channel is 6 You may switch channel if the selected channel is under serious interference If you have no idea of choosing the frequency please select Auto to let system determine for you Channel Channel 6 2437 MHz Auto Channel 1 2412MHz Channel 2 241 MHz Channel 3 2422MH2 Channel 4 24447 MHz Channel 5 24s hMHz Channel 6 24437 MHz Channel 7 24442M1Hz Channel 8 2447 MHz Channel 9 2452 MHz Channel 10 2457 MHz Channel 11 2462hMHz Channel 12 2467 MHz Channel 13 247 2M1Hz This option is to define the length of the sync field in an 802 11 packet Most modern wireless network uses short 228 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide preamble with 56 bit sync filed instead of long preamble with 128 bit sync field However some original 11b wireless network devices only support long preamble Check it to use Long Preamble if needed to communicate with this kind of devices Packet OVERDRIVE This feature can enhance the performance in data transmission about 40 more by checking Tx Bu
351. unction of 3G network connection for such purpose By connecting 3G USB Modem to the USB port of Vigor2110 it can support HSDPA UMTS EDGE GPRS GSM and the future 3G standard HSUPA etc Vigor2110n with 3G USB Modem allows you to receive 3G signals at any place such as your car or certain location holding outdoor activity and share the bandwidth for using by more people Users can use four LAN ports on the router to access Internet Also they can access Internet via 802 11n wireless function of Vigor2110n and enjoy the powerful firewall bandwidth management VPN VoIP features of Vigor2110n series Mobile Coffee shop A AY D Mi _ Internet LANI e ie sul After connecting into the router 3G USB Modem will be regarded as the second WAN port However the original Ethernet WAN still can be used and Load Balance can be done in the router Besides 3G USB Modem also can be used as backup device Therefore when WAN1 is not available the router will use 3 5G for supporting automatically The supported 3G USB VoIP i Web surfing E Mail a j Instant messaging etc i aly N VPN Vigor2110 Seres 3 456 HSDPA USB Modem Dray Tek 30 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Modem will be listed on DrayTek web site Please visit www draytek com for more detailed information Below shows the menu items for Internet Access Internet Access 3 1 2 PPPoE To choose PPPoE as the accessing protocol of the intern
352. unity by typing a proper name The default setting is public Notification Host IP Set the IP address of the host that will receive the trap community Trap Timeout The default setting is 10 seconds 4 14 8 Reboot System The Web Configurator may be used to restart your router Click Reboot System from System Maintenance to open the following page system Maintenance gt gt Reboot System Reboot System Do you want to reboot your router Using current configuration Using factory default configuration Auto Reboot Time Schedule Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Mote Action and Idle Timeout settings will be ignored If you want to reboot the router using the current configuration check Using current configuration and click Reboot Now To reset the router settings to default values check Using factory default configuration and click Reboot Now The router will take 5 seconds to reboot the system In addition you can enter the index of schedule profiles to reboot your system according to the preconfigured schedules When you finish the reboot time schedule please click OK to save it For detailed configuration of time schedule please refer to section Schedule Note When the system pops up Reboot System web page after you configure web settings please click Reboot Now to reboot your router for ensuring normal operation and preventing unexpected errors of the router in the future Vigor2110 Ser
353. ur router Using current configuration Using factory default configuration Auto Reboot Time Schedule Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Note Action and Idle Timeout settings will be ignored You can type in four sets of time schedule for performing auto reboot After clicking OK the router will reboot at the specified time Hardware Reset While the router is running ACT LED blinking press the Factory Reset button and hold for more than 5 seconds When you see the ACT LED blinks rapidly please release the button Then the router will restart with the default configuration Factory Reset After restore the factory default setting you can configure the settings for the router again to fit your personal request 6 7 Contacting Your Dealer If the router still cannot work correctly after trying many efforts please contact your dealer for further help right away For any questions please feel free to send e mail to support draytek com Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 317 Dray Te k
354. ver the limitation of the timer the router will drop this connection By default the Idle Timeout is set to 300 seconds Allowed Dial In Type PPTP Allow the remote dial in user to make a PPTP VPN connection through the Internet You should set the User Name and Password of remote dial in user below IPSec Tunnel Allow the remote dial in user to make an IPSec VPN connection through Internet L2TP with IPSec Policy Allow the remote dial in user to make a L2TP VPN connection through the Internet You can select to use L2TP alone or with IPSec Select from below None Do not apply the IPSec policy Accordingly the VPN connection employed the L2TP without IPSec policy can be viewed as one pure L2TP connection Nice to Have Apply the IPSec policy first if it is applicable during negotiation Otherwise the dial in VPN connection becomes one pure L2TP connection Miust Specify the IPSec policy to be definitely applied on the L2TP connection Specify Remote Node Check the checkbox Y ou can specify the IP address of the remote dial in user ISDN number or peer ID used in IKE ageressive mode Uncheck the checkbox This means the connection type you select above will apply the authentication methods and Dray Tek 190 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide IKE Authentication Method IPSec Security Method Vigor2110 Series User s Guide security methods in the general settings Netbios Naming Packet Pass
355. vice or Connection Status Service After setting Enable UPNP Service setting an icon of IP Broadband Connection on Router on Windows XP Network Connections will appear The connection status and control status will be able to be activated The NAT Traversal of UPnP enables the multimedia features of your applications to operate This has to manually set up port mappings or use other similar methods The screenshots below show examples of this facility Address S Network Connections IP Broadband Connection on Router Status a Broadband Network Tasks PEEN General E Create a new connection Set up a home or small Internet Gateway office network Status Connected Dial up Duration 00 13 06 See Also eae Speed 100 0 Mbps Ji Network Troubleshooter SA raes Abed CB ev sits Activity Internet Internet Gateway My Computer Other Places Internet Gateway o a J ry G Control Panel Je Ip Broadband Connection on 9 My Network Places goe Paek Enabled G My Documents e ie Sent 404 cad ig My Computer A _ LAN or High Speed Internet Local 4rea Connection 1 Enabled Li Realtek RTLS139 810x Family Received 1 115 BBE __Properties Details Network Connections System Folder Close The UPnP facility on the router enables UPnP aware applications such as MSN Messenger to discover what are behind a NAT router The application will also learn the external IP address and con
356. want to ping Run Click this button to start the ping work The result will be displayed on the screen Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 267 Dray Te k Clear Click this link to remove the result on the window 4 15 9 Trace Route Click Diagnostics and click Trace Route to open the web page This page allows you to trace the routes from router to the host Simply type the IP address of the host in the box and click Run The result of route trace will be shown on the screen Diagnostics gt gt Trace Route Trace Route Protocol Host IP Address Result Protocol Use the drop down list to choose the protocol that you want to ping through Host IP Address It indicates the IP address of the host Run Click this button to start route tracing work Clear Click this link to remove the result on the window Dray Tek 268 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 4 16 Support Area When you click it you will be guided to visit myvigor draytek com and open the corresponding pages directly Application Note FAQ Product Registration Click Support Area gt gt Application Note the following web page will be displayed Tins Mentrartentecttarstonnrettoceenteertentrortier NIYA TAAn NON TATEN NRTA TAAA neo Ent eT TT NOTS TLIA tee I ENE EEN eT nS TAn Ns Dr ay Tek Mhk English Login co About DrayTek Products Support Education Partners Contact Us Home gt Support gt Application Notes Application Notes Latest Applica
357. wn the Internet after passing through the time without any action IP Address Usually ISP dynamically assigns IP address to you each time you Assignment Method connect to it and request In some case your ISP provides service to IPCP always assign you the same IP address whenever you request In this case you can fill in this IP address in the Fixed IP field Please contact your ISP before you want to use this function WAN IP Alias If you have multiple public IP addresses and would like to utilize them on the WAN interface please use WAN IP Alias You can set up to 8 public IP addresses other than the current one you are using Notice that this setting is available for WAN1 only hitp 192 168 1 5 WAN IP Alias Microsoft Internet Explorer a O X WAN IP Alias Multi NAT Index Enable Aux WAN IP Join NAT IP Pool Y 172 16 3 229 Y Fixed IP Click Yes to use this function and type in a fixed IP address in the box of Fixed IP Address Default MAC Address You can use Default MAC Address or Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 33 Dray Te k specify another MAC address by typing on the boxes of MAC Address for the router Specify a MAC Address Type the MAC address for the router manually WAN physical type Choose Auto negotiation as the physical type for your router Auta negotiation TUM halt duplex 10M1 full duplex 100M1 half duplex TOUM full duplex After finishing all the settings here please cli
358. work security including Anti Virus Anti Spam Web Content Filter etc The products and functions VigorPro that are supported in this site include VigorPro Unified Security Firewall series e Activation of Commtouch GiobalView Web Content Filter license key e Activation of DT Anti Virus license key e Activation of Kaspersky Anti Virus license key e Activation of Commtouch Anti Spam license key and membership Vigor routers for models that support Commtouch e Activation of Commtouch GiobalView Web Content Filter license key The MyVigor website contains a trail version of Commtouch GlobalView Web Content Filter which allows the users to set filters to block out undesirable web pages in the Internet jungle Please use IE 5 0 or above resolution 1024 768 for best display DrayTek Corp More customer oriented services are planned for MyVigor site for the near future 302 Dray Tek Fo MyVigor s for you pad serene LU renee acos Qbk q Vd If you can t read the AuthCode click here Forget password UL Not registered yet Click here Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 2 Check to confirm that you accept the Agreement and click Accept Create an account Please enter personal profile 1 Agreement EGrerson al Information Draytek provides My Yvigor myvigor draytek com service according to this agreement When you use MyVigor service it means that you have read
359. y Address Network Connections IP Broadband Connection on Router Status PR General Internet Gateway Broadband gt 5 ee cata ale WAN Miniport PPPOE Network Tasks E Create a new connection f Set up a home or small office network Status Connected Diaki Duration 00 19 06 es een Speed 100 0 Mbps i i Network Troubleshooter SA Deemed m E 1 DrayTek ISDN PPF Activity Internet Internet Gateway My Computer Other Places Internet Gateway wd 4 GB Control Panel Ip Broadband Connection on 45 Rout a My Network Places san pavas Q My Documents 3 Sent 404 734 Recened 1 115 BEE My Computer 3 asian __LAN or High Speed Internet Enea Local rea Connection Enabled Ct Realtek RTLS139 810x Farily Details x Close Network Connections System Folder The UPnP facility on the router enables UPnP aware applications such as MSN Messenger to discover what are behind a NAT router The application will also learn the external IP address and configure port mappings on the router Subsequently such a facility forwards packets from the external ports of the router to the internal ports used by the application D F ay Ti e k 180 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide T JP Broadband Connection on Router Properties x Advanced Settings eee perpen opera General Services Connect to the Internet using Select the services running on your network
360. y continuously sending PING packets to the remote host the Vigor router can know the true existence of this VPN connection and react accordingly This is independent of DPD dead peer detection PPTP Build a PPTP VPN connection to the server through the Internet You should set the identity like User Name and Password below for the authentication of remote server IPSec Tunnel Build an IPSec VPN connection to the server through Internet L2TP with IPSec Policy Build a L2TP VPN connection through the Internet You can select to use L2TP alone or with IPSec Select from below None Do not apply the IPSec policy Accordingly the VPN connection employed the L2TP without IPSec policy can be viewed as one pure L2TP connection 194 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide User Name Password PPP Authentication VJ compression IKE Authentication Method IPSec Security Method Advanced Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Nice to Have Apply the IPSec policy first if it is applicable during negotiation Otherwise the dial out VPN connection becomes one pure L2TP connection Must Specify the IPSec policy to be definitely applied on the L2TP connection This field is applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above This field is applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above This field is applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above P
361. ynchronize the router s clock This method can only be applied when the WAN connection has been built up Applications gt gt Schedule Schedule Setto Factory Default Index Status Index Status ae x g x A 10 sA H 11 tf 4 4 12 x a i 13 6 H 14 H H 15 H g Status v Active s Inactive Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles and recover to factory settings Index Click the number below Index to access into the setting page of schedule Status Display if this schedule setting is active or inactive You can set up to 15 schedules Then you can apply them to your Internet Access or VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN settings To add a schedule please click any index say Index No 1 The detailed settings of the call schedule with index are shown below Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 177 Dray Tek Applications gt gt Schedule Index No 1 Enable Schedule Setup Start Date yyyy mm dd Start Time hh mm Duration Time thh mm Action Idle Timeout How Often Once Weekdays O Sun Mon 2000 w ME bw a al a Force On boo minute s max 255 0 for default Tue Wed Thu Fri LJ Sat Enable Schedule Setup Start Date yyyy mm dd Start Time hh mm Duration Time hh mm Action Idle Timeout Example Check to enable the schedule Specify the starting date of the schedule Specify the starting time of the schedule Specify the dura
362. you use supports Nortel solution you can choose this option Set Phonel or Phone as the default ring port for this SIP account Choose a ring tone type for the VoIP phone call Ring Pattern Select one of five codecs as the default for your VoIP calls The codec used for each call will be negotiated with the peer party before each session and so may not be your default choice The default codec is G 729A B it occupies little bandwidth while maintaining good voice quality If your upstream speed is only 64Kbps do not use G 711 codec It is better for you to have at least 256Kbps upstream if you would like to use G 711 68 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Only the selected Codec will be applied G 729A B Kbps G 711MU 64kbps G 711A 64kKbps G 729 VB Kbps G 723 64kbps G 726 32 32kbps Single Codec If the box 1s checked only the selected Codec will be applied Packet Size The amount of data contained in a single packet The default value is 20 ms which means the data packet will contain 20 ms voice information Voice Active Detector This function can detect if the voice on both sides is active or not If not the router will do something to save the bandwidth for other using Click On to invoke this function click off to close the function Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 69 Dray Te k 3 5 3 Phone Settings This page allows user to set phone settings for Phone 1 and Phone 2 respectively
363. ype PPTP Username draytek C IPSec Tunnel Password C L2TF with IPSec Policy YI Compression on off Specify Remote VPN Gateway IKE Authentication Method Peer YPN Server IP Pre shared Key 290 136 240 208 a besrin fe Digital Signature x 509 IPSec Security Method Mediumt AH High ESP DES 3DES AES 7 Atlast set the remote network IP subnet in TCP IP Network Settings so that Router B can direct the packets destined to the remote network to Router A via the VPN connection 4 TCP IP Network Settings My WAN IP 0 0 0 RIP Direction Remote Gateway IP ooo ha first subnet to remote network you have to o Remote Network IP 192 168 1 0 Pemote Network Mask 255 255 255 0 hore C Change default route to this YPN tunnel Only single WAN supports this 4 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 277 Dray Te k 5 2 Create a Remote Dial in User Connection Between the Teleworker and Headquarter The other common case is that you as a teleworker may want to connect to the enterprise network securely According to the network structure as shown in the below illustration you may follow the steps to create a Remote User Profile and install Smart VPN Client on the remote host VPN Router Internet 210 135 240 208 Ta a i oe Remote Network 192 168 1 0 Settings in VPN Router in the enterprise office 1 Goto VPN and Remote Access and select Remote Access Control to enable the necessary VPN service and clic
364. ype p1 number 1 as Queue Name Then click OK Next please refer to the red rectangle for choosing the correct protocol and LPR name Configure Standard CP IP Port Monitor Port Settings Port Name IP_ 192 168 1 1 Printer Name or IP Address 192 168 1 1 Protocol Raw LPR Raw Settings LPR Settings e Queue Name CILPR Byte Counting Enabled C SNMP Status Enabled Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 13 Dr ay Te k The printer can be used for printing now Most of the printers with different manufacturers are compatible with vigor router Note 1 Some printers with the fax scanning or other additional functions are not supported If you do not know whether your printer is supported or not please visit www draytek com to find out the printer list Open Support gt FAQ find out the link of Printer Server and click it then click the What types of printers are compatible with Vigor router link About DrayTek Products Support Partners Contact Us Home gt Support gt FAQ FAQ Basic FAQ 01 What are the differences among these firmware file formats Basic 02 How could get the telnet command for routers Advanced 03 How can backup restore my configuration settings VPN 04 How do reset clear the router s password DHCP 05 How to bring back my router to its default value ees VoIP 06 How do tell the type of my Vigor Route

Draytek Vigor2110

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents